]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
7d7e635271b955e833cd5bc121c07fefd2ea68a4
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (22150 28228 674072 702000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
8
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
11
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
14
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37
38 \(fn)" t nil)
39
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42
43 \(fn)" t nil)
44
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47
48 \(fn)" t nil)
49
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
53
54 \(fn)" t nil)
55
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65
66 ;;;***
67 \f
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (22150 28228
69 ;;;;;; 750072 702000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
78
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
80
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
83
84 \(fn)" t nil)
85
86 ;;;***
87 \f
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (22150 28228
89 ;;;;;; 750072 702000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
91
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
94
95 \(fn)" t nil)
96
97 ;;;***
98 \f
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (22150 28228
100 ;;;;;; 754072 702000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
102
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
106
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
108
109 ;;;***
110 \f
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (22150 28229 246072
112 ;;;;;; 702000))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
114
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
116
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
122
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
130
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
137
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
139
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
142
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
144
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
147
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were \"ChangeLog\"
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
152
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
156
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
160
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
162
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
167
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
170
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
172
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
176
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
180
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
184
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
188
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
191
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
193
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
198
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
200
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
207
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
209
210 \(fn)" t nil)
211
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
214
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
217
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
223
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
225
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
227
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
233
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
236
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
238
239 ;;;***
240 \f
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (22150 28227
242 ;;;;;; 338072 702000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
255
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
257
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
268
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
271
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
273
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
276
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
278
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
281
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
287
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
291
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
297
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
301
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
303
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
320
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
322
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
326
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
330
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
345
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
350
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
353
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
356
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
359
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
364
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
368
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
370
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
372
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
374
375 ;;;***
376 \f
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (22150 28226 938072 702000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
379
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
387
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
391
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
396
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
398
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
403
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
406
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
411
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
415
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
421
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
428
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
430
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
433
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
436
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
445
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
455
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
465
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475
476 \(fn)" t nil)
477
478 ;;;***
479 \f
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (22150 28226 942072 702000))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
483
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
486
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
488
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
490
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
493
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
496
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
499
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
501
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
504
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
508
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
512
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
515
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
518
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
520
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
522
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
524
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
526
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
538
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
544
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
548
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
550
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
552
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
557
558 \(fn)" nil t)
559
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
565
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
574
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
576
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
585
586 and many other features.
587
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
604
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
612
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
625
626
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
656
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
661
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
679
680 Topic Encryption
681
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
685
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
691
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
698 signal.
699
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
703
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
705
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
708
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
714
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
720
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
728
729 Extending Allout
730
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
734
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
744
745 Terminology
746
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
748
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
758
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
771
772 Topic text constituents:
773
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
787
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
794
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
821
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
825
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
827
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
829
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
832
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
835
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
837
838 ;;;***
839 \f
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (22150
841 ;;;;;; 28226 938072 702000))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
844
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
847
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
849
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
851
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
854
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
857
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
860
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
864
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
866
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
868
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
870
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
876
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
880
881 The graphics include:
882
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
884
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
887
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
890
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
894
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
896
897 ;;;***
898 \f
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (22150 28228 350072
900 ;;;;;; 702000))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
902
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
904
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
911
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
913
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
915
916
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
918
919 ;;;***
920 \f
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (22150 28228 674072
922 ;;;;;; 702000))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
924
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
932
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
934
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
941
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
943
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
949
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
951
952 ;;;***
953 \f
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (22150 28226 942072
955 ;;;;;; 702000))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
958
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
961
962 \(fn)" t nil)
963
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
966
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
971
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
974
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
976
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
978
979 ;;;***
980 \f
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (22150
982 ;;;;;; 28228 754072 702000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
985
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
992
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
997
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1002
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1004
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1007
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1009
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1013
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1015
1016 ;;;***
1017 \f
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (22150 28227 46072
1019 ;;;;;; 702000))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1021
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1028
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1030
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1035
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1037
1038 ;;;***
1039 \f
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (22150 28226 942072
1041 ;;;;;; 702000))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1043
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1048
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1051
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1053
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1060
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1063
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1065
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1070
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1072
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1074
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1081
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1084
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1087
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1090
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1092
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1095
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1097
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1102
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1110
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1112
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1114
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1120
1121 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1122
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1129
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1133
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1135
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1137
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1144
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1149
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1151
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1153
1154 ;;;***
1155 \f
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (22150 28226 946072
1157 ;;;;;; 702000))
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1159
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1166
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1169 archive.
1170
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1172
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1174
1175 ;;;***
1176 \f
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (22150 28226 946072 702000))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1179
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1182
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1186
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1188
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1192
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1198
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1206
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1210
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1213
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1218
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1223
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1228
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1231
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1234
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1239
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1241
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1243
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1245
1246 ;;;***
1247 \f
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (22150 28229
1249 ;;;;;; 86072 702000))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1252
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 Toggle Artist mode.
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1258
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1260
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1262
1263
1264 How to submit a bug report
1265
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1267
1268
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1270
1271 mouse-2
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1274 below).
1275
1276 mouse-1
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1278 or pastes:
1279
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 to new point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 lines
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Paste Paste Paste
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1312 or diagonally.
1313
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1318 poly-lines.
1319
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1323
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1327
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1329
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under \"Arrows\" for more info.
1332
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1336
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1338 some time to fill.
1339
1340
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1343
1344
1345 Settings
1346
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1348
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1350
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1352
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1354
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1357
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1359
1360
1361 Drawing with keys
1362
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1369
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1371
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1373
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1380
1381
1382 Arrows
1383
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1386
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1389
1390
1391 Selecting operation
1392
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1394
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1415
1416
1417 Variables
1418
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1421
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-\"color\"
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-\"color\"
1441
1442 Hooks
1443
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1445
1446
1447 Keymap summary
1448
1449 \\{artist-mode-map}
1450
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1452
1453 ;;;***
1454 \f
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (22150 28228
1456 ;;;;;; 758072 702000))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1458
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1462
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1467
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1470
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1473
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1475
1476 Special commands:
1477 \\{asm-mode-map}
1478
1479 \(fn)" t nil)
1480
1481 ;;;***
1482 \f
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (22150
1484 ;;;;;; 28227 658072 702000))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1486
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1490 let-binding.")
1491
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1493
1494 ;;;***
1495 \f
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (22150 28226 946072
1497 ;;;;;; 702000))
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1499
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1503
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1505
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1511
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1520
1521 For example:
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1527
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1529
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1531
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1538
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1540
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1546
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1550
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1552
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1554
1555 ;;;***
1556 \f
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (22150 28228
1558 ;;;;;; 758072 702000))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1560
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1563
1564 \(fn)" t nil)
1565
1566 ;;;***
1567 \f
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (22150 28226 946072
1569 ;;;;;; 702000))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1571
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1575
1576 \(fn)" t nil)
1577
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1582
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1584
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1591
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1593
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1599
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1602
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1604
1605 ;;;***
1606 \f
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (22150
1608 ;;;;;; 28227 338072 702000))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1610
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1612
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1614
1615 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1616
1617 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1618 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1619 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1620
1621 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1622 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1623 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1624 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1625 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1626
1627 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1628
1629 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1630
1631 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1632 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1633 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1634 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1635 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1636
1637 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1638 directory or directories specified.
1639
1640 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1641 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1642 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1643 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1644 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1645 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1646
1647 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1648
1649 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1650 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1651 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1652 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1653 should be non-nil).
1654
1655 \(fn)" nil nil)
1656
1657 ;;;***
1658 \f
1659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (22150 28226 946072
1660 ;;;;;; 702000))
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1662
1663 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1664 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1665 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1666 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1667 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1668
1669 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1670 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1671 disk changes.
1672
1673 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1674 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1675 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1676
1677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1678
1679 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1680 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1681
1682 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1683 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1684
1685 \(fn)" nil nil)
1686
1687 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1688 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1689 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1690 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1691 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1692
1693 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1694 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1695 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1696 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1697 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1698
1699 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1700 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1701 writing before you save the file!
1702
1703 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1704
1705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1706
1707 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1708 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1709
1710 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1711 (add-hook \\='my-logfile-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1712
1713 \(fn)" nil nil)
1714
1715 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1716 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1717 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1720 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1721
1722 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1723
1724 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1725 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1727 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1728 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1729
1730 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1731 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1732 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1733
1734 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1735 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1736 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1737 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1738 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1739
1740 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1741 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1742 specifies in the mode line.
1743
1744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1745
1746 ;;;***
1747 \f
1748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (22150 28226 946072 702000))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1750
1751 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1752 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1753 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1755 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1756
1757 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1758
1759 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1760 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1761 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1762 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1763
1764 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1765 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1766 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1767
1768 Effects of the different modes:
1769 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1770 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1771 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1772 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1773 a random distance & direction.
1774 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1775 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1776 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1777
1778 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1779 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1780 definition of \"random distance\".)
1781
1782 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1783
1784 ;;;***
1785 \f
1786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (22150 28228
1787 ;;;;;; 758072 702000))
1788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1789
1790 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1791
1792 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1793 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1794
1795 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1796 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1797 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1798
1799 \\{bat-mode-map}
1800
1801 \(fn)" t nil)
1802
1803 ;;;***
1804 \f
1805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (22150 28226 946072
1806 ;;;;;; 702000))
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1808 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1809
1810 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1811 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1812 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1813 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1814
1815 \(fn)" t nil)
1816
1817 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1818 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1819 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1820 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1821 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1822 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1823
1824 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1825
1826 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1827 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1828 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1829 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1830 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1831
1832 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1833 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1834 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1835 seconds.
1836
1837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1838
1839 ;;;***
1840 \f
1841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (22150
1842 ;;;;;; 28227 338072 702000))
1843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1844
1845 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1846 Time execution of FORMS.
1847 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1848 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1849 FORMS once.
1850 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1851 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1852 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1853
1854 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1855
1856 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1857
1858 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1859 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1860 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1861 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1862 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1863
1864 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1865
1866 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1867
1868 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1869 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1870 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1871 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1872 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1873
1874 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1875
1876 ;;;***
1877 \f
1878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (22150 28229
1879 ;;;;;; 94072 702000))
1880 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1881
1882 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1883 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1884 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1885 of corresponding buffers.
1886 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1887 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1888 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1889 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1890 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1891
1892 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1893 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1894 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1895
1896 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1897
1898 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1899 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1900
1901 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1902
1903 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1904 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1905 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1906 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1907
1908 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1909 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1910 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1911 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1912 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1913
1914 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1915 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1916
1917
1918 Special information:
1919
1920 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1921
1922 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1923 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1924 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1925 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1926 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1927 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1928 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1929 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1930 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1931 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1932 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1933
1934 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1935 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1936 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1937 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1938 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1939 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1940 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1941 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1942
1943 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1944
1945 ----------------------------------------------------------
1946 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1947 if that value is non-nil.
1948
1949 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1950
1951 \(fn)" t nil)
1952
1953 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1954 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1955 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1956 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1957 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1958 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1959 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1960 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1961 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1962 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1963 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1964 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1965
1966 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1967
1968 ;;;***
1969 \f
1970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1971 ;;;;;; (22150 28229 86072 702000))
1972 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1973
1974 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1975 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1976
1977 \(fn)" t nil)
1978
1979 ;;;***
1980 \f
1981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (22150 28228 226072
1982 ;;;;;; 702000))
1983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1984
1985 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1986 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1987
1988 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1989 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1990 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1991
1992 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1993
1994 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1995 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1996
1997 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1998
1999 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2000 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2001
2002 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2003
2004 ;;;***
2005 \f
2006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (22150 28228
2007 ;;;;;; 674072 702000))
2008 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2009
2010 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2011 Play blackbox.
2012 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2013
2014 What is blackbox?
2015
2016 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2017 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2018 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2019 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2020 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2021 your score.
2022
2023 Overview of play:
2024
2025 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2026 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2027 four.
2028
2029 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2030 movement keys.
2031
2032 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2033 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2034
2035 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2036 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2037
2038 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2039 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2040 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2041 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2042 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2043 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2044
2045 Details:
2046
2047 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2048
2049 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2050 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2051 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2052 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2053
2054 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2055 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2056 denoted by the letter `R'.
2057
2058 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2059 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2060 denoted by the letter `H'.
2061
2062 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2063 example.
2064
2065 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2066 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2067 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2068 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2069 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2070 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2071 ray.
2072
2073 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2074 degree deflection it causes.
2075
2076 1
2077 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2080 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2085 2 3
2086
2087 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2088 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2089
2090
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2099
2100 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2101 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2102 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2103 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2104 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2105 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2106 emerging from the box.
2107
2108 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2109
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2115 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2118
2119 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2120 a reflection.
2121
2122 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2123
2124 ;;;***
2125 \f
2126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (22150 28226 950072
2127 ;;;;;; 702000))
2128 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2131 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite)
2132 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2133
2134 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2135 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2136 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2137 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2138 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2139 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2140 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2141
2142 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2143 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2144 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2145
2146 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2147 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2148 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2149 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2150 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2151 recent one.
2152
2153 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2154 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2155 yank successive words.
2156
2157 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2158 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2159 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2160 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2161 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2162
2163 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2164 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2165 the list of bookmarks.)
2166
2167 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2168
2169 (autoload 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite "bookmark" "\
2170 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2171 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2172
2173 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2174 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2175 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2176 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2177 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2178 ever deletes the most recent one.
2179
2180 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2181 is nil, raise an error.
2182
2183 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2184 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2185 yank successive words.
2186
2187 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2188 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2189 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2190 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2191 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2192
2193 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2194 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2195 the list of bookmarks.)
2196
2197 \(fn &optional NAME PUSH-BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2198
2199 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2200 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2201 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2202 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2203 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2204 this.
2205
2206 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2207 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2208 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2209 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2210
2211 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2212 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2213
2214 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2215 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2216 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2217
2218 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2219
2220 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2221 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2222
2223 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2224
2225 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2226 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2227
2228 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2229 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2230 after a bookmark was set in it.
2231
2232 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2233
2234 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2235 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2236
2237 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2238 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2239
2240 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2241
2242 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2243
2244 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2245 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2246 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2247 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2248
2249 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2250 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2251 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2252
2253 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2254 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2255 name.
2256
2257 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2258
2259 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2260 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2261 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2262
2263 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2264 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2265 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2266 this.
2267
2268 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2269
2270 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2271 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2272
2273 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2274 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2275 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2276 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2277 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2278 probably because we were called from there.
2279
2280 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2281
2282 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2283 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2284
2285 \(fn)" t nil)
2286
2287 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2288
2289 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2290 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2291 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2292 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2293 \(second argument).
2294
2295 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2296 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2297 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2298 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2299 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2300
2301 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2302 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2303 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2304 `bookmark-default-file'.
2305
2306 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2307
2308 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2309 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2310 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2311 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2312 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2313 while loading.
2314
2315 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2316 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2317 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2318 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2319 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2320 explicitly.
2321
2322 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2323 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2324 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2325
2326 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2327
2328 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2329 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2330 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2331 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2332 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2333
2334 \(fn)" t nil)
2335
2336 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2337
2338 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2339
2340 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2341 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2342
2343 \(fn)" t nil)
2344
2345 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2346
2347 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2348
2349 ;;;***
2350 \f
2351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (22150 28228
2352 ;;;;;; 350072 702000))
2353 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2354
2355 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2356 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2357 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2358 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2359
2360 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2361 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2362 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2363 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2364 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2365
2366 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2367
2368 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2369 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2370 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2371 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2372 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2373 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2374
2375 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2376
2377 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2378 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2379 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2380 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2381 narrowed.
2382
2383 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2384
2385 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2386 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2387
2388 \(fn)" t nil)
2389
2390 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2391 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2392
2393 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2394
2395 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2396 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2397 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2398 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2399 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2400 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2401 first, if that exists.
2402
2403 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2404 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2405 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2406 ignore it).
2407 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2408 as ARGS.
2409
2410 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2411
2412 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2413 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2414 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2415 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2416 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2417
2418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2419
2420 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2421 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2422 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2423 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2424 says which browser to use.
2425
2426 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2427
2428 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2429 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2430 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2431 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2432
2433 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2434
2435 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2436 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2437 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2438 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2439
2440 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2441 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2442 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2443 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2444
2445 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2446 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2447 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2448
2449 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2450 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2451
2452 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2453
2454 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2455
2456 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2457 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2458 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2459 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2460
2461 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2462 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2463 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2464 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2465
2466 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2467 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2468 new tab in an existing window instead.
2469
2470 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2471 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2472
2473 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2474
2475 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2476 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2477 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2478 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2479
2480 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2481 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2482 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2483
2484 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2485 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2486 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2487
2488 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2489 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2490
2491 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2492
2493 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2494 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2495 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2496 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2497 Chromium.
2498 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2499
2500 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2501
2502 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2503 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2504 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2505 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2506
2507 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2508 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2509 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2510 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2511
2512 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2513 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2514 new tab in an existing window instead.
2515
2516 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2517 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2518
2519 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2520
2521 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2522
2523 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2524 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2525
2526 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2527
2528 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2529 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2530 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2531 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2532
2533 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2534 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2535 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2536 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2537
2538 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2539 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2540
2541 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2542
2543 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2544
2545 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2546 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2547
2548 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2549 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2550 program is invoked according to the variable
2551 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2552
2553 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2554 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2555 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2556 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2557
2558 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2559 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2560
2561 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2562
2563 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2564
2565 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2566 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2567 Default to the URL around or before point.
2568
2569 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2570 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2571 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2572
2573 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2574 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2575 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2576 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2577
2578 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2579 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2580
2581 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2582
2583 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2584
2585 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2586 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2587 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2588 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2589
2590 When called interactively, if variable
2591 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2592 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2593 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2594 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2595
2596 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2597 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2598 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2599
2600 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2601 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2602
2603 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2604
2605 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2606 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2607 Default to the URL around or before point.
2608
2609 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2610 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2611 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2612
2613 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2614 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2615
2616 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2617
2618 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2619 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2620 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2621 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2622
2623 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2624
2625 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2626
2627 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2628 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2629 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2630 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2631 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2632 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2633 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2634
2635 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2636
2637 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2638 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2639 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2640 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2641 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2642
2643 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2644 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2645 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2646 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2647
2648 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2649 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2650
2651 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2652
2653 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2654 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2655 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2656 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2657 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2658 current one.
2659
2660 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2661 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2662 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2663 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2664
2665 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2666 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2667
2668 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2669
2670 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2671 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2672 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2673 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2674 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2675 don't offer a form of remote control.
2676
2677 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2678
2679 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2680 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2681 Default to the URL around or before point.
2682 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2683
2684 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2685
2686 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2687 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2688 Default to the URL around the point.
2689
2690 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2691 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2692
2693 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2694 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2695
2696 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2697
2698 ;;;***
2699 \f
2700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (22150 28226 950072 702000))
2701 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2702 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2703
2704 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2705 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2706 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2707 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2708
2709 \(fn)" t nil)
2710
2711 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2712 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2713 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2714 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2715
2716 \(fn)" t nil)
2717
2718 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2719 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2720
2721 \(fn)" t nil)
2722
2723 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2724 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2725 \\<bs-mode-map>
2726 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2727 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2728 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2729 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2730
2731 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2732 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2733 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2734 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2735 name of buffer configuration.
2736
2737 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2738
2739 ;;;***
2740 \f
2741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (22150 28228 674072
2742 ;;;;;; 702000))
2743 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2744
2745 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2746 Play Bubbles game.
2747 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2748 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2749 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2750 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2751 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2752 columns on its right towards the left.
2753
2754 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2755 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2756 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2757 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2758
2759 \(fn)" t nil)
2760
2761 ;;;***
2762 \f
2763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2764 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 758072 702000))
2765 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2766
2767 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2768
2769 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2770 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2771 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2772 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2773 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2774
2775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2776
2777 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2778 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2779
2780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2781
2782 ;;;***
2783 \f
2784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (22150
2785 ;;;;;; 28227 358072 702000))
2786 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2787 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2788 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2789 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2790
2791 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2792
2793 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2794 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2795 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2796 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2797 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2798 else the global value will be modified.
2799
2800 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2801
2802 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2803 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2804 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2805 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2806 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2807 else the global value will be modified.
2808
2809 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2810
2811 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2812 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2813 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2814
2815 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2816
2817 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2818 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2819 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2820 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2821
2822 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2823 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2824 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2825 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2826 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2827 before scanning it.
2828
2829 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2830 that already has a `.elc' file.
2831
2832 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2833 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2834
2835 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2836 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2837 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2838 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2839 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2840 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2841
2842 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2843
2844 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2845 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2846 Print the result in the echo area.
2847 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2848
2849 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2850
2851 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2852 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2853 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2854
2855 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2856
2857 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2858 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2859 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2860 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2861 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2862 all functions called by those functions.
2863
2864 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2865 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
2866 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
2867
2868 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2869 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2870 invoked interactively.
2871
2872 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2873
2874 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2875 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2876 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2877 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2878
2879 \(fn)" nil nil)
2880
2881 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2882 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2883 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2884 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2885 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2886 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2887 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2888 already up-to-date.
2889
2890 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2891
2892 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2893 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2894 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2895 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2896
2897 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2898 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2899 and corresponding effects.
2900
2901 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2902
2903 ;;;***
2904 \f
2905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (22150
2906 ;;;;;; 28227 46072 702000))
2907 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2908
2909 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2910
2911 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2912
2913 ;;;***
2914 \f
2915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (22150 28227
2916 ;;;;;; 50072 702000))
2917 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2918
2919 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2920
2921 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2922
2923 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2924
2925 ;;;***
2926 \f
2927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (22150
2928 ;;;;;; 28227 50072 702000))
2929 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2930
2931 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2932 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2933 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2934 from the cursor position.
2935
2936 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2937
2938 ;;;***
2939 \f
2940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (22150 28227 26072 702000))
2941 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2942 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2943
2944 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2945 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2946
2947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2948
2949 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2950 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2951
2952 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2953
2954 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2955 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2956
2957 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2958
2959 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2960 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2961 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2962 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2963
2964 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2965
2966 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2967 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2968 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2969 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2970
2971 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2972
2973 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2974 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2975 This is most useful in the X window system.
2976 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2977 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2978
2979 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2980
2981 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2982 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2983 See calc-keypad for details.
2984
2985 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2986
2987 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2988 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2989
2990 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2991
2992 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2993 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2994
2995 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2996
2997 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2998 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2999
3000 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
3001
3002 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
3003 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
3004 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
3005
3006 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
3007
3008 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3009 Define Calc function.
3010
3011 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3012 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3013 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3014
3015 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3016 actual Lisp function name.
3017
3018 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3019
3020 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3021
3022 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3023
3024 ;;;***
3025 \f
3026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (22150 28227
3027 ;;;;;; 22072 702000))
3028 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3029
3030 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3031
3032
3033 \(fn N)" t nil)
3034
3035 ;;;***
3036 \f
3037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (22150 28227 46072
3038 ;;;;;; 702000))
3039 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3040
3041 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3042 Run the Emacs calculator.
3043 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3044
3045 \(fn)" t nil)
3046
3047 ;;;***
3048 \f
3049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (22150 28227
3050 ;;;;;; 62072 702000))
3051 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3052
3053 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3054 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3055 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3056 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3057 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3058 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3059
3060 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3061 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3062 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3063 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3064 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3065 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3066 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3067 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3068 window.
3069
3070 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3071 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3072
3073 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3074 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3075 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3076 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3077 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3078 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3079
3080 Runs the following hooks:
3081
3082 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3083 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3084 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3085 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3086
3087 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3088
3089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3090
3091 ;;;***
3092 \f
3093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (22150 28227 658072
3094 ;;;;;; 702000))
3095 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3096
3097 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3098 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3099
3100 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3101
3102 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3103 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3104 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3105 it fails.
3106
3107 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3108
3109 ;;;***
3110 \f
3111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (22150
3112 ;;;;;; 28228 786072 702000))
3113 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3114
3115 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3116 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3117
3118 \(fn)" nil nil)
3119
3120 ;;;***
3121 \f
3122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (22150 28228
3123 ;;;;;; 790072 702000))
3124 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3125
3126 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3127 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3128
3129 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3130 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3131
3132 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3133 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3134
3135 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3136
3137 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3138 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3139 made from scratch.
3140
3141 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3142
3143 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3144 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3145
3146 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3147 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3148 made from scratch.
3149
3150 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3151
3152 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3153 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3154
3155 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3156
3157 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3158 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3159 made from scratch.
3160
3161 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3162
3163 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3164 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3165
3166 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3167 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3168 made from scratch.
3169
3170 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3171
3172 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3173 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3174
3175 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3176
3177 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3178 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3179 made from scratch.
3180
3181 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3182
3183 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3184 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3185
3186 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3187 variables are guessed:
3188
3189 * `c-basic-offset', and
3190 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3191 `c-offsets-alist'.
3192
3193 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3194 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3195
3196 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3197 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3198
3199 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3200 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3201 guess is made from scratch.
3202
3203 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3204 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3205
3206 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3207
3208 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3209 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3210 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3211 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3212
3213 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3214 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3215 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3216
3217 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3218
3219 ;;;***
3220 \f
3221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (22150 28228
3222 ;;;;;; 798072 702000))
3223 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3224
3225 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3226 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3227 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3228 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3229 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3230 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3231 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3232
3233 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3234 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3235 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3236 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3237 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3238 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3239 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3240 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3241 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3242
3243 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3244 Major mode for editing C code.
3245
3246 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3247 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3248 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3249 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3250
3251 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3252
3253 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3254 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3255
3256 Key bindings:
3257 \\{c-mode-map}
3258
3259 \(fn)" t nil)
3260
3261 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3262 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3263 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3264 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3265 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3266 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3267 message.
3268
3269 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3270
3271 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3272 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3273
3274 Key bindings:
3275 \\{c++-mode-map}
3276
3277 \(fn)" t nil)
3278 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3279
3280 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3281 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3282 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3283 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3284 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3285 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3286 message.
3287
3288 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3289
3290 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3291 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3292
3293 Key bindings:
3294 \\{objc-mode-map}
3295
3296 \(fn)" t nil)
3297 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3298
3299 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3300 Major mode for editing Java code.
3301 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3302 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3303 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3304 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3305 message.
3306
3307 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3308
3309 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3310 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3311
3312 Key bindings:
3313 \\{java-mode-map}
3314
3315 \(fn)" t nil)
3316 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3317
3318 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3319 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3320 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3321 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3322 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3323 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3324 message.
3325
3326 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3327
3328 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3329 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3330
3331 Key bindings:
3332 \\{idl-mode-map}
3333
3334 \(fn)" t nil)
3335 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3336 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3337
3338 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3339 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3340 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3341 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3342 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3343 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3344 message.
3345
3346 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3347
3348 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3349 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3350
3351 Key bindings:
3352 \\{pike-mode-map}
3353
3354 \(fn)" t nil)
3355 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3356 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3357 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3358 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3359 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3360
3361 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3362 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3363 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3364 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3365 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3366 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3367
3368 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3369
3370 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3371 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3372
3373 Key bindings:
3374 \\{awk-mode-map}
3375
3376 \(fn)" t nil)
3377
3378 ;;;***
3379 \f
3380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (22150
3381 ;;;;;; 28228 798072 702000))
3382 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3383
3384 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3385 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3386 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3387 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3388
3389 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3390
3391 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3392 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3393 might get set too.
3394
3395 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3396 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3397 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3398 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3399 in this way.
3400
3401 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3402 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3403 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3404 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3405 a null operation.
3406
3407 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3408
3409 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3410 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3411 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3412 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3413
3414 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3415
3416 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3417 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3418 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3419
3420 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3421
3422 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3423 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3424 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3425 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3426 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3427
3428 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3429
3430 ;;;***
3431 \f
3432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (22150 28228
3433 ;;;;;; 802072 702000))
3434 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3435 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3436 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3437 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3438
3439 ;;;***
3440 \f
3441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (22150 28228 106072
3442 ;;;;;; 702000))
3443 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3444
3445 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3446 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3447
3448 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3449
3450 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3451 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
3452
3453 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
3454
3455 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3456 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3457
3458 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3459 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3460 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3461 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3462 execution.
3463
3464 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3465
3466 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3467
3468 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3469 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3470
3471 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3472 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3473 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3474 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3475
3476 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3477 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3478 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3479 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3480 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3481 `write' commands.
3482
3483 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3484 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3485 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3486 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3487
3488 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3489 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3490 semantics.
3491
3492 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3493
3494 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3495
3496 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3497
3498 STATEMENT :=
3499 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3500 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3501
3502 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3503 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3504 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3505 | integer
3506
3507 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3508
3509 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3510 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3511 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3512
3513 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3514 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3515 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3516
3517 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3518
3519 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3520 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3521 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3522 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3523 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3524 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3525 ;; last STATEMENT.
3526 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3527
3528 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3529 BREAK := (break)
3530
3531 REPEAT :=
3532 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3533 (repeat)
3534 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3535 ;; (repeat))
3536 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3537 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3538 ;; (read REG)
3539 ;; (repeat))
3540 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3541 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3542 ;; (read REG)
3543 ;; (repeat))
3544 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3545
3546 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3547 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3548 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3549 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3550 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3551 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3552 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3553 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3554 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3555 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3556 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3557 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3558 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3559 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3560 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3561 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3562
3563 WRITE :=
3564 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3565 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3566 ;; representation.
3567 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3568 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3569 ;; (write r7))
3570 | (write EXPRESSION)
3571 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3572 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3573 ;; representation.
3574 | (write integer)
3575 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3576 ;; buffer.
3577 | (write string)
3578 ;; Same as: (write string)
3579 | string
3580 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3581 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3582 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3583 ;; representation.
3584 | (write REG ARRAY)
3585 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3586 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3587 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3588 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3589 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3590 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3591
3592 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3593 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3594
3595 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3596 END := (end)
3597
3598 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3599 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3600 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3601
3602 ARG := REG | integer
3603
3604 OPERATOR :=
3605 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3606 + | - | * | / | %
3607
3608 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3609 | & | `|' | ^
3610
3611 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3612 | << | >>
3613
3614 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3615 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3616 | <8
3617
3618 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3619 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3620 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3621 | >8
3622
3623 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3624 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3625 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3626 | //
3627
3628 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3629 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3630
3631 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3632 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3633 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3634 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3635 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3636 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3637 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3638 | de-sjis
3639
3640 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3641 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3642 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3643 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3644 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3645 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3646 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3647 ;; byte of SJIS.
3648 | en-sjis
3649
3650 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3651 ;; Same meaning as C code
3652 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3653
3654 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3655 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3656 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3657 | <8=
3658
3659 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3660 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3661 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3662
3663 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3664 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3665 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3666 | //=
3667
3668 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3669
3670
3671 TRANSLATE :=
3672 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3673 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3674 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3675 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3676 ;; respectively.
3677 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3678 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3679 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3680 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3681
3682 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3683 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3684 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3685
3686 LOOKUP :=
3687 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3688 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3689 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3690 ;; respectively.
3691 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3692 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3693 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3694
3695 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3696 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3697 ;; REG.
3698 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3699 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3700 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3701
3702 MAP :=
3703 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3704 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3705 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3706 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3707
3708 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3709 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3710 MAP-ID := integer
3711
3712 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3713
3714 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3715
3716 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3717 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3718 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3719 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3720 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3721 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3722
3723 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3724
3725 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3726 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3727 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3728
3729 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3730
3731 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3732
3733 ;;;***
3734 \f
3735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (22150 28227
3736 ;;;;;; 358072 702000))
3737 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3738
3739 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3740 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3741 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3742 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3743
3744 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3745
3746 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3747
3748 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3749 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3750
3751 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3752
3753 ;;;***
3754 \f
3755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (22150 28227 146072
3756 ;;;;;; 702000))
3757 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3758 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3759
3760 ;;;***
3761 \f
3762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (22150 28228
3763 ;;;;;; 802072 702000))
3764 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3765 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
3766
3767 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3768 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3769 There are no special keybindings by default.
3770
3771 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3772 to the action header.
3773
3774 \(fn)" t nil)
3775
3776 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3777 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3778 There are no special keybindings by default.
3779
3780 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3781 to the action header.
3782
3783 \(fn)" t nil)
3784
3785 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3786 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3787
3788 \(fn)" t nil)
3789
3790 ;;;***
3791 \f
3792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "character-fold" "character-fold.el" (22150
3793 ;;;;;; 28227 274072 702000))
3794 ;;; Generated autoloads from character-fold.el
3795
3796 (autoload 'character-fold-to-regexp "character-fold" "\
3797 Return a regexp matching anything that character-folds into STRING.
3798 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
3799 `character-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
3800 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
3801
3802 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
3803 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
3804
3805 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
3806 from which to start.
3807
3808 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
3809
3810 ;;;***
3811 \f
3812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (22150 28227
3813 ;;;;;; 358072 702000))
3814 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3815 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3816
3817 ;;;***
3818 \f
3819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3820 ;;;;;; (22150 28227 358072 702000))
3821 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3822
3823 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3824 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3825 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3826
3827 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3828
3829 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3830 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3831 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3832
3833 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3834
3835 ;;;***
3836 \f
3837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (22150
3838 ;;;;;; 28227 362072 702000))
3839 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3840 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3841 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3842 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3843 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3844 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3845 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3846 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3847 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3848 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3849
3850 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3851 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
3852
3853 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3854 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3855 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3856
3857 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3858 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3859 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3860 the users will view as each check is completed.
3861
3862 \(fn)" t nil)
3863
3864 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3865 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3866 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3867 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3868 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3869 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3870 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3871 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3872
3873 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3874
3875 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3876 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3877 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3878 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3879 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3880 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3881 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3882 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3883
3884 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3885
3886 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3887 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3888 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3889 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3890 spacing are all verified.
3891
3892 \(fn)" t nil)
3893
3894 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3895 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3896 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3897 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3898 otherwise stop after the first error.
3899
3900 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3901
3902 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
3903 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3904
3905 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
3906
3907 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3908 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3909 Only documentation strings are checked.
3910 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3911 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3912 a separate buffer.
3913
3914 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3915
3916 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3917 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3918 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3919 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3920 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3921
3922 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3923
3924 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3925 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3926 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3927 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3928 if there is one.
3929
3930 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3931
3932 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3933 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3934 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3935 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3936 if there is one.
3937 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3938
3939 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3940
3941 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3942 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3943 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3944
3945 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3946
3947 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3948 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3949 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3950 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3951 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3952
3953 \(fn)" t nil)
3954
3955 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3956 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3957 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3958 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3959 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3960 space at the end of each line.
3961
3962 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3963
3964 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3965 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3966 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3967 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3968
3969 \(fn)" t nil)
3970
3971 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3972 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3973 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3974 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3975
3976 \(fn)" t nil)
3977
3978 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3979 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3980 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3981 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3982
3983 \(fn)" t nil)
3984
3985 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3986 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3987 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3988 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3989
3990 \(fn)" t nil)
3991
3992 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3993 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3994 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3995 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3996
3997 \(fn)" t nil)
3998
3999 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4000 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4001 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4002 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4003
4004 \(fn)" t nil)
4005
4006 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4007 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4008 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4009 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4010
4011 \(fn)" t nil)
4012
4013 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4014 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4015 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4016 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4017
4018 \(fn)" t nil)
4019
4020 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4021 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4022 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4023 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4024
4025 \(fn)" t nil)
4026
4027 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4028 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4029 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4030 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4031 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4032
4033 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4034 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4035 checking of documentation strings.
4036
4037 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4038
4039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4040
4041 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4042 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4043
4044 \(fn)" t nil)
4045
4046 ;;;***
4047 \f
4048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (22150
4049 ;;;;;; 28228 162072 702000))
4050 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4051
4052 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4053 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4054 Return the length of resulting text.
4055
4056 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4057
4058 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4059 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4060
4061 \(fn)" t nil)
4062
4063 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4064 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4065 Return the length of resulting text.
4066
4067 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4068
4069 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4070 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4071
4072 \(fn)" t nil)
4073
4074 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4075
4076
4077 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4078
4079 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4080
4081
4082 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4083
4084 ;;;***
4085 \f
4086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (22150 28227 274072
4087 ;;;;;; 702000))
4088 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4089
4090 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4091 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4092 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4093 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4094 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4095 editing and the result is evaluated.
4096
4097 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4098
4099 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4100 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4101 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4102 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4103 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4104
4105 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4106
4107 \(fn)" t nil)
4108
4109 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4110 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4111 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4112 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4113 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4114
4115 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4116 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4117 \\{command-history-map}
4118
4119 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4120 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4121
4122 \(fn)" t nil)
4123
4124 ;;;***
4125 \f
4126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (22150
4127 ;;;;;; 28227 366072 702000))
4128 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4129
4130 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4131 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4132 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4133 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4134 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4135 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4136 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4137 of this function.
4138
4139 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4140 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4141 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4142 property are:
4143
4144 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4145 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4146
4147 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4148 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4149 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4150 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4151 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4152 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4153 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4154 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4155 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4156 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4157 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4158 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4159
4160 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4161 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4162 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4163
4164 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4165 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4166 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4167 list elements are:
4168
4169 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4170
4171 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4172
4173 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4174
4175 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4176 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4177
4178 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4179 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4180
4181 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4182 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4183 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4184 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4185 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4186 value specified by their associated list element.
4187
4188 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4189
4190 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4191 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4192 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4193
4194 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4195 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4196 * indent the first argument by 4.
4197 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4198 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4199 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4200
4201 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4202 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4203 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4204 instead.
4205
4206 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4207
4208 ;;;***
4209 \f
4210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (22150 28227
4211 ;;;;;; 366072 702000))
4212 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4213 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4214
4215 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4216
4217 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4218 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4219 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4220 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4221 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4222 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4223
4224 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4225 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4226
4227 ;;;***
4228 \f
4229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (22150 28228
4230 ;;;;;; 802072 702000))
4231 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4232
4233 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4234 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4235 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4236 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4237
4238 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4239 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4240 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4241 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4242
4243 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4244 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4245
4246 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4247
4248 ;;;***
4249 \f
4250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (22150 28227 274072
4251 ;;;;;; 702000))
4252 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4253
4254 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4255 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4256 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4257 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4258 of `scheme-program-name').
4259 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4260 it is given as initial input.
4261 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4262 discards input when it starts up.
4263 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4264 is run).
4265 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4266
4267 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4268
4269 ;;;***
4270 \f
4271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (22150 28227 274072 702000))
4272 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4273
4274 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4275 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4276 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4277 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4278
4279 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4280 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4281
4282 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4283 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4284 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4285
4286 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4287
4288 ;;;***
4289 \f
4290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (22150 28227 278072 702000))
4291 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4292
4293 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4294 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4295 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4296 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4297 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4298 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4299 functions have already modified the buffer.
4300
4301 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4302
4303 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4304 either globally or locally.")
4305
4306 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4307 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4308 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4309 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4310
4311 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4312 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4313 `start-file-process'
4314 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4315 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4316 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4317
4318 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4319 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4320
4321 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4322
4323 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4324
4325 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4326
4327 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4328 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4329 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4330 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4331 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4332 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4333 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4334 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4335 process as its initial input.
4336
4337 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4338
4339 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4340
4341 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4342
4343 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4344 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4345 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4346 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4347 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4348 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4349
4350 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4351
4352 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4353
4354 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4355 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4356 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4357 directory tracking functions.")
4358
4359 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4360 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4361 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4362
4363 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4364
4365 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4366
4367 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4368 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4369 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4370
4371 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4372
4373 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4374
4375 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4376 Send COMMAND to current process.
4377 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4378 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4379
4380 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4381
4382 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4383 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4384 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4385 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4386
4387 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4388
4389 ;;;***
4390 \f
4391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (22150 28229
4392 ;;;;;; 250072 702000))
4393 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4394
4395 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4396 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4397 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4398 to get another window.
4399
4400 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4401 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4402
4403 This command pushes the mark in each window
4404 at the prior location of point in that window.
4405 If both windows display the same buffer,
4406 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4407 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4408
4409 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4410 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4411 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4412 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4413 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4414 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4415 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4416 ignored.
4417
4418 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4419 this command work in interlaced mode:
4420 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4421 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4422 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4423
4424 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4425
4426 ;;;***
4427 \f
4428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (22150 28228
4429 ;;;;;; 802072 702000))
4430 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4431
4432 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4433 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4434
4435 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4436
4437 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4438 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4439 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4440
4441 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4442
4443 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4444 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4445 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4446
4447 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4448
4449 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4450 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4451 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4452 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4453 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4454
4455 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4456 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4457 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4458 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4459 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4460
4461 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4462 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4463 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4464 describing how the process finished.")
4465
4466 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4467 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4468 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4469 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4470 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4471
4472 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4473 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4474 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4475
4476 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4477
4478 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4479 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4480 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4481 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4482
4483 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4484
4485 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4486 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4487
4488 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4489 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4490
4491 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook
4492 (lambda ()
4493 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4494 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4495 (set (make-local-variable \\='compile-command)
4496 (concat \"make -k \"
4497 (if buffer-file-name
4498 (shell-quote-argument
4499 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4500
4501 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4502 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4503
4504 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4505 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4506 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4507 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4508
4509 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4510
4511 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4512 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4513 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4514 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4515
4516 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4517 and move to the source code that caused it.
4518
4519 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4520 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4521
4522 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4523 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4524 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4525 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4526 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4527
4528 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4529 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4530 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4531 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4532
4533 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4534 kills its subprocesses.
4535
4536 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4537 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4538 to a function that generates a unique name.
4539
4540 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4541
4542 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4543 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4544 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4545 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4546
4547 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4548 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4549
4550 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4551 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4552 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4553 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4554
4555 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4556 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4557 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4558
4559 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4560
4561 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4562
4563 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4564 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4565 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4566 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4567 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4568
4569 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4570
4571 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4572
4573 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4574
4575 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4576
4577 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4578 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4579 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4580 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4581 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4582
4583 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4584 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4585 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4586 See `compilation-mode'.
4587
4588 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4589
4590 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4591 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4592 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4593 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4594 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4595
4596 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4597 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4598 `compilation-mode'.
4599
4600 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4601
4602 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4603 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4604 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4605
4606 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4607
4608 ;;;***
4609 \f
4610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (22150 28227 286072
4611 ;;;;;; 702000))
4612 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4613
4614 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4615 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4616 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4617 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4618 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4619 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4620
4621 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4622
4623 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4624 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4625 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4626 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4627 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4628
4629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4630
4631 ;;;***
4632 \f
4633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (22150
4634 ;;;;;; 28229 94072 702000))
4635 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4636
4637 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4638 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4639 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4640 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4641 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4642 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4643 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4644
4645 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4646 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4647 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4648
4649 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4650 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4651 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4652
4653 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4654 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4655 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4656 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4657
4658 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4659 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4660 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4661 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4662 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4663 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4664 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4665
4666 \\{conf-mode-map}
4667
4668 \(fn)" t nil)
4669
4670 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4671 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4672 Comments start with `#'.
4673 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4674
4675 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4676
4677 \[Desktop Entry]
4678 Encoding=UTF-8
4679 Name=The GIMP
4680 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4681 Name[cs]=GIMP
4682
4683 \(fn)" t nil)
4684
4685 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4686 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4687 Comments start with `;'.
4688 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4689
4690 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4691
4692 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4693 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4694 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4695
4696 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4697 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4698
4699 \(fn)" t nil)
4700
4701 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4702 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4703 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4704 between `/*' and `*/'.
4705 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4706
4707 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4708 // another kind of comment
4709 /* yet another */
4710
4711 name:value
4712 name=value
4713 name value
4714 x.1 =
4715 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4716 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4717
4718 \(fn)" t nil)
4719
4720 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4721 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4722 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4723 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4724 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4725 `conf-space-keywords'.
4726 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4727 in an interactive fashion instead.
4728
4729 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4730
4731 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4732
4733 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4734 image/png png
4735 image/tiff tiff tif
4736
4737 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4738 class desktop
4739 # Standard multimedia devices
4740 add /dev/audio desktop
4741 add /dev/mixer desktop
4742
4743 \(fn)" t nil)
4744
4745 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4746 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4747 See `conf-space-mode'.
4748
4749 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4750
4751 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4752 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4753 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4754 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4755
4756 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4757
4758 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4759 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4760
4761 \(fn)" t nil)
4762
4763 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4764 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4765 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4766 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4767
4768 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4769
4770 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4771 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4772
4773 \(fn)" t nil)
4774
4775 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4776 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4777 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4778 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4779
4780 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4781
4782 *background: gray99
4783 *foreground: black
4784
4785 \(fn)" t nil)
4786
4787 ;;;***
4788 \f
4789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (22150 28228 674072
4790 ;;;;;; 702000))
4791 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4792
4793 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4794 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4795 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4796 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4797 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4798 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4799
4800 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4801
4802 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4803 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4804 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4805 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4806
4807 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4808
4809 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4810 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4811 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4812 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4813
4814 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4815
4816 ;;;***
4817 \f
4818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (22150
4819 ;;;;;; 28227 374072 702000))
4820 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4821 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4822 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4823 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4824
4825 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4826 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4827 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4828 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4829 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4830 following the copyright are updated as well.
4831 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4832 interactively.
4833
4834 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4835
4836 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4837 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4838 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4839 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4840 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4841
4842 \(fn)" t nil)
4843
4844 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4845 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4846
4847 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4848
4849 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4850 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4851 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4852
4853 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4854
4855 ;;;***
4856 \f
4857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (22150
4858 ;;;;;; 28228 806072 702000))
4859 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4860 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4861 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4862 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4863 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4864 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4865 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4866 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4867
4868 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4869 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4870 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4871 Tab indents for Perl code.
4872 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4873 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4874
4875 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4876 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4877 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4878 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4879 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4880 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4881 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4882 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4883 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4884 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4885 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4886 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4887
4888 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4889
4890 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4891 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4892
4893 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4894
4895 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4896 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4897 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4898 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4899 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4900 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4901 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4902 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4903 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4904
4905 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4906
4907 bite if angry;
4908
4909 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4910 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4911 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4912 to nil.)
4913
4914 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4915 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4916 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4917
4918 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4919
4920 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4921 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4922 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4923 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4924 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4925
4926 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4927
4928 if (A) { B }
4929
4930 into
4931
4932 B if A;
4933
4934 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4935
4936 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4937 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4938 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4939 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4940 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4941 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4942 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4943 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4944 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4945 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4946 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4947 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4948 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4949
4950 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4951 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4952 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4953 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4954 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4955 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4956
4957 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4958 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4959 man via menu.
4960
4961 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4962 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4963 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4964 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4965 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4966
4967 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4968 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4969 span the needed amount of lines.
4970
4971 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4972 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4973 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4974 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4975
4976 Variables controlling indentation style:
4977 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4978 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4979 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4980 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4981 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4982 `cperl-auto-newline'
4983 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4984 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4985 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4986 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4987 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4988 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4989 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4990 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4991 `cperl-indent-level'
4992 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4993 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4994 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4995 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4996 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4997 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4998 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4999 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5000 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5001 `cperl-brace-offset'
5002 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5003 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5004 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5005 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5006 `cperl-label-offset'
5007 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5008 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5009 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5010
5011 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5012 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5013 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5014 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5015 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5016 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5017
5018 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5019 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5020 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5021 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5022
5023 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5024 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5025 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5026 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5027 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
5028 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5029 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5030
5031 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5032 column 0 is indented on
5033 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5034
5035 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5036 with no args.
5037
5038 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5039 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5040 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5041
5042 \(fn)" t nil)
5043
5044 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5045 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5046
5047 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5048
5049 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5050 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5051
5052 \(fn)" t nil)
5053
5054 ;;;***
5055 \f
5056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (22150 28228 806072
5057 ;;;;;; 702000))
5058 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5059
5060 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5061 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5062 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5063 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5064 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5065
5066 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5067
5068 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5069 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5070
5071 \(fn)" t nil)
5072
5073 ;;;***
5074 \f
5075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (22150 28227 374072
5076 ;;;;;; 702000))
5077 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5078
5079 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5080 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5081 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5082 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5083 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5084 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5085 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5086 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5087
5088 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5089 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5090
5091 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5092 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5093 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5094
5095 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5096 with empty strings removed.
5097
5098 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5099
5100 ;;;***
5101 \f
5102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (22150 28229
5103 ;;;;;; 94072 702000))
5104 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5105
5106 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5107 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5108
5109 \(fn)" t nil)
5110 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5111
5112 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5113 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5114
5115 \(fn)" t nil)
5116
5117 ;;;***
5118 \f
5119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (22150 28227
5120 ;;;;;; 458072 702000))
5121 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5122
5123 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5124 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5125 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5126 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5127 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5128 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5129
5130 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5131
5132 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5133 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5134 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5135 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5136 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5137
5138 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5139 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5140 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5141 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5142 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5143 normal function of these prefix keys.
5144
5145 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5146 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5147 options:
5148 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5149 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5150 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5151
5152 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5153 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5154 the prefix fallback behavior.
5155
5156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5157
5158 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5159 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5160
5161 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5162
5163 ;;;***
5164 \f
5165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (22150 28227
5166 ;;;;;; 462072 702000))
5167 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5168
5169 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5170 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5171 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5172
5173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5174
5175 ;;;***
5176 \f
5177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5178 ;;;;;; (22150 28227 374072 702000))
5179 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5180
5181 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5182 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5183
5184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5185
5186 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5187 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5188 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5189 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5190 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5191 the cursor and DIR can be `left' or `entered' depending on whether the cursor is
5192 entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5193
5194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5195
5196 ;;;***
5197 \f
5198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (22150 28227 290072
5199 ;;;;;; 702000))
5200 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5201
5202 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5203 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5204
5205 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5206
5207 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5208 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5209
5210 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5211
5212 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5213 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5214
5215 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5216
5217 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5218 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5219
5220 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5221 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5222
5223 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5224 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5225
5226 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5227
5228 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5229
5230 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5231 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5232 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5233
5234 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5235 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5236
5237 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5238 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5239
5240 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5241 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5242
5243 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5244
5245 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5246
5247 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5248 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5249 Return VALUE.
5250
5251 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5252 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5253
5254 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5255 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5256
5257 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5258 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5259
5260 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5261
5262 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5263
5264 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5265 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5266 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5267 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5268
5269 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5270 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5271 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5272
5273 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5274
5275 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5276 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5277 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5278 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5279 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5280
5281 \(fn)" t nil)
5282
5283 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5284 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5285 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5286 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5287
5288 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5289
5290 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5291 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5292 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5293
5294 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5295
5296 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5297 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5298
5299 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5300
5301 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5302
5303 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5304 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5305
5306 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5307
5308 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5309
5310 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5311 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5312 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5313
5314 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5315
5316 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5317 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5318 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5319 as part of Emacs itself.
5320
5321 Each elements looks like this:
5322
5323 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5324
5325 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5326 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5327 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5328 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5329 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5330 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5331 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5332 and `defface'.
5333
5334 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5335
5336 (add-to-list \\='customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5337 \\='(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5338 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5339 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5340 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5341
5342 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5343 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5344 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5345 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5346
5347 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5348
5349 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5350 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5351 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5352 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5353 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5354 release.
5355
5356 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5357 that were added or redefined since that version.
5358
5359 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5360
5361 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5362 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5363 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5364 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5365
5366 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5367
5368 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5369 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5370
5371 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5372
5373 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5374 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5375 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5376
5377 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5378 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5379
5380 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5381
5382 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5383 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5384
5385 \(fn)" t nil)
5386
5387 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5388 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5389
5390 \(fn)" t nil)
5391
5392 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5393 Customize all saved options and faces.
5394
5395 \(fn)" t nil)
5396
5397 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5398 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5399 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5400 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5401 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5402 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5403
5404 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5405 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5406 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5407
5408 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5409
5410 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5411 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5412
5413 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5414
5415 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5416 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5417
5418 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5419
5420 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5421 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5422
5423 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5424
5425 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5426 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5427 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5428 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5429
5430 \(fn)" nil nil)
5431
5432 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5433 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5434 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5435 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5436 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5437 that option.
5438 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5439
5440 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5441
5442 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5443 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5444 The result includes selecting that window.
5445 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5446 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5447 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5448 that option.
5449
5450 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5451
5452 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5453 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5454
5455 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5456
5457 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5458 File used for storing customization information.
5459 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5460 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5461 it should be an absolute file name.
5462
5463 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5464 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5465 something like the following in your init file:
5466
5467 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5468 \(load custom-file)
5469
5470 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5471 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5472
5473 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5474 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5475 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5476 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5477 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5478
5479 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5480 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5481 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5482 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5483 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5484 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5485 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5486 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5487 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5488 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5489
5490 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5491
5492 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5493 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5494
5495 \(fn)" nil nil)
5496
5497 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5498 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5499
5500 \(fn)" t nil)
5501
5502 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5503 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5504 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5505
5506 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5507
5508 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5509 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5510 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5511 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5512 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5513
5514 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5515
5516 ;;;***
5517 \f
5518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (22150 28227 290072
5519 ;;;;;; 702000))
5520 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5521
5522 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5523 Create or edit a custom theme.
5524 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5525 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5526 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5527 from the Custom save file.
5528 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5529 named *Custom Theme*.
5530
5531 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5532
5533 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5534 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5535
5536 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5537
5538 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5539 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5540
5541 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5542
5543 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5544 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5545 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5546 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5547
5548 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5549
5550 ;;;***
5551 \f
5552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (22150 28229
5553 ;;;;;; 250072 702000))
5554 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5555
5556 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5557 Mode used for cvs status output.
5558
5559 \(fn)" t nil)
5560
5561 ;;;***
5562 \f
5563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (22150 28228 810072
5564 ;;;;;; 702000))
5565 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5566 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5567
5568 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5569 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5570
5571 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5572
5573 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5574 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5575 C++ modes are included.
5576
5577 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5578 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5579 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5580
5581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5582
5583 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5584
5585 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5586 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5587 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5590 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5591
5592 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5593
5594 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5595 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5596 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5597 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5598 ARG is omitted or nil.
5599
5600 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5601 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5602 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5603
5604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5605
5606 ;;;***
5607 \f
5608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (22150
5609 ;;;;;; 28228 162072 702000))
5610 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5611
5612 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5613 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5614
5615 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5616
5617 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5618 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5619
5620 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5621
5622 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5623 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5624 For readability, the table is slightly
5625 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5626
5627 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5628 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5629 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5630 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5631 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5632
5633 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5634
5635 ;;;***
5636 \f
5637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (22150 28227 290072
5638 ;;;;;; 702000))
5639 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5640 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5641 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5642 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5643 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5644
5645 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5646 Completion on current word.
5647 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5648 and presents suggestions for completion.
5649
5650 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5651 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5652 completions.
5653
5654 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5655 then it searches *all* buffers.
5656
5657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5658
5659 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5660 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5661
5662 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5663 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5664 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5665 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5666 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5667
5668 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5669 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5670
5671 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5672 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5673 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5674
5675 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5676 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5677
5678 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5679
5680 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5681
5682 ;;;***
5683 \f
5684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (22150 28227
5685 ;;;;;; 146072 702000))
5686 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5687
5688 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5689 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5690
5691 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5692
5693 ;;;***
5694 \f
5695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (22150 28228 354072 702000))
5696 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5697
5698 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5699 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5700 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5701 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5702 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5703
5704 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5705
5706 ;;;***
5707 \f
5708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (22150 28228
5709 ;;;;;; 810072 702000))
5710 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5711
5712 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5713 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5714
5715 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5716 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5717 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5718
5719 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5720 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5721 Data lines are not indented.
5722
5723 Key bindings:
5724
5725 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5726 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5727
5728 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5729 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5730 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5731 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5732
5733 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5734
5735 dcl-basic-offset
5736 Extra indentation within blocks.
5737
5738 dcl-continuation-offset
5739 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5740
5741 dcl-margin-offset
5742 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5743
5744 dcl-margin-label-offset
5745 Indentation for a label.
5746
5747 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5748 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5749
5750 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5751 dcl-block-end-regexp
5752 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5753 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5754 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5755 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5756 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5757
5758 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5759 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5760 Two such functions are included in the package:
5761 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5762 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5763
5764 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5765 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5766 One such function is included in the package:
5767 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5768
5769 dcl-tab-always-indent
5770 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5771 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5772 margin.
5773
5774 dcl-electric-characters
5775 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5776 typed.
5777
5778 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5779 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5780 which words trigger electric indentation.
5781
5782 dcl-tempo-comma
5783 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5784 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5785 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5786
5787 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5788 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5789 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5790 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5791
5792 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5793 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5794 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5795 dcl-imenu-label-call
5796 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5797
5798 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5799 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5800 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5801 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5802
5803
5804 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5805
5806 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5807 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5808 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5809 $ i = 1
5810 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5811 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5812 $ label:
5813 $ if i.eq.1
5814 $ then
5815 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5816 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5817 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5818 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5819 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5820 \"lined up with the command line\"
5821 $ type sys$input
5822 Data lines are not indented at all.
5823 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5824 $ endif
5825 $
5826
5827
5828 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5829 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5830
5831 \(fn)" t nil)
5832
5833 ;;;***
5834 \f
5835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (22150 28227
5836 ;;;;;; 378072 702000))
5837 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5838
5839 (setq debugger 'debug)
5840
5841 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5842 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5843 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5844 of the evaluator.
5845
5846 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5847 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5848 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5849
5850 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5851
5852 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5853 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5854
5855 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5856
5857 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5858 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5859 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5860 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5861 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5862 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5863
5864 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5865 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5866
5867 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5868
5869 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5870 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5871 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5872 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5873 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5874
5875 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5876
5877 ;;;***
5878 \f
5879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (22150 28228
5880 ;;;;;; 674072 702000))
5881 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5882
5883 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5884 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5885
5886 \(fn)" t nil)
5887
5888 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5889 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5890 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5891 Upper-case letters are commands.
5892
5893 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5894 modify it.
5895
5896 The most useful commands are:
5897 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5898 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5899 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5900 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5901 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5902 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5903
5904 \(fn)" t nil)
5905
5906 ;;;***
5907 \f
5908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (22150 28227 290072
5909 ;;;;;; 702000))
5910 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5911 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5912
5913 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5914 Customization of `columns' group.
5915
5916 \(fn)" t nil)
5917
5918 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5919 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5920
5921 START and END delimits the text region.
5922
5923 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5924
5925 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5926 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5927
5928 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5929
5930 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5931
5932 ;;;***
5933 \f
5934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (22150 28227 290072 702000))
5935 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5936
5937 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5938
5939 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5940 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5941 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5942 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5943 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5944 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5945
5946 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5947
5948 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5949 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5950 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5951 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5952 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5953
5954 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5955 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5956 point regardless of any selection.
5957
5958 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5959
5960 ;;;***
5961 \f
5962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (22150 28227
5963 ;;;;;; 398072 702000))
5964 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5965
5966 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5967 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5968
5969 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5970
5971 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5972 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5973 or nil if there is no parent.
5974 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5975 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5976 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5977 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5978 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5979
5980 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5981 arguments are currently understood:
5982 :group GROUP
5983 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5984 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5985 :syntax-table TABLE
5986 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5987 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5988 :abbrev-table TABLE
5989 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5990 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5991
5992 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5993
5994 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5995
5996 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5997 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5998 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5999
6000 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6001 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6002
6003 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6004 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6005 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6006
6007 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6008 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6009
6010 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6011 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6012
6013 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6014
6015 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6016
6017 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6018
6019 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'lisp-indent-function '3)
6020
6021 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6022 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6023 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6024 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6025 the first time the mode is used.
6026
6027 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6028
6029 ;;;***
6030 \f
6031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (22150 28227 290072
6032 ;;;;;; 702000))
6033 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6034
6035 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6036 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6037 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6038 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6039 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6040 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6041 otherwise.
6042
6043 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6044
6045 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6046 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6047 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6048 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6049
6050 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6051 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6052 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6053
6054 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6055 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6056 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6057 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6058 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6059 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6060 relevant to POS.
6061
6062 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6063
6064 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6065 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6066
6067 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6068 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6069 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6070 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6071 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6072 minibuffer window for width limit.
6073
6074 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6075 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6076
6077 \(fn)" nil nil)
6078
6079 ;;;***
6080 \f
6081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (22150 28227 294072
6082 ;;;;;; 702000))
6083 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6084
6085 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6086 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6087 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6088 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6089 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6090 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6091
6092 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6093
6094 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6095 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6096 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6097 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6098 is omitted or nil.
6099
6100 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6101 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6102 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6103 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6104
6105 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `\\[desktop-save]'.
6106 To load it, use `\\[desktop-read]'.
6107
6108 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6109 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6110
6111 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6112
6113 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6114
6115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6116
6117 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6118 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6119 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6120 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6121
6122 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6123
6124 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6125 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6126
6127 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6128 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6129 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6130
6131 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6132 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6133
6134 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6135 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6136 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6137
6138 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6139 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6140 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6141 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6142
6143 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6144
6145 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6146 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6147
6148 Handlers are called with argument list
6149
6150 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6151
6152 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6153
6154 `desktop-file-version'
6155 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6156 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6157 `desktop-buffer-point'
6158 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6159 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6160 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6161
6162 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6163 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6164
6165 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6166 code like
6167
6168 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6169 ...
6170 (add-to-list \\='desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6171 \\='(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6172
6173 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6174 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6175 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6176
6177 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6178
6179 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6180 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6181 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6182 List elements must have the form
6183
6184 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6185
6186 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6187 function.
6188
6189 Handlers are called with argument list
6190
6191 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6192
6193 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6194
6195 `desktop-file-version'
6196 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6197 `desktop-buffer-name'
6198 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6199 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6200 `desktop-buffer-point'
6201 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6202 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6203 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6204
6205 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6206 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6207 created and set.
6208
6209 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6210 code like
6211
6212 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6213 ...
6214 (add-to-list \\='desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6215 \\='(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6216
6217 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6218 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6219 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6220
6221 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6222
6223 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6224
6225 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6226 Empty the Desktop.
6227 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6228 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6229 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6230 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6231 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6232 if different).
6233
6234 \(fn)" t nil)
6235
6236 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6237 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6238 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6239 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6240 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6241 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6242 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6243
6244 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6245
6246 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6247 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6248 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6249
6250 \(fn)" t nil)
6251
6252 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6253 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6254 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6255 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6256 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6257 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6258 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6259 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6260
6261 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6262
6263 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6264 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6265 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6266
6267 \(fn)" nil nil)
6268
6269 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6270
6271 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6272 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6273 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6274 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6275 directory DIRNAME.
6276
6277 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6278
6279 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6280 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6281
6282 \(fn)" t nil)
6283
6284 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6285 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6286
6287 \(fn)" t nil)
6288
6289 ;;;***
6290 \f
6291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (22150 28227
6292 ;;;;;; 658072 702000))
6293 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6294
6295 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6296 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6297 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6298 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6299 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6300 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6301
6302 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6303
6304 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6305 Repair a broken attribution line.
6306 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6307
6308 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6309
6310 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6311 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6312 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6313 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6314
6315 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6316
6317 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6318 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6319
6320 \(fn)" t nil)
6321
6322 ;;;***
6323 \f
6324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (22150
6325 ;;;;;; 28227 74072 702000))
6326 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6327
6328 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6329 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6330 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6331 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6332 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6333
6334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6335
6336 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6337 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6338 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6339 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6340
6341 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6342 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6343 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6344 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6345
6346 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6347 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6348
6349 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6350 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6351 calendar-date-style \\='european
6352 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6353
6354 \(diary-mail-entries)
6355
6356 # diary-rem.el ends here
6357
6358 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6359
6360 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6361 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6362
6363 \(fn)" t nil)
6364
6365 ;;;***
6366 \f
6367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (22150 28229 254072 702000))
6368 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6369
6370 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
6371 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6372
6373 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6374
6375 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6376 The command to use to run diff.")
6377
6378 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6379
6380 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6381 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6382 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6383 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6384 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6385 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6386
6387 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6388 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6389 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6390
6391 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6392
6393 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6394 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6395 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6396 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6397 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6398 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6399
6400 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6401
6402 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6403 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6404
6405 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6406
6407 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6408 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6409 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6410
6411 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6412
6413 ;;;***
6414 \f
6415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (22150 28229
6416 ;;;;;; 250072 702000))
6417 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6418
6419 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6420 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6421 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6422 normal diffs.
6423
6424 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6425 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6426 headers for you on-the-fly.
6427
6428 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6429 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6430 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6431
6432 \\{diff-mode-map}
6433
6434 \(fn)" t nil)
6435
6436 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6437 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6438 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6439 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6440 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6441
6442 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6443
6444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6445
6446 ;;;***
6447 \f
6448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (22150 28228 354072 702000))
6449 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6450
6451 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6452 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6453 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6454
6455 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6456
6457 ;;;***
6458 \f
6459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (22150 28227 310072 702000))
6460 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6461
6462 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6463 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6464 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6465 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6466 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6467 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6468 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6469 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6470
6471 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6472
6473 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6474 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6475 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6476 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6477 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6478 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6479
6480 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6481 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6482 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6483 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6484
6485 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
6486 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
6487
6488 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
6489 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
6490 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
6491 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
6492 listing have no effect.
6493
6494 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6495 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6496 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6497
6498 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6499
6500 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6501 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6502
6503 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6504 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6505
6506 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6507 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6508
6509 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6510 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6511
6512 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6513
6514 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6515 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6516
6517 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6518
6519 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6520 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6521 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6522 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6523 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6524 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6525 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6526 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6527 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6528 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6529 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6530 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6531 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6532 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6533 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6534 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6535 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6536 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6537 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6538 to see why something went wrong.
6539 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6540 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6541 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6542 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6543 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6544 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6545 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6546 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6547 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6548 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6549 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6550 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6551 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6552
6553 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6554 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6555 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6556 again for the directory tree.
6557
6558 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6559 for more info):
6560
6561 `dired-listing-switches'
6562 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6563 `dired-marker-char'
6564 `dired-del-marker'
6565 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6566 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6567 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6568 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6569
6570 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6571
6572 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6573 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6574 `dired-mode-hook'
6575 `dired-load-hook'
6576
6577 Keybindings:
6578 \\{dired-mode-map}
6579
6580 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6581 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6582
6583 ;;;***
6584 \f
6585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (22150 28227 310072
6586 ;;;;;; 702000))
6587 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6588
6589 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6590 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6591 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6592 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6593 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6594
6595 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6596 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6597 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6598
6599 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6600 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6601 directory.
6602
6603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6604
6605 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6606 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6607 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6608 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6609 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6610 from `default-directory'.
6611
6612 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6613
6614 ;;;***
6615 \f
6616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (22150 28227
6617 ;;;;;; 398072 702000))
6618 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6619
6620 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6621 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6622 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6623 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6624 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6625 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6626
6627 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6628
6629 ;;;***
6630 \f
6631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (22150 28227 310072
6632 ;;;;;; 702000))
6633 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6634
6635 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6636 Return a new, empty display table.
6637
6638 \(fn)" nil nil)
6639
6640 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6641 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6642 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6643 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6644 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6645
6646 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6647
6648 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6649 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6650 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6651 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6652 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6653
6654 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6655
6656 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6657 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6658
6659 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6660
6661 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6662 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6663
6664 \(fn)" t nil)
6665
6666 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6667 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6668
6669 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6670 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6671
6672 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6673 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6674 byte.
6675
6676 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6677 in the default way after this call.
6678
6679 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6680
6681 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6682 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6683
6684 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6685
6686 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6687 Display character C using printable string S.
6688
6689 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6690
6691 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6692 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6693 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6694 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6695
6696 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6697
6698 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6699 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6700 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6701 X frame.
6702
6703 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6704
6705 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6706 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6707
6708 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6709
6710 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6711 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6712
6713 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6714
6715 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6716 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6717
6718 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6719
6720 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6721 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6722
6723 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6724
6725 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6726 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6727
6728 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6729
6730 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6731 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6732
6733 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6734 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6735
6736 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6737 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6738
6739 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6740 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6741 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6742 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6743
6744 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6745 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6746 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6747 in `.emacs'.
6748
6749 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6750
6751 ;;;***
6752 \f
6753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (22150 28228
6754 ;;;;;; 674072 702000))
6755 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6756
6757 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6758 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6759 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6760 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6761 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6762 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6763 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6764 Default is 2.
6765
6766 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6767
6768 ;;;***
6769 \f
6770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (22150 28227 314072 702000))
6771 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6772
6773 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6774 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6775 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6776 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6777 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6778 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6779 private or ask).
6780 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6781 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6782 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6783 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6784 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6785
6786 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6787
6788 ;;;***
6789 \f
6790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (22150 28229
6791 ;;;;;; 98072 702000))
6792 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6793
6794 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6795 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6796 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6797 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6798 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6799 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6800 table and its own syntax table.
6801
6802 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6803
6804 \(fn)" t nil)
6805 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6806
6807 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6808 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6809
6810 \(fn)" t nil)
6811
6812 ;;;***
6813 \f
6814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (22150 28227 314072
6815 ;;;;;; 702000))
6816 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6817
6818 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6819 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6820 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6821 OpenDocument format).
6822
6823 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6824
6825 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6826 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6827
6828 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6829 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6830
6831 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6832 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6833 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6834
6835 \(fn)" t nil)
6836
6837 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6838 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6839 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6840 to the next best mode.
6841
6842 \(fn)" nil nil)
6843
6844 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6845 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6846 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6847 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6848 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6849
6850 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6851
6852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6853
6854 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6855
6856
6857 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6858
6859 ;;;***
6860 \f
6861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (22150 28228 678072
6862 ;;;;;; 702000))
6863 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6864
6865 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6866 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6867
6868 \(fn)" t nil)
6869
6870 ;;;***
6871 \f
6872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (22150 28227 318072 702000))
6873 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6874
6875 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6876 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6877 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6878 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6879 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6880
6881 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6882 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6883
6884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6885
6886 ;;;***
6887 \f
6888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (22150 28228 678072
6889 ;;;;;; 702000))
6890 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6891 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
6892
6893 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6894 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6895
6896 \(fn)" t nil)
6897
6898 ;;;***
6899 \f
6900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (22150
6901 ;;;;;; 28227 398072 702000))
6902 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6903
6904 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6905
6906 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6907 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6908 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6909 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6910 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6911
6912 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6913 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6914 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6915 and disables it otherwise.
6916
6917 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6918 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6919 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6920 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6921
6922 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6923 documenting what its argument does.
6924
6925 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6926 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6927 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6928 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6929 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6930 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6931 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6932 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6933
6934 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6935 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6936 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6937 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
6938 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
6939 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
6940 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
6941 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
6942 the minor mode is global):
6943
6944 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6945 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6946 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6947 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6948 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6949 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6950 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6951 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6952 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6953 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6954 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6955 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6956 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6957 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6958 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6959 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6960 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6961 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6962 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6963 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6964 in :variable).
6965
6966 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6967 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6968
6969 For example, you could write
6970 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6971 :lighter \" Foo\" :require \\='foo :global t :group \\='hassle :version \"27.5\"
6972 ...BODY CODE...)
6973
6974 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6975
6976 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6977
6978 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
6979
6980 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6981
6982 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6983
6984 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6985 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6986 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6987 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6988 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6989 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6990 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6991 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6992 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6993 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6994 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6995 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6996
6997 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6998 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6999 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7000 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7001 call another major mode in their body.
7002
7003 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
7004 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
7005 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
7006
7007 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
7008
7009 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7010
7011 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7012 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7013 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7014 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7015 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7016 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7017 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7018
7019 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7020
7021 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7022 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7023 :inherit Parent keymap.
7024 :group Ignored.
7025 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7026 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7027
7028 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7029
7030 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7031 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
7032 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
7033 the constant's documentation.
7034
7035 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7036
7037 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7038 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7039 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7040
7041 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7042
7043 ;;;***
7044 \f
7045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (22150
7046 ;;;;;; 28227 398072 702000))
7047 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7048
7049 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7050 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7051 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7052 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7053
7054 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7055 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7056 as a top-level menu bar item.
7057
7058 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7059 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7060 pairs:
7061
7062 :filter FUNCTION
7063 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7064 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7065 items to actually display.
7066
7067 :visible INCLUDE
7068 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7069 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7070 alias for `:visible'.
7071
7072 :active ENABLE
7073 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7074 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7075 an alias for `:active'.
7076
7077 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7078 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7079
7080 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7081
7082 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7083
7084 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7085 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7086
7087 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7088 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7089
7090 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7091
7092 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7093
7094 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7095 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7096
7097 :keys KEYS
7098 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7099 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7100 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7101 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7102
7103 :key-sequence KEYS
7104 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7105 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7106 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7107 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7108
7109 :active ENABLE
7110 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7111 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7112 alias for `:active'.
7113
7114 :visible INCLUDE
7115 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7116 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7117 `:visible'.
7118
7119 :label FORM
7120 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7121 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7122
7123 :suffix FORM
7124 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7125 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7126
7127 :style STYLE
7128 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7129 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7130 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7131
7132 :selected SELECTED
7133 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7134 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7135
7136 :help HELP
7137 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7138
7139 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7140 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7141 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7142
7143 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7144 MENU. This is a submenu.
7145
7146 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7147
7148 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7149
7150 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7151
7152
7153 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7154
7155 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7156 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7157 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7158 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7159
7160 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7161
7162 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7163 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7164 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7165 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7166 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7167 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7168
7169 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7170 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7171 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7172
7173 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7174 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7175 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7176
7177 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7178 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7179
7180 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7181
7182 ;;;***
7183 \f
7184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (22150 28228
7185 ;;;;;; 814072 702000))
7186 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7187 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7188
7189 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7190 Customization for ebnf group.
7191
7192 \(fn)" t nil)
7193
7194 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7195 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7196
7197 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7198
7199 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7200 processed.
7201
7202 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7203
7204 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7205
7206 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7207 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7208
7209 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7210 killed after process termination.
7211
7212 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7213
7214 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7215
7216 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7217 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7218
7219 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7220 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7221 it to the printer.
7222
7223 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7224 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7225 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7226 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7227
7228 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7229
7230 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7231 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7232 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7233
7234 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7235
7236 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7237 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7238
7239 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7240
7241 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7242 processed.
7243
7244 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7245
7246 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7247
7248 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7249 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7250
7251 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7252 killed after process termination.
7253
7254 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7255
7256 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7257
7258 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7259 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7260 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7261 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7262
7263 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7264
7265 \(fn)" t nil)
7266
7267 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7268 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7269 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7270
7271 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7272
7273 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7274
7275 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7276 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7277
7278 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7279
7280 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7281 processed.
7282
7283 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7284
7285 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7286
7287 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7288 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7289
7290 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7291 killed after EPS generation.
7292
7293 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7294
7295 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7296
7297 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7298 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7299
7300 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7301 The EPS file name has the following form:
7302
7303 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7304
7305 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7306 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7307
7308 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7309 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7310 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7311 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7312 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7313
7314 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7315 files.
7316
7317 \(fn)" t nil)
7318
7319 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7320 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7321
7322 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7323 The EPS file name has the following form:
7324
7325 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7326
7327 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7328 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7329
7330 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7331 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7332 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7333 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7334 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7335
7336 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7337 files.
7338
7339 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7340
7341 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7342
7343 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7344 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7345
7346 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7347
7348 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7349 are processed.
7350
7351 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7352
7353 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7354
7355 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7356 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7357
7358 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7359 killed after syntax checking.
7360
7361 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7362
7363 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7364
7365 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7366 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7367
7368 \(fn)" t nil)
7369
7370 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7371 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7372
7373 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7374
7375 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7376 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7377
7378 \(fn)" nil nil)
7379
7380 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7381 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7382
7383 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7384
7385 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7386
7387 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7388 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7389
7390 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7391
7392 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7393
7394 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7395 Delete style NAME.
7396
7397 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7398
7399 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7400
7401 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7402 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7403
7404 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7405
7406 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7407
7408 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7409 Set STYLE as the current style.
7410
7411 Returns the old style symbol.
7412
7413 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7414
7415 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7416
7417 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7418 Reset current style.
7419
7420 Returns the old style symbol.
7421
7422 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7423
7424 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7425
7426 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7427 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7428
7429 Returns the old style symbol.
7430
7431 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7432
7433 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7434
7435 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7436
7437 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7438 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7439
7440 Returns the old style symbol.
7441
7442 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7443
7444 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7445
7446 \(fn)" t nil)
7447
7448 ;;;***
7449 \f
7450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (22150 28228
7451 ;;;;;; 814072 702000))
7452 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7453
7454 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7455 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7456 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7457 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7458 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7459 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7460
7461 Tree mode key bindings:
7462 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7463
7464 \(fn)" t nil)
7465
7466 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7467 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7468
7469 \(fn)" t nil)
7470
7471 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7472 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7473
7474 \(fn)" t nil)
7475
7476 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7477 View declaration of member at point.
7478
7479 \(fn)" t nil)
7480
7481 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7482 Find declaration of member at point.
7483
7484 \(fn)" t nil)
7485
7486 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7487 View definition of member at point.
7488
7489 \(fn)" t nil)
7490
7491 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7492 Find definition of member at point.
7493
7494 \(fn)" t nil)
7495
7496 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7497 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7498
7499 \(fn)" t nil)
7500
7501 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7502 View definition of member at point in other window.
7503
7504 \(fn)" t nil)
7505
7506 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7507 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7508
7509 \(fn)" t nil)
7510
7511 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7512 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7513
7514 \(fn)" t nil)
7515
7516 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7517 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7518
7519 \(fn)" t nil)
7520
7521 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7522 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7523
7524 \(fn)" t nil)
7525
7526 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7527 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7528 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7529 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7530 completion.
7531
7532 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7533
7534 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7535 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7536 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7537 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7538
7539 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7540
7541 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7542 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7543 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7544 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7545
7546 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7547
7548 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7549 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7550 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7551
7552 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7553
7554 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7555 Search for call sites of a member.
7556 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7557 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7558 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7559 looks like a function call to the member.
7560
7561 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7562
7563 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7564 Move backward in the position stack.
7565 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7566
7567 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7568
7569 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7570 Move forward in the position stack.
7571 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7572
7573 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7574
7575 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7576 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7577
7578 \(fn)" t nil)
7579
7580 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7581 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7582
7583 \(fn)" t nil)
7584
7585 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7586 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7587 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7588 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7589
7590 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7591
7592 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7593 Display statistics for a class tree.
7594
7595 \(fn)" t nil)
7596
7597 ;;;***
7598 \f
7599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (22150 28227 318072
7600 ;;;;;; 702000))
7601 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7602
7603 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7604 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7605 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7606 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7607 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7608 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7609 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7610
7611 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7612
7613 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7614 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7615 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7616 also has this effect.
7617 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7618 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7619 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7620 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7621 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7622 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7623 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7624 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7625 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7626 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7627
7628 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7629
7630 ;;;***
7631 \f
7632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (22150 28227 318072
7633 ;;;;;; 702000))
7634 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7635
7636 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7637 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7638 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7639
7640 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7641
7642 ;;;***
7643 \f
7644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (22150 28227
7645 ;;;;;; 658072 702000))
7646 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7647
7648 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7649
7650
7651 \(fn)" nil nil)
7652
7653 ;;;***
7654 \f
7655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (22150 28227 202072 702000))
7656 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7657 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7658
7659 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7660 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7661 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7662 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7663 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7664 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7665
7666 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7667
7668 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7669 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7670 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7671 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7672 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7673
7674 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7675 an EDE controlled project.
7676
7677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7678
7679 ;;;***
7680 \f
7681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (22150 28227
7682 ;;;;;; 406072 702000))
7683 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7684
7685 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7686 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7687 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7688 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7689 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7690
7691 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7692 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7693 \(make-local-variable \\='edebug-all-defs) in your
7694 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7695
7696 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7697
7698 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7699 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7700 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7701 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7702
7703 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7704
7705 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7706 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7707 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7708 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7709
7710 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7711
7712 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7713
7714 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7715 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7716 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7717 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7718 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7719
7720 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7721 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7722 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7723 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7724 instrumented for Edebug.
7725
7726 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7727 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7728 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7729 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7730 already is one.)
7731
7732 \(fn)" t nil)
7733
7734 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7735 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7736
7737 \(fn)" t nil)
7738
7739 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7740 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7741
7742 \(fn)" t nil)
7743
7744 ;;;***
7745 \f
7746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (22150 28229 274072 702000))
7747 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7748 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7749
7750 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7751 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7752
7753 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7754
7755 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7756 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7757
7758 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7759
7760 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7761
7762 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7763
7764 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7765 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7766 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7767 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7768
7769 \(fn)" t nil)
7770
7771 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7772 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7773 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7774 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7775
7776 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7777
7778 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7779 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7780
7781 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7782
7783 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7784
7785 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7786 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7787
7788 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7789
7790 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7791
7792 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7793 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7794 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7795 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7796
7797 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7798
7799 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7800
7801 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7802 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7803 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7804 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7805
7806 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7807
7808 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7809
7810 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7811 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7812 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7813 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7814
7815 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7816
7817 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7818
7819 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7820 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7821 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7822 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7823
7824 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7825
7826 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7827
7828 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7829 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7830 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7831 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7832 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7833 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7834
7835 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7836
7837 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7838 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7839 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7840 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7841
7842 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7843
7844 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7845
7846 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7847 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7848 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7849 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7850
7851 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7852
7853 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7854
7855 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7856
7857 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7858 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7859 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7860 follows:
7861 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7862 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7863
7864 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7865
7866 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7867 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7868 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7869 follows:
7870 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7871 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7872
7873 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7874
7875 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7876 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7877 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7878 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7879 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7880
7881 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7882
7883 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7884 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7885 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7886 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7887 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7888 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7889
7890 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7891
7892 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7893
7894 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7895 Merge two files without ancestor.
7896
7897 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7898
7899 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7900 Merge two files with ancestor.
7901
7902 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7903
7904 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7905
7906 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7907 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7908
7909 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7910
7911 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7912 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7913
7914 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7915
7916 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7917 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7918 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7919 buffer.
7920
7921 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7922
7923 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7924 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7925 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7926 buffer.
7927
7928 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7929
7930 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7931 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7932 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7933 and don't ask the user.
7934 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7935 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7936
7937 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7938
7939 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7940 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7941 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7942 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7943 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7944 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7945 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7946 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7947
7948 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7949
7950 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7951
7952 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7953
7954 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7955 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7956 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7957 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7958 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7959
7960 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7961
7962 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7963
7964 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7965 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7966 When called interactively, displays the version.
7967
7968 \(fn)" t nil)
7969
7970 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7971 Display Ediff's manual.
7972 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7973
7974 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7975
7976 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7977
7978
7979 \(fn)" nil nil)
7980
7981 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7982
7983
7984 \(fn)" nil nil)
7985
7986 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7987
7988
7989 \(fn)" nil nil)
7990
7991 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7992
7993
7994 \(fn)" nil nil)
7995
7996 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7997
7998
7999 \(fn)" nil nil)
8000
8001 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
8002
8003
8004 \(fn)" nil nil)
8005
8006 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
8007
8008
8009 \(fn)" nil nil)
8010
8011 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
8012
8013
8014 \(fn)" nil nil)
8015
8016 ;;;***
8017 \f
8018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (22150 28229
8019 ;;;;;; 254072 702000))
8020 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
8021
8022 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8023
8024
8025 \(fn)" t nil)
8026
8027 ;;;***
8028 \f
8029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (22150 28229
8030 ;;;;;; 262072 702000))
8031 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
8032
8033 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8034 Display Ediff's registry.
8035
8036 \(fn)" t nil)
8037
8038 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8039
8040 ;;;***
8041 \f
8042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (22150 28229
8043 ;;;;;; 270072 702000))
8044 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
8045
8046 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8047 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8048 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8049 which see.
8050
8051 \(fn)" t nil)
8052
8053 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8054 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8055 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8056 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8057
8058 \(fn)" t nil)
8059
8060 ;;;***
8061 \f
8062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (22150 28227 318072
8063 ;;;;;; 702000))
8064 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8065 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
8066
8067 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8068 Edit a keyboard macro.
8069 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8070 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8071 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
8072 its command name.
8073 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8074
8075 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8076
8077 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8078 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8079
8080 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8081
8082 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8083 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8084
8085 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8086
8087 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8088 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8089 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8090 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8091 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8092 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8093
8094 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8095 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8096 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8097 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8098
8099 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8100
8101 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8102 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8103 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8104 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8105 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8106 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8107
8108 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8109
8110 ;;;***
8111 \f
8112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (22150 28227 462072
8113 ;;;;;; 702000))
8114 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8115
8116 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8117 Set scroll margins.
8118 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8119 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8120
8121 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8122
8123 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8124 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8125
8126 \(fn)" t nil)
8127
8128 ;;;***
8129 \f
8130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (22150 28227 318072 702000))
8131 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8132
8133 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8134 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8135 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8136 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8137 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8138 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8139 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8140
8141 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8142 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8143
8144 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8145 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8146 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8147 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8148
8149 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8150 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8151 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8152
8153 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8154 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8155 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8156
8157 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8158
8159 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8160
8161
8162 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8163
8164 ;;;***
8165 \f
8166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (22150 28227
8167 ;;;;;; 422072 702000))
8168 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8169 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8170
8171 ;;;***
8172 \f
8173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (22150
8174 ;;;;;; 28227 418072 702000))
8175 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8176 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8177
8178 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8179 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8180 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8181 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8182 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8183 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8184 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8185
8186 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8187
8188 ;;;***
8189 \f
8190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (22150 28227 322072
8191 ;;;;;; 702000))
8192 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8193
8194 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8195 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8196
8197 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8198 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8199 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8200
8201 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8202
8203 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8204 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8205 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8206 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8207 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8208 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8209
8210 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8211
8212 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8213 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8214 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8215 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8216 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8217
8218 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8219 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8220 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
8221 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
8222
8223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8224
8225 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
8226 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
8227
8228 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8229
8230 ;;;***
8231 \f
8232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (22150 28227 322072
8233 ;;;;;; 702000))
8234 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8235
8236 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8237 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8238
8239 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8240 an elided material again.
8241
8242 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8243
8244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8245
8246 ;;;***
8247 \f
8248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (22150 28227
8249 ;;;;;; 422072 702000))
8250 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8251
8252 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8253 Lint the file FILE.
8254
8255 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8256
8257 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8258 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8259 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8260
8261 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8262
8263 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8264 Lint the current buffer.
8265 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8266
8267 \(fn)" t nil)
8268
8269 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8270 Lint the function at point.
8271 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8272
8273 \(fn)" t nil)
8274
8275 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8276 Initialize elint.
8277 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8278 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8279
8280 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8281
8282 ;;;***
8283 \f
8284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (22150 28227 422072
8285 ;;;;;; 702000))
8286 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8287
8288 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8289 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8290 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8291
8292 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8293
8294 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8295 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8296 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8297 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8298
8299 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8300
8301 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8302 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8303 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8304
8305 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8306
8307 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8308
8309 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8310 Display current profiling results.
8311 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8312 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8313 displayed.
8314
8315 \(fn)" t nil)
8316
8317 ;;;***
8318 \f
8319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (22150 28227 458072
8320 ;;;;;; 702000))
8321 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8322
8323 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8324 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8325 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8326 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8327 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8328 ARG is omitted or nil.
8329
8330 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8331 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8332 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8333 used instead.
8334
8335 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8336
8337 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8338 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8339 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8340
8341 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8342
8343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8344
8345 ;;;***
8346 \f
8347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (22150 28228
8348 ;;;;;; 226072 702000))
8349 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8350
8351 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8352 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8353 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8354
8355 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8356
8357 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8358
8359 ;;;***
8360 \f
8361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (22086 11930 378062
8362 ;;;;;; 731000))
8363 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8364
8365 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8366 Run Emerge on two files.
8367
8368 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8369
8370 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8371 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8372
8373 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8374
8375 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8376 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8377
8378 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8379
8380 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8381 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8382
8383 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8384
8385 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8386
8387
8388 \(fn)" nil nil)
8389
8390 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8391
8392
8393 \(fn)" nil nil)
8394
8395 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8396
8397
8398 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8399
8400 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8401
8402
8403 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8404
8405 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8406 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8407
8408 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8409
8410 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8411 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8412
8413 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8414
8415 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8416
8417
8418 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8419
8420 ;;;***
8421 \f
8422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (22150 28229
8423 ;;;;;; 98072 702000))
8424 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8425
8426 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8427 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8428 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8429 text/enriched format.
8430
8431 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8432 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8433 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8434
8435 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8436
8437 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8438 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8439
8440 Commands:
8441
8442 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8443
8444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8445
8446 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8447
8448
8449 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8450
8451 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8452
8453
8454 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8455
8456 ;;;***
8457 \f
8458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (22150 28227 482072 702000))
8459 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8460
8461 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8462 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8463
8464 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8465
8466 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8467 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8468
8469 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8470
8471 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8472 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8473 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8474 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8475 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8476 the keys are listed.
8477 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8478
8479 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8480
8481 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8482 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8483 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8484
8485 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8486
8487 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8488 Verify FILE.
8489
8490 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8491
8492 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8493 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8494
8495 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8496
8497 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8498 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8499
8500 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8501
8502 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8503 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8504
8505 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8506 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8507 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8508 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8509
8510 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8511 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8512 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8513 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8514 should consider using the string based counterpart
8515 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8516 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8517
8518 For example:
8519
8520 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8521 (decode-coding-string
8522 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8523 \\='utf-8))
8524
8525 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8526
8527 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8528 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8529
8530 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8531 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8532
8533 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8534
8535 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8536
8537 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8538 Verify the current region between START and END.
8539
8540 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8541 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8542 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8543 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8544 should consider using the string based counterpart
8545 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8546 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8547
8548 For example:
8549
8550 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8551 (decode-coding-string
8552 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8553 \\='utf-8))
8554
8555 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8556
8557 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8558
8559 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8560 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8561 between START and END.
8562
8563 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8564 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8565
8566 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8567
8568 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8569
8570 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8571 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8572
8573 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8574 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8575 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8576 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8577 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8578 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8579
8580 For example:
8581
8582 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8583 (epg-sign-string
8584 context
8585 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)))
8586
8587 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8588
8589 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8590
8591 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8592 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8593
8594 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8595 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8596 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8597 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8598 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8599 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8600
8601 For example:
8602
8603 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8604 (epg-encrypt-string
8605 context
8606 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)
8607 nil))
8608
8609 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8610
8611 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8612
8613 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8614 Delete selected KEYS.
8615
8616 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8617
8618 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8619 Import keys from FILE.
8620
8621 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8622
8623 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8624 Import keys from the region.
8625
8626 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8627
8628 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8629 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8630 between START and END.
8631
8632 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8633
8634 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8635 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8636
8637 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8638
8639 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8640 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8641
8642 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8643
8644 ;;;***
8645 \f
8646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (22150 28227 478072
8647 ;;;;;; 702000))
8648 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8649
8650 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8651 Decrypt marked files.
8652
8653 \(fn)" t nil)
8654
8655 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8656 Verify marked files.
8657
8658 \(fn)" t nil)
8659
8660 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8661 Sign marked files.
8662
8663 \(fn)" t nil)
8664
8665 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8666 Encrypt marked files.
8667
8668 \(fn)" t nil)
8669
8670 ;;;***
8671 \f
8672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (22150 28227 482072
8673 ;;;;;; 702000))
8674 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8675
8676 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8677
8678
8679 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8680
8681 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8682
8683
8684 \(fn)" t nil)
8685
8686 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8687
8688
8689 \(fn)" t nil)
8690
8691 ;;;***
8692 \f
8693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (22150 28227 482072
8694 ;;;;;; 702000))
8695 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8696
8697 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8698 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8699 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8700 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8701 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8702
8703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8704
8705 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8706 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8707 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8708
8709 \(fn)" t nil)
8710
8711 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8712
8713 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8714 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8715 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8716
8717 \(fn)" t nil)
8718
8719 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8720
8721 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8722 Sign the current buffer.
8723 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8724
8725 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8726
8727 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8728
8729 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8730 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8731 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8732 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8733 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8734 and also whether and how to sign.
8735
8736 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8737 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8738 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8739
8740 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8741
8742 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8743
8744 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8745 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8746 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8747
8748 \(fn)" t nil)
8749
8750 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8751
8752 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8753 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8754 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8755 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8756 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8757 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8758
8759 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8760
8761 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8762 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8763 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8764 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8765 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8766
8767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8768
8769 ;;;***
8770 \f
8771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (22150 28227 482072 702000))
8772 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8773 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8774
8775 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8776 Return a context object.
8777
8778 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8779
8780 ;;;***
8781 \f
8782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (22150 28227 482072
8783 ;;;;;; 702000))
8784 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8785
8786 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8787 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8788
8789 \(fn)" nil nil)
8790
8791 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8792 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8793
8794 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8795
8796 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8797 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8798
8799 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8800
8801 ;;;***
8802 \f
8803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (22150 28227 526072 702000))
8804 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8805 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8806
8807 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8808 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8809
8810 \(fn)" nil nil)
8811
8812 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8813 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8814 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8815
8816 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8817
8818 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8819 (server (erc-compute-server))
8820 (port (erc-compute-port))
8821 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8822 password
8823 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8824
8825 That is, if called with
8826
8827 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8828
8829 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8830 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8831 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8832
8833 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8834
8835 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8836
8837 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8838 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8839 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8840
8841 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8842
8843 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8844 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8845 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8846 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8847
8848 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8849
8850 ;;;***
8851 \f
8852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (22150
8853 ;;;;;; 28227 506072 702000))
8854 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8855 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8856
8857 ;;;***
8858 \f
8859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (22150 28227
8860 ;;;;;; 506072 702000))
8861 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8862 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8863
8864 ;;;***
8865 \f
8866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (22150 28227
8867 ;;;;;; 510072 702000))
8868 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8869 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8870
8871 ;;;***
8872 \f
8873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (22150 28227
8874 ;;;;;; 510072 702000))
8875 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8876 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8877
8878 ;;;***
8879 \f
8880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (22150 28227 510072
8881 ;;;;;; 702000))
8882 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8883 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8884
8885 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8886 Parser for /dcc command.
8887 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8888 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8889 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8890
8891 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8892
8893 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8894 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8895
8896 \(fn)" nil nil)
8897
8898 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8899 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8900
8901 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8902 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8903 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8904 that subcommand.
8905
8906 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8907
8908 ;;;***
8909 \f
8910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8911 ;;;;;; (22150 28227 510072 702000))
8912 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8913 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8914
8915 ;;;***
8916 \f
8917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (22150
8918 ;;;;;; 28227 510072 702000))
8919 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8920
8921 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8922 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8923
8924 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8925
8926 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8927 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8928 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8929 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
8930
8931 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8932
8933 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8934
8935
8936 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8937
8938 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8939 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8940
8941 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8942
8943 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8944 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8945
8946 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8947
8948 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8949 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8950
8951 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8952
8953 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8954 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8955
8956 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8957
8958 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8959 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8960
8961 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8962
8963 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8964 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8965
8966 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8967
8968 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8969 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8970
8971 \(fn)" nil nil)
8972
8973 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8974 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8975
8976 \(fn)" nil nil)
8977
8978 ;;;***
8979 \f
8980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (22150 28227 510072
8981 ;;;;;; 702000))
8982 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8983 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8984
8985 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8986 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8987 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8988
8989 \(fn)" nil nil)
8990
8991 ;;;***
8992 \f
8993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (22150 28227
8994 ;;;;;; 510072 702000))
8995 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8996 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8997
8998 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8999 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9000 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9001 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9002 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9003 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9004 system.
9005
9006 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9007
9008 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9009
9010
9011 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9012
9013 ;;;***
9014 \f
9015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (22150 28227
9016 ;;;;;; 514072 702000))
9017 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9018
9019 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9020
9021
9022 \(fn)" nil nil)
9023
9024 ;;;***
9025 \f
9026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (22150 28227 514072
9027 ;;;;;; 702000))
9028 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9029 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9030
9031 ;;;***
9032 \f
9033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (22150 28227 514072
9034 ;;;;;; 702000))
9035 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9036 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9037
9038 ;;;***
9039 \f
9040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (22150 28227 514072
9041 ;;;;;; 702000))
9042 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9043 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9044
9045 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9046 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9047 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9048 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9049 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9050 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9051
9052 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9053
9054 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9055 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9056 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9057 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9058
9059 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9060 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9061 automatically.
9062
9063 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9064 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9065
9066 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9067
9068 ;;;***
9069 \f
9070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (22150 28227
9071 ;;;;;; 514072 702000))
9072 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9073 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9074
9075 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9076 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9077
9078 \(fn)" t nil)
9079
9080 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9081 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9082
9083 \(fn)" t nil)
9084
9085 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9086 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9087
9088 \(fn)" t nil)
9089
9090 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9091 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9092
9093 \(fn)" t nil)
9094
9095 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9096 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9097
9098 \(fn)" t nil)
9099
9100 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9101 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9102
9103 \(fn)" t nil)
9104
9105 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9106 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9107
9108 \(fn)" t nil)
9109
9110 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9111 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9112
9113 \(fn)" t nil)
9114
9115 ;;;***
9116 \f
9117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (22150 28227 514072
9118 ;;;;;; 702000))
9119 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9120 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9121
9122 ;;;***
9123 \f
9124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (22150
9125 ;;;;;; 28227 514072 702000))
9126 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9127 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9128
9129 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9130 Show who's gone.
9131
9132 \(fn)" nil nil)
9133
9134 ;;;***
9135 \f
9136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (22150
9137 ;;;;;; 28227 518072 702000))
9138 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9139
9140 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9141 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9142 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9143 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9144
9145 \(fn)" nil nil)
9146
9147 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9148 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9149
9150 \(fn)" t nil)
9151
9152 ;;;***
9153 \f
9154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (22150 28227
9155 ;;;;;; 518072 702000))
9156 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9157 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9158
9159 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9160 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9161 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9162 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9163
9164 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9165
9166 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9167
9168
9169 \(fn)" nil nil)
9170
9171 ;;;***
9172 \f
9173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (22150 28227 518072
9174 ;;;;;; 702000))
9175 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9176 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9177
9178 ;;;***
9179 \f
9180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (22150
9181 ;;;;;; 28227 518072 702000))
9182 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9183 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9184
9185 ;;;***
9186 \f
9187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (22150 28227
9188 ;;;;;; 518072 702000))
9189 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9190 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9191
9192 ;;;***
9193 \f
9194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (22150 28227 518072
9195 ;;;;;; 702000))
9196 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9197 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9198
9199 ;;;***
9200 \f
9201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (22150
9202 ;;;;;; 28227 518072 702000))
9203 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9204 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9205
9206 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9207 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9208
9209 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9210
9211 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9212 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9213 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9214
9215 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9216
9217 ;;;***
9218 \f
9219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (22150 28227
9220 ;;;;;; 518072 702000))
9221 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9222 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9223
9224 ;;;***
9225 \f
9226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (22150
9227 ;;;;;; 28227 518072 702000))
9228 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9229
9230 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9231 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9232 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9233
9234 \(fn)" t nil)
9235
9236 ;;;***
9237 \f
9238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (22150
9239 ;;;;;; 28227 518072 702000))
9240 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9241 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9242
9243 ;;;***
9244 \f
9245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (22150 28227
9246 ;;;;;; 518072 702000))
9247 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9248 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9249
9250 ;;;***
9251 \f
9252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (22150 28227
9253 ;;;;;; 522072 702000))
9254 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9255
9256 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9257 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9258 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9259
9260 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9261
9262 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9263 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9264 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9265 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9266 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9267
9268 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9269 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9270 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9271 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9272
9273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9274 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9275
9276 ;;;***
9277 \f
9278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (22150
9279 ;;;;;; 28227 522072 702000))
9280 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9281 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9282
9283 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9284 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9285 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9286 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9287
9288 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9289
9290 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9291 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9292 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9293
9294 \(fn)" t nil)
9295
9296 ;;;***
9297 \f
9298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (22150 28227 522072
9299 ;;;;;; 702000))
9300 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9301 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9302
9303 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9304 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9305
9306 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9307
9308 ;;;***
9309 \f
9310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (22150 28227 426072
9311 ;;;;;; 702000))
9312 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9313
9314 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9315 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9316
9317 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9318 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9319
9320 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9321 useful for assertions in BODY.
9322
9323 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9324
9325 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9326 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9327 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9328
9329 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags \\='(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9330
9331 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9332
9333 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9334
9335 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9336
9337 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9338
9339 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9340 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9341
9342 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9343 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9344 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9345 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9346
9347 Returns the stats object.
9348
9349 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9350
9351 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9352 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9353
9354 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9355 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9356 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9357 the tests).
9358
9359 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9360
9361 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9362 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9363
9364 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9365 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9366 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9367 and how to display message.
9368
9369 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9370
9371 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9372
9373 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9374 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9375
9376 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9377
9378 ;;;***
9379 \f
9380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (22150 28227
9381 ;;;;;; 426072 702000))
9382 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9383
9384 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9385
9386 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9387 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9388
9389 \(fn)" t nil)
9390
9391 ;;;***
9392 \f
9393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (22150 28227
9394 ;;;;;; 542072 702000))
9395 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9396
9397 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9398 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9399
9400 \(fn)" t nil)
9401
9402 ;;;***
9403 \f
9404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (22150 28227 542072
9405 ;;;;;; 702000))
9406 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9407 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9408
9409 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9410 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9411 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9412 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9413 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9414 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9415 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9416 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9417 buffer selected (or created).
9418
9419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9420
9421 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9422 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9423 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9424
9425 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9426
9427 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9428 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9429 The result might be any Lisp object.
9430 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9431 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9432 corresponding to a successful execution.
9433
9434 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9435
9436 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9437
9438 ;;;***
9439 \f
9440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (22150 28228 818072
9441 ;;;;;; 702000))
9442 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9443
9444 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9445 File name of tags table.
9446 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9447 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9448 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9449 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9450 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9451
9452 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9453 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9454 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9455 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9456
9457 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9458
9459 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9460 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9461 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9462 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9463 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9464 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9465
9466 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9467
9468 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9469 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9470 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9471
9472 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9473
9474 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9475 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9476 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9477 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9478 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9479
9480 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9481
9482 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9483 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9484 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9485 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9486
9487 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9488
9489 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9490 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9491 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9492 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9493 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9494
9495 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9496
9497 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9498 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9499
9500 \(fn)" t nil)
9501
9502 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9503 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9504 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9505 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9506
9507 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9508 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9509 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9510 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9511 file the tag was in.
9512
9513 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9514
9515 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9516 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9517 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9518 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9519 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9520 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9521 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9522 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9523 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9524
9525 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9526
9527 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9528 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9529 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9530 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9531 without directory names.
9532
9533 \(fn)" nil nil)
9534
9535 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9536
9537
9538 \(fn)" nil nil)
9539 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9540 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9541 (progn
9542 (load "etags")
9543 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9544
9545 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9546 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9547 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9548 but does not select the buffer.
9549 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9550
9551 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9552 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9553 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9554 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9555 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9556
9557 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9558
9559 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9560 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9561 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9562
9563 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9564
9565 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9566
9567 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9568 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9569 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9570 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9571
9572 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9573 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9574 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9575 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9576 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9577
9578 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9579
9580 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9581 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9582 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9583
9584 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9585
9586 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9587
9588 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
9589
9590 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9591 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9592 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9593 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9594 around or before point.
9595
9596 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9597 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9598 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9599 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9600 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9601
9602 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9603
9604 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9605 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9606 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9607
9608 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9609
9610 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9611
9612 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9613
9614 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9615 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9616 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9617 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9618 around or before point.
9619
9620 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9621 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9622 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9623 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9624 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9625
9626 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9627
9628 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9629 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9630 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9631
9632 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9633
9634 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9635
9636 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9637
9638 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9639 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9640 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9641
9642 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9643 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9644 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9645 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9646 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9647
9648 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9649
9650 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9651 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9652 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9653
9654 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9655
9656 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9657
9658 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9659
9660 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9661
9662 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9663 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9664
9665 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9666 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9667 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9668
9669 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9670 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9671
9672 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9673 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9674
9675 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9676
9677 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9678 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9679 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9680 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9681
9682 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9683 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9684 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9685 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9686 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9687
9688 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9689
9690 (make-obsolete 'tags-loop-continue '"use `xref-find-definitions' interface instead." '"25.1")
9691
9692 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9693 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9694 Stops when a match is found.
9695 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9696
9697 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9698 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9699 restricted to these files.
9700
9701 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9702
9703 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9704
9705 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9706 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9707 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9708 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9709 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9710 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9711 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9712 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9713
9714 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9715 produce the list of files to search.
9716
9717 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9718
9719 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9720
9721 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9722 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9723 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9724 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9725 directory specification.
9726
9727 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9728
9729 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9730 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9731
9732 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9733
9734 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9735
9736 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9737 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9738 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9739 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9740
9741 \(fn)" t nil)
9742
9743 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9744 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9745 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9746 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9747 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9748
9749 \(fn)" t nil)
9750
9751 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
9752
9753
9754 \(fn)" nil nil)
9755
9756 ;;;***
9757 \f
9758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (22150
9759 ;;;;;; 28228 166072 702000))
9760 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9761
9762 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9763
9764
9765 \(fn)" nil nil)
9766
9767 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9768 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9769
9770 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9771 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9772
9773 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9774 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9775 primary language.
9776
9777 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9778 even if the buffer is read-only.
9779
9780 See also the descriptions of the variables
9781 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9782
9783 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9784
9785 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9786 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9787
9788 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9789 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9790
9791 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9792 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9793 primary language.
9794
9795 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9796 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9797
9798 See also the descriptions of the variables
9799 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9800
9801 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9802
9803 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9804 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9805 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9806 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9807
9808 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9809
9810 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9811 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9812 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9813 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9814
9815 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9816 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9817 primary language.
9818
9819 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9820 buffer is read-only.
9821
9822 See also the descriptions of the variables
9823 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9824 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9825
9826 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9827
9828 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9829 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9830
9831 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9832 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9833
9834 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9835 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9836 the primary language.
9837
9838 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9839 buffer is read-only.
9840
9841 See also the descriptions of the variables
9842 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9843 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9844
9845 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9846
9847 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9848 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9849 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9850
9851 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9852
9853 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9854 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9855
9856 \(fn)" t nil)
9857
9858 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9859 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9860
9861 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9862 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9863 be 1, 2, or 3.
9864
9865 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9866 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9867 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9868
9869 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9870
9871 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9872
9873 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9874 This function is deprecated.
9875
9876 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9877
9878 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9879 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9880
9881 \(fn)" t nil)
9882
9883 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9884 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9885
9886 \(fn)" t nil)
9887
9888 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9889 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9890
9891 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9892 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9893
9894 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9895 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9896
9897 \(fn)" nil nil)
9898
9899 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9900 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9901
9902 \(fn)" nil nil)
9903
9904 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9905 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9906
9907 \(fn)" nil nil)
9908
9909 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9910 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9911
9912 \(fn)" nil nil)
9913
9914 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9915 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9916 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9917
9918 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9919
9920 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9921
9922
9923 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9924
9925 ;;;***
9926 \f
9927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (22150 28228 354072 702000))
9928 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9929
9930 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9931 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9932 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9933 server for future sessions.
9934
9935 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9936
9937 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9938 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9939 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9940
9941 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9942
9943 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9944 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9945 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9946
9947 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9948
9949 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9950 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9951 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9952 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9953 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9954 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9955 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9956 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9957 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9958 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9959 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9960 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9961
9962 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9963
9964 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9965 Display a form to query the directory server.
9966 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9967 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9968
9969 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9970
9971 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9972 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9973 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9974
9975 \(fn)" t nil)
9976
9977 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9978
9979 ;;;***
9980 \f
9981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (22150 28228 354072
9982 ;;;;;; 702000))
9983 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9984
9985 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9986 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9987
9988 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9989
9990 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9991 Display URL and make it clickable.
9992
9993 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9994
9995 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9996 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9997
9998 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9999
10000 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10001 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10002
10003 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10004
10005 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10006 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10007
10008 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10009
10010 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10011 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10012
10013 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10014
10015 ;;;***
10016 \f
10017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (22150 28228
10018 ;;;;;; 354072 702000))
10019 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10020
10021 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10022 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10023 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10024
10025 \(fn)" t nil)
10026
10027 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10028 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10029
10030 \(fn)" t nil)
10031
10032 ;;;***
10033 \f
10034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (22150
10035 ;;;;;; 28228 354072 702000))
10036 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10037
10038 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10039 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10040
10041 \(fn)" t nil)
10042
10043 ;;;***
10044 \f
10045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (22150 28227 430072
10046 ;;;;;; 702000))
10047 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10048
10049 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10050 Create an empty ewoc.
10051
10052 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10053
10054 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10055 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10056 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10057 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10058 `insert-before-markers'.
10059
10060 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10061 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10062 respectively, of the ewoc.
10063
10064 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10065 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10066 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10067
10068 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10069
10070 ;;;***
10071 \f
10072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (22150 28228 358072 702000))
10073 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
10074
10075 (defvar eww-suggest-uris '(eww-links-at-point url-get-url-at-point eww-current-url) "\
10076 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
10077 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
10078 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
10079 duplicate entries (if any) removed.")
10080
10081 (custom-autoload 'eww-suggest-uris "eww" t)
10082
10083 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
10084 Fetch URL and render the page.
10085 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10086 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10087
10088 \(fn URL)" t nil)
10089 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
10090
10091 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
10092 Render FILE using EWW.
10093
10094 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10095
10096 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
10097 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
10098 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
10099
10100 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
10101
10102 (autoload 'eww-mode "eww" "\
10103 Mode for browsing the web.
10104
10105 \(fn)" t nil)
10106
10107 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10108
10109
10110 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10111
10112 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
10113 Display the bookmarks.
10114
10115 \(fn)" t nil)
10116
10117 ;;;***
10118 \f
10119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (22150
10120 ;;;;;; 28228 818072 702000))
10121 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10122
10123 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10124 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10125 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10126
10127 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10128
10129 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10130 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10131 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10132 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10133 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10134
10135 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10136
10137 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10138 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10139 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10140 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10141 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10142 executable.
10143
10144 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10145
10146 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10147 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10148 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10149 file modes.
10150
10151 \(fn)" nil nil)
10152
10153 ;;;***
10154 \f
10155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (22150 28227 542072 702000))
10156 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10157
10158 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10159 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10160 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10161 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10162
10163 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10164
10165 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10166 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10167 to generate such functions.
10168
10169 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10170 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10171 beginning of the expanded text.
10172
10173 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10174 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10175 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10176 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10177
10178 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10179
10180 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10181
10182 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10183 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10184 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10185
10186 \(fn)" nil nil)
10187
10188 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10189 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10190 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10191
10192 \(fn)" t nil)
10193
10194 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10195 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10196 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10197
10198 \(fn)" t nil)
10199 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10200 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10201
10202 ;;;***
10203 \f
10204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (22150 28228 818072
10205 ;;;;;; 702000))
10206 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10207
10208 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10209 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10210 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10211
10212 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10213 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10214 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10215
10216 Type \\=`? or \\=`\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10217
10218 Key definitions:
10219 \\{f90-mode-map}
10220
10221 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10222
10223 `f90-do-indent'
10224 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10225 `f90-if-indent'
10226 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10227 `f90-type-indent'
10228 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10229 `f90-program-indent'
10230 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10231 (default 2).
10232 `f90-associate-indent'
10233 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10234 `f90-critical-indent'
10235 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10236 `f90-continuation-indent'
10237 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10238 `f90-comment-region'
10239 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10240 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10241 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10242 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10243 (default \"!\").
10244 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10245 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10246 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10247 `f90-break-delimiters'
10248 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10249 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10250 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10251 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10252 (default t).
10253 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10254 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10255 `f90-smart-end'
10256 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10257 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10258 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10259 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10260 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10261 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10262 `f90-leave-line-no'
10263 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10264
10265 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10266 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10267
10268 \(fn)" t nil)
10269
10270 ;;;***
10271 \f
10272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (22150 28227 542072
10273 ;;;;;; 702000))
10274 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10275
10276 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10277 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10278 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10279 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10280
10281 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10282 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10283 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10284 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10285 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10286
10287 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10288 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10289 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10290 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10291 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10292 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10293 attributes.
10294
10295 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10296 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10297
10298 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10299
10300 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10301 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10302 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10303 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10304
10305 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10306
10307 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10308 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10309 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10310 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10311
10312 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10313 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10314 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10315
10316 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10317 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10318 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
10319 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10320
10321 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10322
10323 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10324 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10325 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10326
10327 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10328 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10329 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10330 the same amount).
10331
10332 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10333
10334 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10335 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10336 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10337
10338 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10339 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10340 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10341 will remove any scaling currently active.
10342
10343 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10344
10345 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10346 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10347 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10348
10349 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10350 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10351 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10352 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10353 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10354
10355 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10356 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10357
10358 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10359
10360 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10361 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10362
10363 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10364 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10365 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10366
10367 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10368 the face height as long as the input event read
10369 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10370
10371 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10372 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10373 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10374 will remove any scaling currently active.
10375
10376 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10377 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10378 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10379 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10380 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10381
10382 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10383
10384 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10385 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10386 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10387 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10388 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10389 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10390
10391 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10392
10393 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10394 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10395 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10396 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10397 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10398 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10399 `buffer-face-mode'.
10400
10401 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10402 local, and sets it to FACE.
10403
10404 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10405
10406 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10407 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10408 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10409 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10410 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10411 `face' text property.
10412
10413 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10414 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10415 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10416 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10417
10418 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10419 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10420
10421 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10422
10423 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10424 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10425 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10426 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10427
10428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10429
10430 ;;;***
10431 \f
10432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (22092 27717
10433 ;;;;;; 880268 464000))
10434 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10435 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10436
10437 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10438 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10439 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10440 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10441
10442 \(fn)" nil nil)
10443
10444 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10445 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10446
10447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10448
10449 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10450 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10451 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10452 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10453
10454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10455
10456 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10457 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10458 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10459 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10460 backup file names and the like).
10461
10462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10463
10464 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10465 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10466 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10467 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
10468 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10469 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10470 internally by feedmail):
10471
10472 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10473 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10474 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10475 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10476
10477 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10478 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10479 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10480 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10481 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10482
10483 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10484
10485 ;;;***
10486 \f
10487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (22150 28227 554072 702000))
10488 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10489
10490 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10491 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10492 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10493 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10494 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10495 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10496 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10497
10498 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10499
10500 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10501 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10502 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10503 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10504 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10505 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10506 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10507
10508 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10509
10510 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10511
10512 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10513 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10514 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10515 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10516 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10517 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10518
10519 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10520
10521 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10522 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10523 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10524 Return value:
10525 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10526 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10527 * otherwise, nil
10528
10529 \(fn E)" t nil)
10530
10531 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10532 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10533 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10534
10535 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10536
10537 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10538 Try to get a file name at point.
10539 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10540
10541 \(fn)" nil nil)
10542
10543 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10544 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10545
10546 \(fn)" t nil)
10547
10548 ;;;***
10549 \f
10550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (22150 28227 554072
10551 ;;;;;; 702000))
10552 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10553
10554 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10555 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10556 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10557 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10558
10559 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10560
10561 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10562 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10563 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10564 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10565 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10566 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10567
10568 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10569
10570 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10571 Add FILE to the file cache.
10572
10573 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10574
10575 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10576 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10577 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10578
10579 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10580
10581 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10582 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10583 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10584
10585 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10586
10587 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10588 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10589 This function does not use any external programs.
10590 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10591 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10592 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10593
10594 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10595
10596 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10597 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10598 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10599 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10600 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10601 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10602 \(directories) is done.
10603
10604 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10605
10606 ;;;***
10607 \f
10608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (22150 28227 554072
10609 ;;;;;; 702000))
10610 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10611
10612 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10613 Handle file system monitoring event.
10614 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10615
10616 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
10617
10618 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10619
10620 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10621
10622 ;;;***
10623 \f
10624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (22150 28227 554072
10625 ;;;;;; 702000))
10626 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10627
10628 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10629 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10630
10631 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10632 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10633 Local Variables list.
10634
10635 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10636 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10637 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10638
10639 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10640
10641 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10642 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10643
10644 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10645
10646 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10647 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10648
10649 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10650 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10651 the -*- line.
10652
10653 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10654 then this function adds it.
10655
10656 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10657
10658 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10659 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10660
10661 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10662
10663 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10664 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10665
10666 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10667
10668 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10669 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10670
10671 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10672
10673 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10674 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10675
10676 \(fn)" t nil)
10677
10678 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10679 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10680
10681 \(fn)" t nil)
10682
10683 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10684 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10685
10686 \(fn)" t nil)
10687
10688 ;;;***
10689 \f
10690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (22150 28227 578072
10691 ;;;;;; 702000))
10692 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10693
10694 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10695 Filesets initialization.
10696 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10697
10698 \(fn)" nil nil)
10699
10700 ;;;***
10701 \f
10702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (22150 28227 578072
10703 ;;;;;; 702000))
10704 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10705 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10706
10707 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10708 Initiate the building of a find command.
10709 For example:
10710
10711 \(find-cmd \\='(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10712 \\='(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10713 (mtime \"+1\"))
10714 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10715
10716 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10717 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10718
10719 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10720
10721 ;;;***
10722 \f
10723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (22150 28227 578072
10724 ;;;;;; 702000))
10725 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10726
10727 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10728 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10729 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10730
10731 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10732
10733 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10734 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10735
10736 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10737
10738 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10739 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10740 and run Dired on those files.
10741 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10742 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10743
10744 find . -name \\='PATTERN\\=' -ls
10745
10746 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10747
10748 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10749
10750 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10751 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10752 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10753
10754 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10755 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10756
10757 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10758 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10759
10760 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10761
10762 ;;;***
10763 \f
10764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (22150 28227 578072
10765 ;;;;;; 702000))
10766 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10767
10768 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10769 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10770 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10771 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10772 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10773 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10774 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10775
10776 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10777
10778 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10779 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10780 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10781
10782 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10783
10784 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10785
10786 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10787
10788 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10789 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10790 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10791
10792 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10793 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10794
10795 Variables of interest include:
10796
10797 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10798 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10799 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10800
10801 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10802 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10803 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10804
10805 - `ff-ignore-include'
10806 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10807
10808 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10809 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10810
10811 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10812 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10813
10814 - `ff-special-constructs'
10815 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10816 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10817 extracting the filename from that construct.
10818
10819 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10820 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10821
10822 - `ff-search-directories'
10823 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10824 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10825
10826 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10827 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10828
10829 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10830 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10831
10832 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10833 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10834
10835 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10836 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10837
10838 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10839 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10840
10841 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10842
10843 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10844 Visit the file you click on.
10845
10846 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10847
10848 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10849 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10850
10851 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10852
10853 ;;;***
10854 \f
10855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (22150
10856 ;;;;;; 28227 430072 702000))
10857 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10858
10859 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10860 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10861 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10862
10863 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10864
10865 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10866 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10867 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10868 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10869
10870 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10871 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10872 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10873 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10874
10875 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10876
10877 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10878 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10879
10880 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10881 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10882 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10883 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10884
10885 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10886 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10887 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10888
10889 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10890 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10891 in `load-path'.
10892
10893 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10894
10895 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10896 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10897
10898 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10899 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10900 places point before the definition.
10901 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10902
10903 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10904 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10905 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10906
10907 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10908
10909 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10910 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10911
10912 See `find-function' for more details.
10913
10914 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10915
10916 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10917 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10918
10919 See `find-function' for more details.
10920
10921 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10922
10923 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10924 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10925
10926 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10927 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10928 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10929
10930 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10931 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10932
10933 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10934
10935 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10936 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10937
10938 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10939 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10940 places point before the definition.
10941
10942 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10943
10944 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10945 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10946 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10947
10948 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10949
10950 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10951 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10952
10953 See `find-variable' for more details.
10954
10955 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10956
10957 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10958 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10959
10960 See `find-variable' for more details.
10961
10962 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10963
10964 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10965 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10966 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10967 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10968 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10969 buffer nor display it.
10970
10971 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10972 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10973
10974 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10975
10976 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10977 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10978
10979 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10980 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10981 places point before the definition.
10982
10983 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10984
10985 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10986 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10987 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10988
10989 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10990
10991 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10992 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10993 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10994
10995 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10996
10997 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-window "find-func" "\
10998 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
10999 See `find-function-on-key'.
11000
11001 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11002
11003 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-frame "find-func" "\
11004 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
11005 See `find-function-on-key'.
11006
11007 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11008
11009 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
11010 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11011
11012 \(fn)" t nil)
11013
11014 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
11015 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11016
11017 \(fn)" t nil)
11018
11019 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11020 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11021
11022 \(fn)" nil nil)
11023
11024 ;;;***
11025 \f
11026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (22150 28227 578072
11027 ;;;;;; 702000))
11028 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11029
11030 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11031 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11032
11033 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11034
11035 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11036 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11037
11038 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11039
11040 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11041 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
11042
11043 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11044
11045 ;;;***
11046 \f
11047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (22150 28227 578072 702000))
11048 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11049 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
11050
11051 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11052 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11053
11054 \(fn)" t nil)
11055
11056 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11057 Display FILE's commentary section.
11058 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11059
11060 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11061
11062 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11063 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11064
11065 \(fn)" t nil)
11066
11067 ;;;***
11068 \f
11069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (22150 28227 578072
11070 ;;;;;; 702000))
11071 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11072
11073 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11074 Toggle flow control handling.
11075 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11076 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11077
11078 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11079
11080 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11081 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11082 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11083 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11084 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11085 to get the effect of a C-q.
11086
11087 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11088
11089 ;;;***
11090 \f
11091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (22150 28227
11092 ;;;;;; 658072 702000))
11093 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11094
11095 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11096
11097
11098 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11099
11100 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11101
11102
11103 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11104
11105 ;;;***
11106 \f
11107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (22150 28228
11108 ;;;;;; 818072 702000))
11109 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11110 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
11111
11112 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11113 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
11114 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
11115 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11116 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
11117 \\{flymake-mode-map}
11118
11119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11120
11121 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11122 Turn flymake mode on.
11123
11124 \(fn)" nil nil)
11125
11126 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11127 Turn flymake mode off.
11128
11129 \(fn)" nil nil)
11130
11131 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11132
11133
11134 \(fn)" nil nil)
11135
11136 ;;;***
11137 \f
11138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (22150 28229
11139 ;;;;;; 102072 702000))
11140 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11141
11142 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11143 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11144
11145 \(fn)" t nil)
11146 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11147
11148 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11149 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11150 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11151 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11152 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11153
11154 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11155 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11156 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11157
11158 Bindings:
11159 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11160 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11161 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11162 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11163
11164 Hooks:
11165 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11166
11167 Remark:
11168 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11169 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11170 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11171
11172 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11173 consider adding:
11174 \(add-hook \\='tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser \\='tex))))
11175 in your init file.
11176
11177 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11178 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11179
11180 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11181
11182 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11183 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11184
11185 \(fn)" nil nil)
11186
11187 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11188 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11189
11190 \(fn)" nil nil)
11191
11192 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11193 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11194
11195 \(fn)" nil nil)
11196
11197 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11198 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11199
11200 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11201
11202 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11203 Flyspell whole buffer.
11204
11205 \(fn)" t nil)
11206
11207 ;;;***
11208 \f
11209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (22150 28227 582072
11210 ;;;;;; 702000))
11211 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11212 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11213
11214 ;;;***
11215 \f
11216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (22150 28227 582072 702000))
11217 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11218
11219 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11220 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11221
11222 \(fn)" nil nil)
11223
11224 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11225 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11226
11227 \(fn)" nil nil)
11228
11229 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11230 Toggle Follow mode.
11231 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11232 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11233 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11234
11235 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11236 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11237
11238 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11239 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11240 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11241
11242 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11243 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11244 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11245 movement commands.
11246
11247 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11248 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11249 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11250 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11251 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11252 mileage may vary).
11253
11254 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11255 `\\[split-window-right]' or `\\[follow-delete-other-windows-and-split]' can be used.
11256
11257 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11258
11259 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11260
11261 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11262 \\{follow-mode-map}
11263
11264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11265
11266 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up "follow" "\
11267 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
11268
11269 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
11270 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
11271
11272 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
11273 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
11274
11275 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
11276
11277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11278
11279 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down "follow" "\
11280 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
11281
11282 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
11283 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
11284
11285 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
11286 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
11287
11288 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
11289
11290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11291
11292 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11293 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11294
11295 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11296 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11297 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11298 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11299 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11300 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11301
11302 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11303 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11304 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11305
11306 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11307
11308 ;;;***
11309 \f
11310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (22150 28228
11311 ;;;;;; 226072 702000))
11312 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11313 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11314
11315 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11316 Toggle Footnote mode.
11317 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11318 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11319 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11320
11321 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11322 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11323 play around with the following keys:
11324 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11325
11326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11327
11328 ;;;***
11329 \f
11330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (22150 28227 586072 702000))
11331 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11332
11333 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11334 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11335
11336 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11337 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11338 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11339 C-c < forms-first-record <
11340 C-c > forms-last-record >
11341 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11342 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11343 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11344 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11345 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11346 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11347 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11348 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11349 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11350 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11351
11352 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11353
11354 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11355 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11356
11357 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11358
11359 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11360 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11361
11362 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11363
11364 ;;;***
11365 \f
11366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (22150 28228
11367 ;;;;;; 822072 702000))
11368 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11369
11370 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11371 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11372 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11373
11374 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11375 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11376
11377 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11378
11379 Key definitions:
11380 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11381
11382 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11383
11384 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11385 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11386 `fortran-do-indent'
11387 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11388 `fortran-if-indent'
11389 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11390 `fortran-structure-indent'
11391 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11392 (default 3)
11393 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11394 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11395 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11396 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11397 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11398 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11399 nil don't change the indentation
11400 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11401 value of either
11402 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11403 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11404 depending on the continuation format in use.
11405 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11406 indentation for a line of code.
11407 (default `fixed')
11408 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11409 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11410 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11411 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11412 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11413 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11414 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11415 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11416 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11417 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11418 column 5.
11419 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11420 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11421 statements (default nil).
11422 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11423 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11424 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11425 `fortran-continuation-string'
11426 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11427 line (default \"$\").
11428 `fortran-comment-region'
11429 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11430 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11431 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11432 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11433 as typed (default t).
11434 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11435 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11436
11437 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11438 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11439
11440 \(fn)" t nil)
11441
11442 ;;;***
11443 \f
11444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (22150 28228 678072
11445 ;;;;;; 702000))
11446 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11447
11448 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11449 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11450
11451 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11452 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11453
11454 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11455
11456 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11457 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11458
11459 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11460 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11461
11462 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11463
11464 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11465 Compile fortune file.
11466
11467 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11468 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11469
11470 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11471
11472 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11473 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11474
11475 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11476 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11477 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11478 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11479
11480 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11481
11482 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11483 Display a fortune cookie.
11484 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11485 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11486 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11487 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11488
11489 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11490
11491 ;;;***
11492 \f
11493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (22150 28227 622072
11494 ;;;;;; 702000))
11495 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11496
11497 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11498 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11499 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11500
11501 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11502 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11503 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11504
11505 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11506 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11507
11508 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11509 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11510
11511 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11512 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11513 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11514 intend to modify existing values, do
11515
11516 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11517
11518 before changing anything.
11519
11520 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11521 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11522
11523 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11524 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11525 to restore the frame.
11526
11527 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11528 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11529 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11530
11531 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11532 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11533 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11534 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11535 FILTER A filter function.
11536
11537 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11538 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11539
11540 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11541
11542 where
11543
11544 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11545 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11546 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11547 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11548 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11549 before restoring it.
11550 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11551
11552 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11553 It must return:
11554 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11555 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11556 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11557
11558 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11559 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11560
11561 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11562 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11563 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11564 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11565 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11566 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11567 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11568
11569 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11570
11571 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11572 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11573
11574 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11575
11576 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11577 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11578 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11579 If nil, check all live frames.
11580
11581 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11582
11583 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11584 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11585 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11586 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11587 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11588 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11589 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11590 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11591 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11592 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11593 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11594
11595 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11596
11597 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11598 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11599
11600 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11601 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11602 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11603 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11604 and window-state is not restored.
11605
11606 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11607 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11608
11609 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11610 t All existing frames can be reused.
11611 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11612 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11613 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11614 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11615
11616 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11617 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11618 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11619 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11620 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11621 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11622 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11623 be created from that parameter alist.
11624
11625 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11626 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11627 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11628 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11629 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11630 - the live frame just restored,
11631 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11632 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11633 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11634
11635 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows \"cleaning up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11636 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11637 nil Keep all frames.
11638 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11639 - FRAME, a live frame.
11640 - ACTION, which can be one of
11641 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11642 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11643 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11644 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11645 Return value is ignored.
11646
11647 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11648 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11649 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11650 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11651 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11652
11653 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11654
11655 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11656
11657 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11658 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11659 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11660
11661 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11662
11663 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11664 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11665 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11666
11667 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11668
11669 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11670 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11671 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11672 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11673
11674 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11675
11676 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11677
11678 ;;;***
11679 \f
11680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (22150 28228
11681 ;;;;;; 678072 702000))
11682 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11683 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11684
11685 ;;;***
11686 \f
11687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (22150 28228
11688 ;;;;;; 822072 702000))
11689 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11690
11691 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11692 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11693 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11694
11695 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11696
11697 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11698 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11699 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11700 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11701 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11702 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11703 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11704
11705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11706
11707 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11708 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11709 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11710 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11711
11712 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11713 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11714 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11715 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11716 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11717
11718 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11719 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11720 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11721 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11722
11723 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11724 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11725 shown in some of the buffers.
11726
11727 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11728
11729 The following commands help control operation :
11730
11731 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11732 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11733
11734 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11735 detailed description of this mode.
11736
11737
11738 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11739 | GDB Toolbar |
11740 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11741 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11742 | | |
11743 | | |
11744 | | |
11745 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11746 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11747 | | (comint-mode) |
11748 | | |
11749 | | |
11750 | | |
11751 | | |
11752 | | |
11753 | | |
11754 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11755 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11756 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11757 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11758 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11759 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11760
11761 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11762
11763 ;;;***
11764 \f
11765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (22150 28227
11766 ;;;;;; 430072 702000))
11767 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11768
11769 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11770 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11771 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11772 instead (which see).")
11773
11774 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11775 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11776
11777 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11778 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11779 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11780 documentation string instead.
11781
11782 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11783 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11784 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11785 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11786 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11787 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11788 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11789 enders are actually possible.
11790
11791 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11792 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11793
11794 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11795 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11796 `font-lock-keywords'.
11797
11798 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11799 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11800 runs the macro expansion.
11801
11802 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11803 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11804 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11805
11806 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11807
11808 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11809
11810 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11811
11812 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11813
11814 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11815 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11816
11817 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11818
11819 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11820 Enter generic mode MODE.
11821
11822 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11823 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11824 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11825
11826 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11827 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11828
11829 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11830
11831 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11832 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11833 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11834 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11835 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11836 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11837 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11838 `font-lock-keywords'.
11839
11840 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11841
11842 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11843
11844 ;;;***
11845 \f
11846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (22150 28228
11847 ;;;;;; 822072 702000))
11848 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11849
11850 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11851 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11852 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11853 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11854 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11855 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11856
11857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11858
11859 ;;;***
11860 \f
11861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (22150 28227
11862 ;;;;;; 662072 702000))
11863 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11864
11865 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11866 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11867 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11868
11869 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11870
11871 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11872 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11873
11874 Guideline for numbers:
11875 1 - error messages
11876 3 - non-serious error messages
11877 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11878 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11879 9 - messages inside loops.
11880
11881 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11882
11883 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11884 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11885 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11886
11887 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11888
11889 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11890 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11891
11892 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11893
11894 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11895 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11896
11897 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11898 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11899 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11900 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11901 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11902 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11903
11904 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11905 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11906 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11907 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11908 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11909
11910 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11911
11912 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11913
11914 ;;;***
11915 \f
11916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (22150 28227 942072 702000))
11917 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11918 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11919 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11920 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11921
11922 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11923 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11924
11925 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11926
11927 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11928 Read network news.
11929 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11930 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11931 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11932 name of an NNTP server to use.
11933 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11934 server.
11935
11936 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11937
11938 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11939 Read news as a slave.
11940
11941 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11942
11943 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11944 Pop up a frame to read news.
11945 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11946 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11947 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11948 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11949 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11950 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11951 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11952 current display is used.
11953
11954 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11955
11956 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11957 Read network news.
11958 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11959 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11960 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11961
11962 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11963
11964 ;;;***
11965 \f
11966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (22150 28227
11967 ;;;;;; 666072 702000))
11968 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11969
11970 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11971 Start Gnus unplugged.
11972
11973 \(fn)" t nil)
11974
11975 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11976 Start Gnus plugged.
11977
11978 \(fn)" t nil)
11979
11980 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11981 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11982
11983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11984
11985 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11986 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11987
11988 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11989 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11990 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11991
11992 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11993 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11994 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11995
11996 \(fn)" t nil)
11997
11998 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11999 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
12000
12001 \(fn)" nil nil)
12002
12003 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
12004 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12005 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12006 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12007 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12008 supported.
12009
12010 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12011
12012 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
12013 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
12014 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12015 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12016 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12017 supported.
12018
12019 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12020
12021 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
12022 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
12023
12024 \(fn)" nil nil)
12025
12026 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
12027 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
12028 downloaded into the agent.
12029
12030 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
12031
12032 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
12033 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
12034 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
12035 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
12036
12037 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12038
12039 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
12040 Start Gnus and fetch session.
12041
12042 \(fn)" t nil)
12043
12044 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
12045 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12046
12047 \(fn)" t nil)
12048
12049 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
12050 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12051 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
12052
12053 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12054
12055 ;;;***
12056 \f
12057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (22150 28227
12058 ;;;;;; 674072 702000))
12059 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12060
12061 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
12062 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12063
12064 \(fn)" nil nil)
12065
12066 ;;;***
12067 \f
12068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (22150
12069 ;;;;;; 28227 674072 702000))
12070 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
12071
12072 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
12073 Set a bookmark for this article.
12074
12075 \(fn)" t nil)
12076
12077 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
12078 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
12079
12080 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
12081
12082 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
12083 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
12084 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
12085 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
12086 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
12087
12088 \(fn)" t nil)
12089
12090 ;;;***
12091 \f
12092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (22150 28227
12093 ;;;;;; 678072 702000))
12094 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12095
12096 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
12097 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12098
12099 Usage:
12100 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12101
12102 \(fn)" t nil)
12103
12104 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
12105 Generate the cache active file.
12106
12107 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12108
12109 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12110 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12111
12112 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12113
12114 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12115 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12116 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12117 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12118 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12119 supported.
12120
12121 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12122
12123 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12124 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12125 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12126 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12127 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12128 supported.
12129
12130 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12131
12132 ;;;***
12133 \f
12134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (22150 28227
12135 ;;;;;; 682072 702000))
12136 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12137
12138 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12139 Delay this article by some time.
12140 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12141
12142 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12143 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12144
12145 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12146 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12147
12148 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12149 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12150
12151 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12152
12153 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12154 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12155
12156 \(fn)" t nil)
12157
12158 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12159 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12160 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12161 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12162
12163 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12164 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12165
12166 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12167
12168 ;;;***
12169 \f
12170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (22150 28227
12171 ;;;;;; 686072 702000))
12172 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12173
12174 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12175
12176
12177 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12178
12179 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12180
12181
12182 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12183
12184 ;;;***
12185 \f
12186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (22150 28227
12187 ;;;;;; 686072 702000))
12188 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12189
12190 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12191 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12192
12193 \(fn)" t nil)
12194
12195 ;;;***
12196 \f
12197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (22150 28227
12198 ;;;;;; 686072 702000))
12199 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12200
12201 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12202 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12203
12204 \(fn)" t nil)
12205
12206 ;;;***
12207 \f
12208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (22150 28227
12209 ;;;;;; 686072 702000))
12210 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12211
12212 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12213 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12214
12215 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12216
12217 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12218
12219 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12220 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12221
12222 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12223
12224 \(fn)" t nil)
12225
12226 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12227 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12228
12229 \(fn)" t nil)
12230
12231 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12232 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12233
12234 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12235 different input formats.
12236
12237 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12238
12239 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12240 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12241
12242 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12243 different input formats.
12244
12245 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12246
12247 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12248 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12249 The PNG is returned as a string.
12250
12251 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12252
12253 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12254 Convert FILE to a Face.
12255 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12256 726 bytes.
12257
12258 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12259
12260 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12261 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12262
12263 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12264
12265 \(fn)" t nil)
12266
12267 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12268 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12269
12270 \(fn)" nil nil)
12271
12272 ;;;***
12273 \f
12274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (22150
12275 ;;;;;; 28227 686072 702000))
12276 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12277
12278 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12279 Display gravatar in the From header.
12280 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12281
12282 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12283
12284 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12285 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12286 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12287
12288 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12289
12290 ;;;***
12291 \f
12292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (22150 28227
12293 ;;;;;; 694072 702000))
12294 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12295
12296 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12297 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12298 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12299 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12300
12301 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12302
12303 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12304 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12305
12306 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12307
12308 ;;;***
12309 \f
12310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (22150 28227
12311 ;;;;;; 694072 702000))
12312 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12313
12314 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12315
12316
12317 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12318
12319 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12320
12321
12322 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12323
12324 ;;;***
12325 \f
12326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (22150 28227
12327 ;;;;;; 698072 702000))
12328 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12329
12330 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12331
12332 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12333 Run batched scoring.
12334 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12335
12336 \(fn)" t nil)
12337
12338 ;;;***
12339 \f
12340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (22150 28227 698072
12341 ;;;;;; 702000))
12342 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12343
12344 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12345
12346
12347 \(fn)" nil nil)
12348
12349 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12350 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12351 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12352
12353 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12354
12355 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12356 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12357
12358 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12359
12360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12361
12362 ;;;***
12363 \f
12364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (22150 28227
12365 ;;;;;; 698072 702000))
12366 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12367
12368 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12369 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12370 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12371 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12372 group parameters.
12373
12374 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12375 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12376 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12377 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12378
12379 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12380 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12381 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12382 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12383 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12384 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12385 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12386 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12387 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12388 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12389
12390 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12391
12392 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12393 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12394 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12395 nil CATCH-ALL).
12396
12397 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12398 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12399
12400 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12401
12402 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12403 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12404 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12405
12406 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12407
12408 \(fn)" nil nil)
12409
12410 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12411 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12412 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12413
12414 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12415
12416 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12417 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12418 existing groups are considered.
12419
12420 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12421 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12422 returned.
12423
12424 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12425 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12426 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12427 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12428 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12429 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12430 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12431 clauses will be generated.
12432
12433 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12434 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12435 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12436 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
12437 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12438 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
12439
12440 For example, given the following group parameters:
12441
12442 nnml:mail.bar:
12443 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12444 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12445 nnml:mail.foo:
12446 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12447 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12448 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12449 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12450 nnml:mail.others:
12451 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12452
12453 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12454
12455 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12456 \"mail.bar\")
12457 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12458 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12459 \"mail.others\")
12460
12461 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12462
12463 ;;;***
12464 \f
12465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (22150 28227
12466 ;;;;;; 702072 702000))
12467 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12468
12469 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12470 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12471 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12472 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12473 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12474 instead.
12475
12476 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12477
12478 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12479 Mail to ADDRESS.
12480
12481 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12482
12483 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12484 Like `message-reply'.
12485
12486 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12487
12488 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12489
12490 ;;;***
12491 \f
12492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12493 ;;;;;; (22150 28227 702072 702000))
12494 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12495
12496 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12497 Send a notification on new message.
12498 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12499 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12500 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12501
12502 This is typically a function to add in
12503 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12504
12505 \(fn)" nil nil)
12506
12507 ;;;***
12508 \f
12509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (22150 28227
12510 ;;;;;; 702072 702000))
12511 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12512
12513 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12514 Display picons in the From header.
12515 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12516
12517 \(fn)" t nil)
12518
12519 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12520 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12521 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12522
12523 \(fn)" t nil)
12524
12525 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12526 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12527 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12528
12529 \(fn)" t nil)
12530
12531 ;;;***
12532 \f
12533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (22150 28227
12534 ;;;;;; 702072 702000))
12535 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12536
12537 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12538 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12539 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12540 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12541
12542 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12543
12544 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12545 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12546 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12547 LIST1 is modified.
12548
12549 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12550
12551 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12552 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12553 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12554
12555 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12556
12557 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12558
12559
12560 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12561
12562 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12563 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12564 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12565
12566 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12567
12568 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12569 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12570 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12571
12572 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12573
12574 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12575
12576 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12577 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12578 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12579
12580 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12581
12582 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12583 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12584 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12585
12586 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12587
12588 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12589 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12590 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12591
12592 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12593
12594 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12595 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12596
12597 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12598
12599 ;;;***
12600 \f
12601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (22150
12602 ;;;;;; 28227 702072 702000))
12603 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12604
12605 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12606 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12607
12608 \(fn)" t nil)
12609
12610 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12611 Install the registry hooks.
12612
12613 \(fn)" t nil)
12614
12615 ;;;***
12616 \f
12617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (22150 28227
12618 ;;;;;; 806072 702000))
12619 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12620
12621 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12622 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12623 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12624 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12625 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12626 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12627
12628 \(fn)" t nil)
12629
12630 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12631 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12632 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12633 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12634 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12635
12636 \(fn)" t nil)
12637
12638 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12639
12640
12641 \(fn)" t nil)
12642
12643 ;;;***
12644 \f
12645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (22150 28227
12646 ;;;;;; 806072 702000))
12647 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12648
12649 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12650 Update the format specification near point.
12651
12652 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12653
12654 ;;;***
12655 \f
12656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (22150 28227
12657 ;;;;;; 846072 702000))
12658 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12659
12660 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12661 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12662
12663 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12664
12665 ;;;***
12666 \f
12667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (22150 28227
12668 ;;;;;; 858072 702000))
12669 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12670
12671 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12672 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12673 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12674
12675 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12676
12677 ;;;***
12678 \f
12679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (22150 28227
12680 ;;;;;; 862072 702000))
12681 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12682
12683 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12684 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12685
12686 \(fn)" t nil)
12687
12688 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12689 Install the sync hooks.
12690
12691 \(fn)" t nil)
12692
12693 ;;;***
12694 \f
12695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (22150 28227
12696 ;;;;;; 938072 702000))
12697 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12698
12699 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12700 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12701
12702 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12703
12704 ;;;***
12705 \f
12706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (22150 28228 358072
12707 ;;;;;; 702000))
12708 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12709
12710 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12711 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12712 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12713 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12714 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12715 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12716
12717 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12718
12719 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12720
12721 ;;;***
12722 \f
12723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (22150 28228 678072
12724 ;;;;;; 702000))
12725 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12726
12727 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12728 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12729
12730 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12731 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12732 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12733
12734 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12735 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12736 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12737
12738 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12739 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12740
12741 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12742 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12743
12744 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12745
12746 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12747
12748 ;;;***
12749 \f
12750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (22150 28228
12751 ;;;;;; 358072 702000))
12752 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12753
12754 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12755
12756 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12757 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12758 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12759 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12760 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12761
12762 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12763
12764 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12765 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12766 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12767 or to send e-mail.
12768 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12769 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12770
12771 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12772 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12773
12774 \(fn)" t nil)
12775 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12776
12777 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12778 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12779 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12780 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12781 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12782
12783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12784
12785 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12786 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12787
12788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12789
12790 ;;;***
12791 \f
12792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (22150 28227
12793 ;;;;;; 942072 702000))
12794 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12795
12796 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12797 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12798 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12799
12800 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12801
12802 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12803 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12804
12805 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12806
12807 ;;;***
12808 \f
12809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (22150 28228 826072
12810 ;;;;;; 702000))
12811 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12812
12813 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12814 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12815
12816 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12817
12818 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12819 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12820 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12821 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12822 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12823
12824 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12825 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12826 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12827
12828 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12829
12830 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12831 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12832 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12833 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12834 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12835
12836 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12837
12838 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12839 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12840
12841 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12842
12843 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12844 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12845
12846 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12847 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12848 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12849
12850 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12851 The default find program.
12852 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12853 and others.")
12854
12855 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12856 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12857 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12858 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12859
12860 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12861 How to invoke find and grep.
12862 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12863 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12864 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12865 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12866
12867 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12868
12869 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12870 History list for grep.")
12871
12872 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12873 History list for grep-find.")
12874
12875 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12876 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12877 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12878
12879 \(fn)" nil nil)
12880
12881 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12882
12883
12884 \(fn)" nil nil)
12885
12886 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12887 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12888
12889 \(fn)" nil nil)
12890
12891 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12892 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
12893 While Grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12894 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
12895 matches. To kill the Grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12896
12897 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
12898 arguments.
12899
12900 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12901 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12902
12903 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12904 can easily repeat a grep command.
12905
12906 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
12907 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
12908 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12909 list is empty).
12910
12911 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12912
12913 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12914 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12915 Collect output in a buffer.
12916 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12917 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12918
12919 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12920 easily repeat a find command.
12921
12922 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12923
12924 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12925
12926 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12927 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12928 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12929 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12930 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12931
12932 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12933 before it is executed.
12934 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12935
12936 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12937 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12938 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12939
12940 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12941
12942 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12943
12944 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12945 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12946 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12947 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12948 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12949
12950 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12951 before it is executed.
12952 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12953
12954 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12955 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12956 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12957 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12958
12959 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12960
12961 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12962 to specify a command to run.
12963
12964 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12965
12966 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12967 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12968 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12969 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12970
12971 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12972
12973 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12974
12975 ;;;***
12976 \f
12977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (22150 28228 26072 702000))
12978 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12979
12980 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12981 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12982 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12983 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12984 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12985
12986 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12987
12988 ;;;***
12989 \f
12990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (22150 28228 826072
12991 ;;;;;; 702000))
12992 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12993
12994 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12995 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12996 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12997 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12998
12999 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13000
13001 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
13002 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13003 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13004 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13005
13006 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13007
13008 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
13009 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13010 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13011 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13012
13013 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13014
13015 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
13016 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13017 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13018 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13019
13020 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
13021 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
13022
13023 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13024
13025 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
13026 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13027 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13028 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13029
13030 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13031
13032 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
13033 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13034 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13035 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13036
13037 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13038
13039 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
13040 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13041 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13042 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13043
13044 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13045
13046 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
13047 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
13048 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
13049 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
13050 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
13051
13052 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
13053 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
13054 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
13055 original source file access method.
13056
13057 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
13058 gud, see `gud-mode'.
13059
13060 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13061
13062 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
13063 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
13064
13065 \(fn)" t nil)
13066
13067 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
13068 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
13069 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13070 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13071 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13072 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
13073
13074 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
13075
13076 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
13077 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
13078 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
13079 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13080 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
13081
13082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13083
13084 ;;;***
13085 \f
13086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (22150 28227 434072
13087 ;;;;;; 702000))
13088 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
13089
13090 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
13091 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
13092 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
13093 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
13094 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
13095 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
13096 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
13097 set it to.
13098 DO must return an Elisp expression.
13099
13100 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
13101
13102 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
13103 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
13104 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
13105 of PLACE.
13106 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
13107 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
13108 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
13109 and SETTER.
13110 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
13111 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
13112
13113 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
13114
13115 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13116
13117 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
13118 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
13119 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
13120 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
13121 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
13122
13123 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
13124
13125 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13126
13127 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
13128
13129
13130 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
13131
13132 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
13133
13134 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
13135
13136 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
13137 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13138 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13139 well for simple place forms.
13140 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
13141 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
13142 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
13143 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
13144 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
13145 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
13146 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) \\=`(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13147
13148 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
13149
13150 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13151
13152 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
13153 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13154 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13155 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13156 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13157
13158 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13159 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13160 (let ((temp VAL))
13161 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13162 temp)
13163 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13164
13165 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
13166
13167 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
13168 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13169 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13170 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13171 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13172 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13173
13174 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13175
13176 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13177
13178 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13179 Return a reference to PLACE.
13180 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13181 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13182 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol \\='foo) which will also work in dynamic
13183 binding mode.
13184
13185 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13186
13187 ;;;***
13188 \f
13189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (22150 28228
13190 ;;;;;; 678072 702000))
13191 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13192
13193 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13194 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13195 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13196 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13197
13198 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13199 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13200 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13201 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13202
13203 \(fn)" t nil)
13204
13205 ;;;***
13206 \f
13207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (22086 11930 130062
13208 ;;;;;; 731000))
13209 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13210
13211 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13212 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13213
13214 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13215
13216 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13217 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13218 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13219 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13220
13221 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13222
13223 \(fn)" t nil)
13224
13225 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13226 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13227 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13228 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13229 to be updated.
13230
13231 \(fn)" t nil)
13232
13233 ;;;***
13234 \f
13235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (22150 28228
13236 ;;;;;; 230072 702000))
13237 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13238
13239 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13240 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13241
13242 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13243
13244 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13245 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13246 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13247
13248 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13249
13250 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13251 Verify a hashcash payment
13252
13253 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13254
13255 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13256 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13257 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13258 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13259 `mail-add-payment-async').
13260
13261 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13262
13263 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13264 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13265 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13266 Calculation is asynchronous.
13267
13268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13269
13270 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13271 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13272 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13273
13274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13275
13276 ;;;***
13277 \f
13278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (22150 28228 26072
13279 ;;;;;; 702000))
13280 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13281
13282 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13283 Return the help-echo string at point.
13284 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13285 property, or nil, is returned.
13286 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13287 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13288 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13289
13290 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13291
13292 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13293 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13294 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13295 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13296 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13297
13298 \(fn)" nil nil)
13299
13300 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13301 Display local help in the echo area.
13302 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13303 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13304 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13305 printed instead.
13306
13307 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13308 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13309 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13310
13311 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13312
13313 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13314 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13315 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13316
13317 \(fn)" t nil)
13318
13319 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13320 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13321 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13322
13323 \(fn)" t nil)
13324
13325 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13326 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13327 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13328 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13329 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13330 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13331 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13332 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13333 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13334 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13335 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13336
13337 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13338 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13339 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13340 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13341 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13342
13343 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13344 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13345 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13346 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13347 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13348 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13349 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13350 The default is `never'.")
13351
13352 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13353
13354 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13355 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13356 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13357 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13358 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13359 considered different regions.
13360
13361 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13362 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13363 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13364 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13365 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13366 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13367 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13368 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13369 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13370
13371 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13372
13373 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13374 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13375 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13376 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13377 different regions.
13378
13379 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13380 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13381 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13382 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13383 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13384 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13385 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13386 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13387
13388 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13389 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13390 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13391 rarely happens in practice.
13392
13393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13394
13395 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13396 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13397 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13398 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13399 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13400 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13401
13402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13403
13404 ;;;***
13405 \f
13406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (22150 28228 26072
13407 ;;;;;; 702000))
13408 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13409
13410 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13411 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13412
13413 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13414
13415 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13416 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13417 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13418
13419 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13420
13421 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13422 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13423 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13424 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13425 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13426 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13427 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13428
13429 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13430 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13431 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13432 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13433 suitable file is found, return nil.
13434
13435 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13436
13437 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13438
13439
13440 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13441
13442 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13443 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13444 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13445 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13446
13447 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13448
13449 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13450 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13451 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13452 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13453 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13454 it is displayed along with the global value.
13455
13456 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13457
13458 (autoload 'describe-symbol "help-fns" "\
13459 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
13460 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
13461 Optional arguments BUFFER and FRAME specify for which buffer and
13462 frame to show the information about SYMBOL; they default to the
13463 current buffer and the selected frame, respectively.
13464
13465 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13466
13467 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13468 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13469 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13470 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13471
13472 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13473
13474 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13475 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13476 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13477 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13478 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13479
13480 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13481
13482 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13483 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13484
13485 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13486
13487 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13488 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13489
13490 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13491
13492 ;;;***
13493 \f
13494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (22150 28228 26072
13495 ;;;;;; 702000))
13496 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13497
13498 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13499 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13500 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13501 window listing and describing the options.
13502 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13503 gives the window that lists the options.")
13504
13505 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13506
13507 ;;;***
13508 \f
13509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (22150 28228 26072
13510 ;;;;;; 702000))
13511 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13512
13513 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13514 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13515 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13516 Commands:
13517 \\{help-mode-map}
13518
13519 \(fn)" t nil)
13520
13521 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13522 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
13523
13524 \(fn)" nil nil)
13525
13526 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13527 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
13528
13529 \(fn)" nil nil)
13530
13531 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13532 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13533
13534 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13535 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13536 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13537 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13538
13539 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13540 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13541 restore it properly when going back.
13542
13543 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13544
13545 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13546 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13547 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13548 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13549 from `help-mode'.
13550 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13551 it does not already exist.
13552
13553 \(fn)" nil nil)
13554
13555 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13556 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13557
13558 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13559 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13560 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13561 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13562 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13563 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13564 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13565 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13566
13567 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13568 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13569 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13570 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13571
13572 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13573 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13574 that.
13575
13576 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13577
13578 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13579 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13580 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13581 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13582 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13583 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13584
13585 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13586
13587 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13588 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13589 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13590 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13591 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13592
13593 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13594
13595 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13596 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13597
13598 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13599
13600 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'help-xref-interned 'describe-symbol "25.1")
13601
13602 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13603 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13604 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13605 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13606
13607 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13608
13609 ;;;***
13610 \f
13611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (22150 28227
13612 ;;;;;; 434072 702000))
13613 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13614
13615 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13616 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13617
13618 \(fn)" t nil)
13619
13620 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13621 Provide help for current mode.
13622
13623 \(fn)" t nil)
13624
13625 ;;;***
13626 \f
13627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (22150 28228 26072 702000))
13628 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13629
13630 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13631 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13632 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13633 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13634 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13635
13636 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13637 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13638
13639 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13640 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13641 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13642 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13643
13644 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13645 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13646 periods.
13647
13648 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13649 in hexl format.
13650
13651 A sample format:
13652
13653 HEX ADDR: 0011 2233 4455 6677 8899 aabb ccdd eeff ASCII-TEXT
13654 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13655 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13656 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13657 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13658 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13659 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13660 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13661 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13662 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13663 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13664 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13665 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13666 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13667 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13668
13669 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13670 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13671 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13672
13673 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13674 also supported.
13675
13676 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13677
13678 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13679 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13680 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13681
13682 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13683 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13684 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13685
13686 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13687 into the buffer at the current point.
13688
13689 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13690 into the buffer at the current point.
13691
13692 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13693 into the buffer at the current point.
13694
13695 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13696
13697 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13698 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13699
13700 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13701
13702 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13703
13704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13705
13706 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13707 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13708 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13709 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13710
13711 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13712
13713 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13714 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13715 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13716
13717 \(fn)" t nil)
13718
13719 ;;;***
13720 \f
13721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (22150 28228 30072 702000))
13722 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13723
13724 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13725 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13727 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13728 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13729
13730 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13731 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13732 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13733 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13734
13735 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13736 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13737 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13738 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13739
13740 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13741 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13742 which can be called interactively, are:
13743
13744 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13745 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13746
13747 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13748 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13749 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13750 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13751
13752 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13753 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13754
13755 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13756 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13757 available face automatically.
13758
13759 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13760 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13761
13762 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13763 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13764 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13765 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13766 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13767 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13768 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13769 `ask' and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13770 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13771 function returns t.
13772
13773 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13774 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13775
13776 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13777 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13778 form:
13779 Hi-lock: FOO
13780
13781 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13782 position (number of characters into buffer)
13783 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13784 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13785 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13786
13787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13788
13789 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13790 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13791 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13792 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13793 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13794 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13795
13796 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13797
13798 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13799 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13800 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13801 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13802 ARG is omitted or nil.
13803
13804 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13805 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13806 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13807
13808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13809
13810 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13811
13812 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13813 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13814 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13815 Use the global history list for FACE.
13816
13817 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13818 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13819 highlighting will not update as you type.
13820
13821 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13822
13823 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13824
13825 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13826 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13827 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13828 Use the global history list for FACE.
13829
13830 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13831 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13832 highlighting will not update as you type.
13833
13834 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13835
13836 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13837
13838 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13839 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13840 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13841 Use the global history list for FACE.
13842
13843 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13844 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13845 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13846
13847 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13848 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13849 highlighting will not update as you type.
13850
13851 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13852
13853 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13854
13855 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13856 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13857 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13858 unless you use a prefix argument.
13859 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13860
13861 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13862 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13863
13864 \(fn)" t nil)
13865
13866 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13867
13868 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13869 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13870 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13871 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13872 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13873 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13874
13875 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13876
13877 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13878 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13879
13880 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13881 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13882 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13883
13884 \(fn)" t nil)
13885
13886 ;;;***
13887 \f
13888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (22150 28228
13889 ;;;;;; 826072 702000))
13890 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13891
13892 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13893 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13894 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13895 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13896 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13897
13898 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13899 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13900 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13901 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13902
13903 `hide-ifdef-env'
13904 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13905 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13906 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13907 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13908 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13909 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13910 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13911
13912 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13913 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13914 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13915 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13916 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13917
13918 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13919 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13920 #endif lines when hiding.
13921
13922 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13923 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13924 is activated.
13925
13926 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13927 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13928 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13929
13930 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13931
13932 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13933
13934 ;;;***
13935 \f
13936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (22150 28228
13937 ;;;;;; 830072 702000))
13938 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13939
13940 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13941 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13942 Each element has the form
13943 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13944
13945 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13946 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13947
13948 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13949 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13950
13951 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13952 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13953 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13954 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13955 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13956 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13957
13958 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13959 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13960
13961 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13962 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13963
13964 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13965 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13966 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13967
13968 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13969 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13970 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13971 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13972 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13973
13974 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13975 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13976 The value (hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13977
13978 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13979 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13980 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13981
13982 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13983 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13984
13985 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13986
13987 Key bindings:
13988 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13989
13990 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13991
13992 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13993 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13994
13995 \(fn)" nil nil)
13996
13997 ;;;***
13998 \f
13999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (22150 28228 30072
14000 ;;;;;; 702000))
14001 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
14002
14003 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14004 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
14005 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
14006 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
14007 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14008
14009 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
14010 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
14011 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
14012 this on and off.
14013
14014 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
14015 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
14016 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
14017 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
14018 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
14019 through various faces.
14020 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
14021 buffer with the contents of a file
14022 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
14023
14024 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14025
14026 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14027 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
14028 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
14029 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
14030 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14031
14032 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
14033 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
14034 in a distinctive face.
14035
14036 The default value can be customized with variable
14037 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
14038
14039 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
14040
14041 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14042
14043 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
14044 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
14045 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
14046
14047 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
14048
14049 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
14050 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14051
14052 \(fn)" t nil)
14053
14054 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
14055 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14056
14057 \(fn)" t nil)
14058
14059 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
14060 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
14061
14062 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
14063 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
14064 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
14065 shown in the last face in the list.
14066
14067 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
14068 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
14069 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
14070
14071 (add-hook \\='write-file-functions \\='highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
14072
14073 \(fn)" t nil)
14074
14075 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
14076 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
14077
14078 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
14079
14080 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
14081 to save the file.
14082
14083 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
14084 written to a temporary file for comparison.
14085
14086 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14087 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14088 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14089
14090 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
14091
14092 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
14093 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
14094
14095 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
14096 this function is called interactively.
14097
14098 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
14099 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
14100 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
14101
14102 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14103 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14104 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14105
14106 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
14107
14108 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
14109 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
14110 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14111 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14112 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14113 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
14114
14115 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
14116
14117 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14118 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
14119 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
14120 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
14121 ARG is omitted or nil.
14122
14123 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
14124 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
14125 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
14126
14127 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14128
14129 ;;;***
14130 \f
14131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (22150 28228 30072
14132 ;;;;;; 702000))
14133 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
14134 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
14135
14136 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
14137 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
14138 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
14139 or insert functions in this list.")
14140
14141 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
14142
14143 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
14144 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
14145 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
14146 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
14147 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14148 expansions.
14149 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14150 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14151 undoes the expansion.
14152
14153 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14154
14155 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
14156 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14157 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
14158 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14159
14160 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
14161
14162 ;;;***
14163 \f
14164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (22150 28228 30072 702000))
14165 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14166
14167 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14168 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14169 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14170 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14171 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14172
14173 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14174 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14175 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14176 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14177 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14178 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14179
14180 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14181 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14182 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14183 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14184
14185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14186
14187 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14188 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14189 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14190 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14191 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14192 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14193
14194 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14195
14196 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14197 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14198 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14199 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14200 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14201
14202 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14203 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14204 windows.
14205
14206 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14207 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14208
14209 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14210
14211 ;;;***
14212 \f
14213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (22150 28227
14214 ;;;;;; 78072 702000))
14215 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14216
14217 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14218 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14219 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14220
14221 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14222
14223 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14224
14225 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14226 Oriental holidays.
14227 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14228
14229 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14230
14231 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14232
14233 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14234 Local holidays.
14235 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14236
14237 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14238
14239 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14240
14241 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14242 User defined holidays.
14243 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14244
14245 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14246
14247 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14248
14249 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14250 Jewish holidays.
14251 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14252
14253 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14254
14255 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14256
14257 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14258 Christian holidays.
14259 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14260
14261 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14262
14263 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14264
14265 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14266 Islamic holidays.
14267 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14268
14269 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14270
14271 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14272
14273 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
14274 Bahá’í holidays.
14275 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14276
14277 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14278
14279 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14280
14281 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14282 Sun-related holidays.
14283 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14284
14285 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14286
14287 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14288
14289 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14290
14291 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14292 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14293 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14294 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14295
14296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14297
14298 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14299 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14300 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14301 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14302 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14303
14304 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14305 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14306
14307 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14308 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14309
14310 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14311 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14312 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14313 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14314 of a holiday list.
14315
14316 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14317
14318 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14319
14320 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14321
14322 ;;;***
14323 \f
14324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (22150 28227
14325 ;;;;;; 946072 702000))
14326 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14327
14328 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14329 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14330
14331 \(fn)" t nil)
14332
14333 ;;;***
14334 \f
14335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (22150 28228
14336 ;;;;;; 34072 702000))
14337 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14338 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14339
14340 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14341 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14342 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14343 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14344 as possible.
14345
14346 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14347 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14348 fontified display.
14349
14350 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14351 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14352
14353 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14354 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14355 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14356
14357 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14358
14359 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14360 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14361 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14362
14363 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14364
14365 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14366
14367 ;;;***
14368 \f
14369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (22150 28228 50072
14370 ;;;;;; 702000))
14371 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14372
14373 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14374 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14375
14376 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14377 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14378 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14379
14380 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14381 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14382 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14383 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14384 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14385 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14386
14387 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14388 title of the column.
14389
14390 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14391 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14392 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14393 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14394 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14395
14396 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14397
14398 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
14399
14400 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14401 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14402 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14403 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14404 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14405
14406 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14407 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14408 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14409
14410 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14411
14412 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14413
14414 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14415
14416 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14417 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14418 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14419 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14420 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14421 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14422
14423 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14424 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14425 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14426 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14427 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14428 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14429 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14430 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14431 values are:
14432 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14433 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14434 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14435 buffer's modification flag.
14436 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14437 prompted before performing this operation.
14438 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14439 operation is complete, in the form:
14440 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14441 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14442 confirmation message, in the form:
14443 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14444 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14445 macro for exactly what it does.
14446
14447 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14448
14449 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14450
14451 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14452
14453 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14454 Define a filter named NAME.
14455 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14456 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14457 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14458
14459 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14460 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14461 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14462 bound to the current value of the filter.
14463
14464 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14465
14466 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14467
14468 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14469
14470 ;;;***
14471 \f
14472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (22150 28228 54072 702000))
14473 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14474
14475 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14476 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14477 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14478 buffers which are visiting a file.
14479
14480 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14481
14482 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14483 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14484 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14485 buffers which are visiting a file.
14486
14487 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14488
14489 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14490 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14491 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14492
14493 All arguments are optional.
14494 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14495 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14496 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14497 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14498 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14499 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14500 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14501 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14502 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14503 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14504 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14505 that value locally in this buffer.
14506
14507 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14508
14509 ;;;***
14510 \f
14511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (22150
14512 ;;;;;; 28227 78072 702000))
14513 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14514 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14515
14516 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14517 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14518 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14519 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14520
14521 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14522
14523 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14524 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14525 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14526 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14527 ICAL-FILENAME.
14528 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14529 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14530 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14531
14532 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14533
14534 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14535 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14536 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14537 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14538 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14539 non-marking or not.
14540
14541 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14542
14543 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14544 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14545
14546 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14547 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14548 DIARY-FILE.
14549
14550 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14551 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14552 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14553
14554 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14555 non-marking.
14556
14557 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14558 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14559 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14560
14561 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14562
14563 ;;;***
14564 \f
14565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (22150 28228 54072
14566 ;;;;;; 702000))
14567 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14568
14569 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14570 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14571 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14572 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14573 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14574 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14575
14576 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14577
14578 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14579 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14580 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14581 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14582 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14583
14584 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14585 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14586 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14587 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14588
14589 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14590 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14591
14592 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14593 completions:
14594
14595 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14596
14597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14598 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14599 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14600 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14601 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14602
14603 ;;;***
14604 \f
14605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (22150 28228 830072
14606 ;;;;;; 702000))
14607 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14608
14609 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14610 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14611 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14612 Tab indents for Icon code.
14613 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14614 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14615 \\{icon-mode-map}
14616 Variables controlling indentation style:
14617 icon-tab-always-indent
14618 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14619 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14620 icon-auto-newline
14621 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14622 inserted in Icon code.
14623 icon-indent-level
14624 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14625 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14626 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14627 icon-continued-statement-offset
14628 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14629 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14630 icon-continued-brace-offset
14631 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14632 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14633 icon-brace-offset
14634 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14635 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14636 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14637 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14638
14639 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14640 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14641
14642 \(fn)" t nil)
14643
14644 ;;;***
14645 \f
14646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (22150
14647 ;;;;;; 28228 850072 702000))
14648 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14649
14650 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14651 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14652 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14653 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14654
14655 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14656 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14657 separate frames.
14658
14659 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14660 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14661
14662 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14663 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14664 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14665
14666 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14667
14668 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14669
14670 ;;;***
14671 \f
14672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (22150 28228
14673 ;;;;;; 862072 702000))
14674 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14675 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14676
14677 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14678 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14679
14680 The main features of this mode are
14681
14682 1. Indentation and Formatting
14683 --------------------------
14684 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14685 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14686
14687 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14688 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14689 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14690 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14691
14692 Comments are indented as follows:
14693
14694 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14695 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14696 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14697
14698 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14699
14700 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14701 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14702 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14703 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14704 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14705 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14706
14707 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14708 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14709 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14710 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14711
14712 2. Routine Info
14713 ------------
14714 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14715 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14716 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14717 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14718 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14719 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14720 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14721 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14722 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14723 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14724
14725 3. Online IDL Help
14726 ---------------
14727
14728 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14729 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14730 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14731 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14732
14733 4. Completion
14734 ----------
14735 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14736 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14737 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14738 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14739 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14740 upper case.
14741
14742 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14743 --------------------------------
14744 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14745 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\'. Some examples:
14746
14747 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14748 \\fu FUNCTION template
14749 \\c CASE statement template
14750 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14751 \\f FOR loop template
14752 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14753 \\w WHILE loop template
14754 \\i IF statement template
14755 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14756 \\b BEGIN
14757
14758 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14759 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14760
14761 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14762 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14763 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14764 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14765
14766 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14767 -------------------------
14768 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14769 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14770
14771 7. Automatic END completion
14772 ------------------------
14773 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14774 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14775
14776 8. Hooks
14777 -----
14778 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14779 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14780
14781 9. Documentation and Customization
14782 -------------------------------
14783 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14784 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14785 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14786 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14787 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14788 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14789
14790 10.Keybindings
14791 -----------
14792 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14793 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14794 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14795
14796 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14797
14798 \(fn)" t nil)
14799
14800 ;;;***
14801 \f
14802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (22150 28228 82072 702000))
14803 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14804
14805 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14806 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14807 The following values are possible:
14808 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14809 displaying...)
14810 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14811 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14812 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14813
14814 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14815 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14816
14817 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14818
14819 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14820 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14821 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14822 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14823 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14824 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14825 However, if ARG arg equals `files', remap only commands for files, or
14826 if it equals `buffers', remap only commands for buffer switching.
14827 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14828
14829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14830
14831 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14832 Switch to another buffer.
14833 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14834 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14835 in another frame.
14836
14837 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14838 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14839 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14840 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14841 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14842
14843 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14844 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14845
14846 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14847
14848 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14849 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14850 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14851 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14852 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14853 in a separate window.
14854 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14855 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14856 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14857 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14858 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14859 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14860 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14861 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14862 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14863
14864 \(fn)" t nil)
14865
14866 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14867 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14868 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14869 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14870
14871 \(fn)" t nil)
14872
14873 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14874 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14875 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14876 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14877
14878 \(fn)" t nil)
14879
14880 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14881 Kill a buffer.
14882 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14883 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14884
14885 \(fn)" t nil)
14886
14887 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14888 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14889 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14890 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14891
14892 \(fn)" t nil)
14893
14894 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14895 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14896 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14897 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14898
14899 \(fn)" t nil)
14900
14901 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14902 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14903
14904 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14905
14906 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14907 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14908 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14909 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14910 in another frame.
14911
14912 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14913 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14914 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14915 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14916 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14917 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14918
14919 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14920 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14921
14922 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14923
14924 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14925 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14926 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14927 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14928 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14929 in a separate window.
14930 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14931 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14932 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14933 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14934 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14935 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14936 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14937 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14938 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14939 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14940 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14941 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14942 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14943 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14944 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14945 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14946 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14947 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14948
14949 \(fn)" t nil)
14950
14951 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14952 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14953 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14954 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14955
14956 \(fn)" t nil)
14957
14958 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14959 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14960 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14961 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14962
14963 \(fn)" t nil)
14964
14965 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14966 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14967 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14968 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14969
14970 \(fn)" t nil)
14971
14972 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14973 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14974 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14975 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14976
14977 \(fn)" t nil)
14978
14979 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14980 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14981 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14982 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14983
14984 \(fn)" t nil)
14985
14986 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14987 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14988 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14989 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14990
14991 \(fn)" t nil)
14992
14993 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14994 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14995 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14996 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14997
14998 \(fn)" t nil)
14999
15000 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
15001 Write current buffer to a file.
15002 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15003 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15004
15005 \(fn)" t nil)
15006
15007 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
15008 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
15009 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15010 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15011
15012 \(fn)" t nil)
15013
15014 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
15015 Call `dired' the Ido way.
15016 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15017 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15018
15019 \(fn)" t nil)
15020
15021 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
15022 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
15023 Return the name of a buffer selected.
15024 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
15025 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
15026 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
15027
15028 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15029
15030 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
15031 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
15032 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15033 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
15034
15035 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15036
15037 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
15038 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
15039 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15040 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
15041
15042 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
15043
15044 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
15045 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
15046 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
15047 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
15048 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
15049 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
15050 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
15051 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
15052 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
15053 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
15054 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
15055 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
15056 with point positioned at the end.
15057 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
15058 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
15059
15060 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
15061
15062 ;;;***
15063 \f
15064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (22150 28228 82072 702000))
15065 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
15066
15067 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
15068 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
15069 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15070 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
15071
15072 \(fn)" t nil)
15073
15074 ;;;***
15075 \f
15076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (22150 28228 82072 702000))
15077 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15078
15079 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
15080
15081 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15082 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
15083 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
15084 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15085 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
15086 \\{iimage-mode-map}
15087
15088 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15089
15090 ;;;***
15091 \f
15092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (22150 28228 86072 702000))
15093 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15094
15095 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15096 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15097 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15098 be determined.
15099
15100 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15101
15102 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15103 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15104 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15105 be determined.
15106
15107 \(fn)" nil nil)
15108
15109 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15110 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15111 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15112 be determined.
15113
15114 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15115
15116 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15117 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15118 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15119 be determined.
15120
15121 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15122
15123 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15124 Determine and return image type.
15125 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15126 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15127 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15128 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15129 use its file extension as image type.
15130 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15131
15132 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15133
15134 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15135 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15136 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15137
15138 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15139
15140 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15141 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15142 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15143
15144 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15145 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15146 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15147 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15148 must be available.
15149
15150 \(fn)" nil nil)
15151
15152 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15153 Create an image.
15154 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15155 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15156 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15157 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15158 use its file extension as image type.
15159 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15160 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15161 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15162 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15163
15164 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15165
15166 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15167 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15168 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15169
15170 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15171
15172 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15173 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15174 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15175 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15176 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15177 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15178 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15179 POS may be an integer or marker.
15180 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15181 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15182 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15183 means display it in the right marginal area.
15184
15185 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15186
15187 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15188 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15189 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15190 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15191 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15192 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15193 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15194 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15195 means display it in the right marginal area.
15196 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15197 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15198 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15199 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15200 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15201
15202 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15203
15204 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15205 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15206 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15207 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15208 STRING is a single space.
15209 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15210 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15211 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15212 means display it in the right marginal area.
15213 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15214
15215 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15216
15217 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15218 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15219 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15220 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15221
15222 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15223
15224 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15225 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15226
15227 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15228
15229 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15230 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15231 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15232 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15233 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15234 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15235 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15236 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15237 satisfied.
15238
15239 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15240
15241 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15242
15243 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15244
15245 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15246 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15247
15248 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15249 documentation string.
15250
15251 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15252 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15253 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15254 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15255 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15256 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15257 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15258 define SYMBOL.
15259
15260 Example:
15261
15262 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15263 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15264
15265 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15266
15267 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15268
15269 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15270 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15271 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15272 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15273
15274 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15275 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15276 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15277 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15278
15279 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15280
15281 \(fn)" nil nil)
15282
15283 ;;;***
15284 \f
15285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (22150 28228
15286 ;;;;;; 86072 702000))
15287 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15288 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15289
15290 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15291 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15292 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15293 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15294 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15295 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15296
15297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15298
15299 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15300 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15301
15302 Convenience command that:
15303
15304 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15305 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15306 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15307
15308 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15309 image files in dired and type
15310 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15311
15312 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15313
15314 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15315 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15316
15317 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15318
15319 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15320 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15321 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15322 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15323 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15324 another one).
15325
15326 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15327 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15328 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15329
15330 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15331 instead of erasing it first.
15332
15333 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15334 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15335 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15336 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15337 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15338 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15339
15340 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15341
15342 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15343 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15344 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15345 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15346 displayed.
15347
15348 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15349
15350 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15351
15352 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15353
15354 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15355 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15356
15357 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15358
15359 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15360 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15361 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15362
15363 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15364
15365 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15366 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15367
15368 \(fn)" t nil)
15369
15370 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15371 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15372 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15373 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15374
15375 \(fn)" t nil)
15376
15377 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15378 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15379
15380 \(fn)" t nil)
15381
15382 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15383 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15384
15385 \(fn)" t nil)
15386
15387 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15388 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15389
15390 \(fn)" t nil)
15391
15392 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15393 Display current image file.
15394 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15395 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15396
15397 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15398
15399 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15400 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15401
15402 \(fn)" t nil)
15403
15404 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15405 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15406 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15407 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15408 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15409 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15410 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15411
15412 \(fn)" t nil)
15413
15414 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15415 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15416 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15417 easy-to-use form.
15418
15419 \(fn)" t nil)
15420
15421 ;;;***
15422 \f
15423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (22150 28228 86072
15424 ;;;;;; 702000))
15425 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15426
15427 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15428 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15429 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15430 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15431
15432 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15433 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15434 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15435 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15436
15437 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15438
15439 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15440 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15441 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15442 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15443
15444 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15445 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15446 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15447 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15448
15449 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15450
15451 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15452 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15453
15454 \(fn)" nil nil)
15455
15456 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15457 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15458 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15459 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15460
15461 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15462
15463 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15464 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15465 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15466 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15467 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15468 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15469
15470 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15471
15472 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15473 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15474 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15475 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15476 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15477
15478 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15479 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15480 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15481
15482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15483
15484 ;;;***
15485 \f
15486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (22150 28228 86072
15487 ;;;;;; 702000))
15488 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15489
15490 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15491 Major mode for image files.
15492 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15493 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15494
15495 Key bindings:
15496 \\{image-mode-map}
15497
15498 \(fn)" t nil)
15499
15500 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15501 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15502 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15503 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15504 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15505
15506 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15507 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15508 actual image.
15509
15510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15511
15512 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15513 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15514 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15515 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15516 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15517 to display an image file as the actual image.
15518
15519 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15520 to display an image file as text initially.
15521
15522 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15523 on these modes.
15524
15525 \(fn)" t nil)
15526
15527 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15528
15529
15530 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15531
15532 ;;;***
15533 \f
15534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (22150 28228 90072 702000))
15535 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15536
15537 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15538 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15539
15540 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15541
15542 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15543 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15544 in the buffer.
15545
15546 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15547
15548 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15549 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15550 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15551
15552 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15553
15554 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15555 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15556 Each element of this list should have the form
15557
15558 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15559
15560 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15561 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15562 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15563 matches are put).
15564 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15565 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15566 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15567 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15568 another element.
15569 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15570 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15571 the menu item.
15572 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15573 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15574 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15575 the ARGUMENTS.
15576
15577 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15578 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15579 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15580
15581 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15582 create a buffer index.
15583
15584 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15585 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15586 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15587 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15588 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15589
15590 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15591
15592 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15593 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15594
15595 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15596 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15597 called within a `save-excursion'.
15598
15599 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15600
15601 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15602
15603 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15604 Function for finding the next index position.
15605
15606 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15607 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15608 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15609 file.
15610
15611 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15612 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15613
15614 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15615
15616 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15617 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15618
15619 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15620 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15621 It should return the name for that index item.")
15622
15623 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15624
15625 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15626 Function to compare string with index item.
15627
15628 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15629 non-nil if they match.
15630
15631 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15632 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15633 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15634 arguments match\".")
15635
15636 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15637
15638 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15639 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15640 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15641
15642 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15643 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15644
15645 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15646
15647 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15648
15649 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15650 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15651 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15652 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15653
15654 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15655
15656 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15657 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15658
15659 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15660
15661 \(fn)" t nil)
15662
15663 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15664 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15665 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15666 for more information.
15667
15668 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15669
15670 ;;;***
15671 \f
15672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (22150 28228
15673 ;;;;;; 190072 702000))
15674 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15675
15676 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15677 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15678
15679 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15680
15681 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15682
15683
15684 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15685
15686 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15687
15688
15689 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15690
15691 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15692
15693
15694 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15695
15696 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15697 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15698
15699 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15700
15701 ;;;***
15702 \f
15703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (22150 28228
15704 ;;;;;; 862072 702000))
15705 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15706
15707 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15708 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15709 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15710 to that buffer.
15711 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15712 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15713 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15714 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15715
15716 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15717
15718 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15719
15720 ;;;***
15721 \f
15722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (22150 28228 98072 702000))
15723 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15724
15725 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15726 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15727 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15728 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15729 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15730 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15731 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15732 first in this list.
15733
15734 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15735 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15736 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15737 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15738 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15739
15740 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15741 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15742 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15743
15744 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15745 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15746
15747 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15748 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15749
15750 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15751 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15752 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15753 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15754 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15755 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15756 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15757 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15758 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15759 with the top-level Info directory.
15760
15761 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15762 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15763
15764 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15765
15766 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15767 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15768 in all the directories in that path.
15769
15770 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15771
15772 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15773
15774 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15775 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15776
15777 \(fn)" t nil)
15778
15779 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15780 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15781
15782 \(fn)" t nil)
15783
15784 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15785 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15786 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15787 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15788
15789 \(fn)" nil nil)
15790
15791 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15792 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15793 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15794 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15795
15796 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15797
15798 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15799 Go to the Info directory node.
15800
15801 \(fn)" t nil)
15802
15803 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15804 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15805 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15806 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15807 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15808 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15809
15810 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15811
15812 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15813 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15814 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15815
15816 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15817
15818 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15819 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15820 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15821 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15822 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15823
15824 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15825
15826 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15827 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15828 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15829 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15830 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15831
15832 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15833 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15834
15835 Selecting other nodes:
15836 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15837 Follow a node reference you click on.
15838 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15839 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15840 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15841 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15842 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15843 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15844 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15845 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15846 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15847 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15848 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15849 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15850 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15851 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15852 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15853 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15854 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15855 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15856 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15857 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15858
15859 Moving within a node:
15860 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15861 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15862 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15863 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15864 move up to the parent node.
15865 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15866 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15867 if there is none.
15868 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15869
15870 Advanced commands:
15871 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15872 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15873 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15874 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15875 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15876 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15877 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15878 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15879 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15880 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15881 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15882 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15883 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15884 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15885 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15886 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15887
15888 \(fn)" t nil)
15889 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15890
15891 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15892 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15893 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15894 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15895 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15896 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15897
15898 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15899 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15900
15901 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15902 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15903 KEY is a string.
15904 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15905 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15906 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15907 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15908
15909 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15910
15911 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15912 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15913 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15914
15915 \(fn)" t nil)
15916
15917 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15918 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15919 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15920
15921 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15922
15923 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15924 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15925 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15926 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
15927 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
15928 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
15929
15930 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15931
15932 ;;;***
15933 \f
15934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (22150 28228 90072
15935 ;;;;;; 702000))
15936 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15937
15938 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15939 Throw away all cached data.
15940 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15941 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15942 system.
15943
15944 \(fn)" t nil)
15945 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15946
15947 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15948 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15949 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15950 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15951 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15952 one found at point.
15953
15954 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15955
15956 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15957 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15958
15959 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15960 Display the documentation of a file.
15961 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15962 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15963 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15964 The default file name is the one found at point.
15965
15966 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15967
15968 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15969
15970 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15971 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15972
15973 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15974
15975 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15976 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15977
15978 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15979
15980 ;;;***
15981 \f
15982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (22150 28228 94072
15983 ;;;;;; 702000))
15984 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15985 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15986
15987 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15988 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15989 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15990 current info file is the default.
15991
15992 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15993 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15994 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15995 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15996 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15997
15998 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15999 validate node references within it. A message is given for
16000 missing target files once per source document. It could be
16001 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
16002 mistake in the reference.
16003
16004 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
16005 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
16006 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
16007
16008 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
16009 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
16010 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
16011 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
16012
16013 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
16014
16015 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
16016 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
16017 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
16018 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
16019 checked.
16020
16021 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
16022 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
16023 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
16024 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
16025 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
16026 should be harmless.
16027
16028 \(fn)" t nil)
16029
16030 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
16031 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
16032 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
16033 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
16034
16035 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
16036 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
16037 and can take a long time.
16038
16039 \(fn)" t nil)
16040
16041 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
16042 Check docstring info node references in source files.
16043 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
16044
16045 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
16046
16047 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
16048 as per `info-xref-check' does.
16049
16050 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
16051 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
16052 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
16053 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
16054 all builtins).
16055
16056 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
16057 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
16058 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
16059 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
16060 the sources handy.
16061
16062 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
16063
16064 ;;;***
16065 \f
16066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (22150 28228 102072
16067 ;;;;;; 702000))
16068 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
16069
16070 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
16071 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
16072
16073 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
16074
16075 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
16076 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
16077
16078 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
16079
16080 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
16081 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
16082 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
16083 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
16084
16085 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
16086 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
16087 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
16088
16089 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
16090 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
16091 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
16092 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
16093
16094 \(fn)" t nil)
16095
16096 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
16097 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
16098 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
16099
16100 \(fn)" t nil)
16101
16102 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
16103 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
16104 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
16105 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
16106 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
16107
16108 \(fn)" nil nil)
16109
16110 ;;;***
16111 \f
16112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (22150 28227
16113 ;;;;;; 434072 702000))
16114 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
16115
16116 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
16117
16118
16119 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
16120
16121 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
16122
16123 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
16124
16125 ;;;***
16126 \f
16127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (22150 28227
16128 ;;;;;; 218072 702000))
16129 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
16130 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16131
16132 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
16133 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
16134 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
16135
16136 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
16137
16138 ;;;***
16139 \f
16140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (22150
16141 ;;;;;; 28228 106072 702000))
16142 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
16143
16144 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16145 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16146
16147 \(fn)" t nil)
16148
16149 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16150 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16151
16152 \(fn)" t nil)
16153
16154 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
16155
16156
16157 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
16158
16159 ;;;***
16160 \f
16161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (22150 28228 154072
16162 ;;;;;; 702000))
16163 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16164 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
16165
16166 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16167 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16168 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16169 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16170 accessed via isearchb.
16171
16172 \(fn)" t nil)
16173
16174 ;;;***
16175 \f
16176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (22150
16177 ;;;;;; 28228 106072 702000))
16178 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16179
16180 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16181 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16182 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16183 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16184 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16185
16186 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16187
16188 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16189 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16190 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16191 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16192 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16193
16194 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16195
16196 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16197 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16198 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16199 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16200 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16201
16202 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16203
16204 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16205 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16206 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16207 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16208 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16209
16210 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16211
16212 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16213 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16214 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16215 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16216 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16217
16218 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16219
16220 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16221 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16222 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16223 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16224 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16225
16226 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16227
16228 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16229 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16230 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16231 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16232 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16233
16234 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16235
16236 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16237 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16238 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16239 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16240
16241 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16242
16243 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16244 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16245 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16246 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16247
16248 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16249
16250 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16251 Warn that format is read-only.
16252
16253 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16254
16255 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16256 Warn that format is write-only.
16257
16258 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16259
16260 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16261 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16262
16263 \(fn)" t nil)
16264
16265 ;;;***
16266 \f
16267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16268 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 106072 702000))
16269 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16270 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16271 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16272
16273 ;;;***
16274 \f
16275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (22150 28229
16276 ;;;;;; 102072 702000))
16277 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16278
16279 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16280
16281 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16282 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16283 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16284 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for Aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16285 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16286
16287 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16288
16289 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16290
16291 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16292 Key map for ispell menu.")
16293
16294 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16295 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16296 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16297 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16298
16299 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16300
16301 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16302
16303 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16304
16305 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16306
16307 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage"))) "\
16308 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16309 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16310 Valid forms include:
16311 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16312 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16313 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16314 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16315
16316 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16317 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16318 First list is used raw.
16319 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16320
16321 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16322 for skipping in latex mode.")
16323
16324 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16325 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16326 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16327 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16328 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16329 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16330 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16331
16332 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16333 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16334 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16335 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16336
16337 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16338 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16339 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16340 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16341 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16342
16343 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16344 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16345
16346 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16347 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16348
16349 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16350 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16351
16352 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16353 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16354
16355 Return values:
16356 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16357 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16358 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16359 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16360 quit spell session exited.
16361
16362 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16363
16364 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16365 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16366 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16367
16368 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16369
16370 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16371 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16372
16373 Selections are:
16374
16375 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16376 SPC: Accept word this time.
16377 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16378 `a': Accept word for this session.
16379 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16380 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16381 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16382 `?': Show these commands.
16383 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16384 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16385 the aborted check to be completed later.
16386 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16387 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16388 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16389 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16390 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16391 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16392 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16393
16394 \(fn)" nil nil)
16395
16396 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16397 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16398 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16399 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16400
16401 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16402
16403 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16404 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16405 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16406 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16407
16408 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16409
16410 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16411
16412 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16413 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16414 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16415 amount for last line processed.
16416
16417 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16418
16419 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16420 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16421
16422 \(fn)" t nil)
16423
16424 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16425 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16426
16427 \(fn)" t nil)
16428
16429 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16430 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16431 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16432
16433 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16434
16435 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16436 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16437
16438 \(fn)" t nil)
16439
16440 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16441 Try to complete the word before or at point.
16442 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
16443 sequence inside of a word.
16444
16445 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16446
16447 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16448
16449 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16450 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16451
16452 \(fn)" t nil)
16453
16454 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16455 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16456 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16457 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16458
16459 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16460 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16461 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16462 available on the net.
16463
16464 \(fn)" t nil)
16465
16466 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16467 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16468 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16469 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16470 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16471
16472 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16473 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16474 spelled.
16475
16476 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16477 read them into the running Ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16478 SPC.
16479
16480 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16481 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16482
16483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16484
16485 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16486 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16487 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16488 Don't check included messages.
16489
16490 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16491 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16492 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16493
16494 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16495 in your init file:
16496 (add-hook \\='message-send-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16497 (add-hook \\='news-inews-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16498 (add-hook \\='mail-send-hook \\='ispell-message)
16499 (add-hook \\='mh-before-send-letter-hook \\='ispell-message)
16500
16501 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16502 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16503 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" \\='ispell-message)))
16504
16505 \(fn)" t nil)
16506
16507 ;;;***
16508 \f
16509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (22150
16510 ;;;;;; 28228 190072 702000))
16511 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16512
16513 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16514
16515
16516 \(fn)" nil nil)
16517
16518 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16519 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16520 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16521 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16522 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16523 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16524 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16525 necessary to represent OBJ.
16526
16527 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16528
16529 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16530 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16531 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16532 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16533
16534 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16535
16536 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16537 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16538 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16539 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16540 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16541
16542 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16543
16544 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16545 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16546 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16547 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16548
16549 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16550
16551 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16552 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16553 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16554 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16555
16556 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16557
16558 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16559 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16560
16561 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16562
16563 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16564 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16565 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16566 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16567 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16568
16569 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16570
16571 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16572 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16573 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16574 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16575 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16576
16577 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16578
16579 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16580 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16581 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16582
16583 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16584
16585 ;;;***
16586 \f
16587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (22150 28228 158072
16588 ;;;;;; 702000))
16589 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16590
16591 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16592 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16593 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16594 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16595
16596 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16597
16598
16599 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16600
16601 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16602 Uninstall jka-compr.
16603 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16604 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16605 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16606
16607 \(fn)" nil nil)
16608
16609 ;;;***
16610 \f
16611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (22150 28228 866072
16612 ;;;;;; 702000))
16613 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16614 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16615
16616 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16617 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16618
16619 \(fn)" t nil)
16620
16621 (autoload 'js-jsx-mode "js" "\
16622 Major mode for editing JSX.
16623
16624 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
16625 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al.)
16626 locally, like so:
16627
16628 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
16629 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
16630 (add-hook \\='js-jsx-mode-hook #\\='set-jsx-indentation)
16631
16632 \(fn)" t nil)
16633 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16634
16635 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16636
16637 ;;;***
16638 \f
16639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (22150 28228 158072 702000))
16640 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16641 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16642
16643 ;;;***
16644 \f
16645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (22150 28227
16646 ;;;;;; 462072 702000))
16647 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16648
16649 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16650 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16651 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16652 decimal key must be specified.")
16653
16654 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16655
16656 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16657 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16658 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16659 decimal key must be specified.")
16660
16661 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16662
16663 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16664 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16665 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16666 decimal key must be specified.")
16667
16668 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16669
16670 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16671 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16672 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16673 decimal key must be specified.")
16674
16675 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16676
16677 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16678 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16679 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16680 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16681 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16682 keys are bound.
16683
16684 Setup Binding
16685 -------------------------------------------------------------
16686 `prefix' Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16687 `S-cursor' Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16688 `cursor' Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16689 `numeric' Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16690 `none' Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16691 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16692 in the global and local keymaps.
16693
16694 If SETUP is `numeric' and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16695 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16696
16697 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16698
16699 ;;;***
16700 \f
16701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (22150
16702 ;;;;;; 28228 106072 702000))
16703 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16704
16705 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16706 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16707 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16708
16709 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16710 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16711 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16712 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16713 shorter.
16714
16715 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16716 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16717 the context of text formatting.
16718
16719 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16720
16721 ;;;***
16722 \f
16723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (22150 28228 106072
16724 ;;;;;; 702000))
16725 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16726
16727 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16728 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16729 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16730 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16731 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16732 positions that contains the current selection.")
16733
16734 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16735 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16736 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16737 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16738 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16739 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16740 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16741
16742 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16743
16744 ;;;***
16745 \f
16746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (22150 28228 162072 702000))
16747 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16748 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16749 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16750 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16751 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16752 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16753 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16754 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16755
16756 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16757 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16758 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16759
16760 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16761
16762 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16763 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16764 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16765 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16766 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16767
16768 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16769
16770 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16771 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16772 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16773
16774 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16775 defining the macro.
16776
16777 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16778 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16779 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16780
16781 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16782 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16783
16784 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16785
16786 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16787 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16788 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16789 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16790 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16791 under that name.
16792
16793 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16794 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16795 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16796
16797 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16798
16799 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16800 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16801 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16802 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16803
16804 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16805 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16806 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16807 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16808
16809 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16810 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16811
16812 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16813
16814 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16815 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16816 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16817
16818 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16819 macro.
16820
16821 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16822 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16823
16824 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16825 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16826 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16827
16828 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16829 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16830
16831 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16832
16833 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16834 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16835 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16836 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16837
16838 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16839
16840 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16841 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16842 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16843 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16844
16845 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16846 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16847
16848 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16849
16850 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16851 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16852 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16853
16854 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16855
16856 ;;;***
16857 \f
16858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (22150
16859 ;;;;;; 28228 194072 702000))
16860 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16861
16862 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16863 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16864 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16865
16866 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16867
16868
16869 \(fn)" nil nil)
16870
16871 ;;;***
16872 \f
16873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (22150 28228
16874 ;;;;;; 194072 702000))
16875 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16876
16877 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16878
16879
16880 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16881
16882 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16883 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16884 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16885 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16886 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16887 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16888
16889 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16890 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16891
16892 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16893
16894 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16895 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16896
16897 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16898
16899 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16900
16901
16902 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16903
16904 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16905
16906
16907 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16908
16909 ;;;***
16910 \f
16911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (22150
16912 ;;;;;; 28228 106072 702000))
16913 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16914
16915 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16916 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16917 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16918 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16919
16920 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16921
16922 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16923 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16924 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16925
16926 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16927
16928 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16929 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16930 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16931
16932 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16933
16934 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16935 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16936 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16937 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16938
16939 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16940
16941 ;;;***
16942 \f
16943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16944 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 110072 702000))
16945 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16946
16947 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16948 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16949 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16950 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16951 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16952 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16953 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16954 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16955
16956 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16957 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16958
16959 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16960 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16961
16962 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16963
16964 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16965 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16966 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16967 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16968 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16969 `latin1-display-setup'.
16970
16971 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16972
16973 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16974 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16975 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16976 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16977
16978 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16979 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16980
16981 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16982
16983 ;;;***
16984 \f
16985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (22150
16986 ;;;;;; 28228 866072 702000))
16987 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16988
16989 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16990 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16991
16992 \(fn)" t nil)
16993
16994 ;;;***
16995 \f
16996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (22150
16997 ;;;;;; 28227 434072 702000))
16998 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
16999 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
17000
17001 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
17002 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
17003 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
17004 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
17005
17006 For instance, the following code
17007
17008 (let-alist alist
17009 (if (and .title .body)
17010 .body
17011 .site
17012 .site.contents))
17013
17014 essentially expands to
17015
17016 (let ((.title (cdr (assq \\='title alist)))
17017 (.body (cdr (assq \\='body alist)))
17018 (.site (cdr (assq \\='site alist)))
17019 (.site.contents (cdr (assq \\='contents (cdr (assq \\='site alist))))))
17020 (if (and .title .body)
17021 .body
17022 .site
17023 .site.contents))
17024
17025 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
17026 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
17027 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
17028 displayed in the example above.
17029
17030 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
17031
17032 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
17033
17034 ;;;***
17035 \f
17036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (22150 28228 678072 702000))
17037 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
17038
17039 (autoload 'life "life" "\
17040 Run Conway's Life simulation.
17041 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
17042 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
17043 generations (this defaults to 1).
17044
17045 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
17046
17047 ;;;***
17048 \f
17049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (22150 28228 210072 702000))
17050 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
17051 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
17052
17053 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
17054 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
17055 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
17056 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
17057 if ARG is omitted or nil.
17058
17059 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
17060
17061 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17062
17063 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
17064 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
17065 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17066 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17067 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17068 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
17069
17070 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
17071
17072 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
17073 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
17074 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
17075 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
17076 ARG is omitted or nil.
17077
17078 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
17079 `linum-on' would do it.
17080 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
17081
17082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17083
17084 ;;;***
17085 \f
17086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (22150 28228 210072
17087 ;;;;;; 702000))
17088 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17089
17090 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17091 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17092 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17093 is nil, raise an error.
17094
17095 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17096 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17097 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17098 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17099 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17100 defined by the library.
17101
17102 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17103 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17104 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17105 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17106 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17107 proceeds.
17108
17109 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17110 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17111 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17112 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17113
17114 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17115
17116 ;;;***
17117 \f
17118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (22150 28228 210072 702000))
17119 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17120
17121 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
17122 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17123 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17124
17125 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17126
17127 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17128 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17129 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17130 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17131
17132 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17133 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17134 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17135 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17136 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17137 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17138 the version.)
17139
17140 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17141 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17142
17143 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17144 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17145
17146 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
17147 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
17148
17149 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17150
17151 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17152 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17153 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17154 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17155 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17156 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17157 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17158 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17159 to constrain a big search.
17160
17161 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17162
17163 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17164 except that FILTER is not optional.
17165
17166 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17167
17168 ;;;***
17169 \f
17170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (22150 28229 278072
17171 ;;;;;; 702000))
17172 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17173
17174 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17175 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17176 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17177 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17178 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17179 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17180 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17181 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17182 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17183 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17184
17185 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17186 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17187 associated values:
17188 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17189 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17190 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17191 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17192 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17193
17194 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17195 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17196 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17197
17198 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17199
17200 ;;;***
17201 \f
17202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (22150 28229 278072
17203 ;;;;;; 702000))
17204 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17205
17206 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17207 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17208
17209 \(fn)" t nil)
17210
17211 ;;;***
17212 \f
17213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (22150 28228 210072 702000))
17214 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17215
17216 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17217 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17218
17219 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17220 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17221
17222 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17223 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17224 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17225
17226 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17227 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17228
17229 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17230 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17231 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17232 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17233 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17234 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17235 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17236
17237 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17238
17239 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17240 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17241 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17242 switch on this list.
17243 See `lpr-command'.")
17244
17245 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17246
17247 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17248 Name of program for printing a file.
17249
17250 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17251 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17252 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17253 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17254 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17255 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17256 argument.")
17257
17258 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17259
17260 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17261 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17262 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17263 for customization of the printer command.
17264
17265 \(fn)" t nil)
17266
17267 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17268 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17269
17270 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17271 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17272 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17273 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17274
17275 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17276 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17277
17278 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17279 for further customization of the printer command.
17280
17281 \(fn)" t nil)
17282
17283 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17284 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17285 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17286 for customization of the printer command.
17287
17288 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17289
17290 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17291 Paginate and print the region contents.
17292
17293 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17294 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17295 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17296 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17297
17298 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17299 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17300
17301 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17302 for further customization of the printer command.
17303
17304 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17305
17306 ;;;***
17307 \f
17308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (22150 28228 210072
17309 ;;;;;; 702000))
17310 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17311
17312 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17313 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17314 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17315
17316 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17317
17318 ;;;***
17319 \f
17320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (22150 28227 78072
17321 ;;;;;; 702000))
17322 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17323
17324 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17325 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17326 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17327 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17328
17329 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17330
17331 ;;;***
17332 \f
17333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (22150 28228
17334 ;;;;;; 866072 702000))
17335 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17336
17337 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17338 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17339
17340 \(fn)" t nil)
17341
17342 ;;;***
17343 \f
17344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (22150 28228 210072 702000))
17345 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17346
17347 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17348 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17349 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17350 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17351 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17352
17353 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17354
17355 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17356 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17357 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17358 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17359 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17360
17361 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17362 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17363 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17364 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17365 bindings.
17366
17367 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17368 use this command, and then save the file.
17369
17370 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17371
17372 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17373 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17374 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17375 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17376 each time the macro executes.
17377 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17378 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17379 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17380 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17381 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17382 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17383 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17384
17385 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17386
17387 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17388 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17389 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17390 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17391
17392 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17393 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17394 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17395 execute.
17396
17397 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17398 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17399
17400 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17401 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17402 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17403 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17404 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17405
17406 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17407 looked like this:
17408
17409 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17410 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17411 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17412
17413 You could enter the names in this format:
17414
17415 foo
17416 bar
17417 baz
17418
17419 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17420
17421 \\C-x (
17422 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17423 \\C-x )
17424
17425 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17426 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17427
17428 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17429 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17430
17431 ;;;***
17432 \f
17433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (22150 28228
17434 ;;;;;; 230072 702000))
17435 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17436
17437 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17438 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17439 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17440 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17441 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17442 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17443
17444 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17445 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17446 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17447 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17448 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17449
17450 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17451 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17452 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17453 consing a string.)
17454
17455 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17456
17457 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17458 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17459
17460 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17461
17462 ;;;***
17463 \f
17464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (22150 28228
17465 ;;;;;; 230072 702000))
17466 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17467
17468 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17469 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17470
17471 \(fn)" nil nil)
17472
17473 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17474
17475
17476 \(fn)" nil nil)
17477
17478 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17479 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17480
17481 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17482
17483 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17484 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17485 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17486 message.
17487
17488 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17489
17490 \(fn)" nil nil)
17491
17492 ;;;***
17493 \f
17494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (22150 28228
17495 ;;;;;; 230072 702000))
17496 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17497
17498 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17499 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17500 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17501 often correct parser.")
17502
17503 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17504
17505 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17506 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17507 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17508 a value which excludes your own email address.
17509
17510 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17511 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17512
17513 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17514
17515 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17516 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17517
17518 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17519
17520 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17521 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17522 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17523 we return it unconverted.
17524
17525 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17526 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17527
17528 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17529
17530 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17531 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17532 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17533 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17534
17535 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17536
17537 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17538 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17539 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17540 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17541
17542 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17543
17544 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17545 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17546 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17547 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17548 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17549 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17550 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17551 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17552 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17553 as Rmail does.
17554
17555 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17556
17557 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17558 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17559 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17560 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17561 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17562 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17563 matches may be returned from the message body.
17564
17565 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17566
17567 ;;;***
17568 \f
17569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (22150 28228
17570 ;;;;;; 230072 702000))
17571 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17572
17573 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17574 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17575 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17576 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17577 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17578 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17579
17580 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17581
17582 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17583 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17584 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17585 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17586 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17587
17588 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17589 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17590 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17591 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17592
17593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17594
17595 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17596 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17597
17598 \(fn)" nil nil)
17599
17600 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17601 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17602 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17603
17604 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17605
17606 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17607 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17608 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17609
17610 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17611 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17612 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17613 double-quotes.
17614
17615 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17616
17617 ;;;***
17618 \f
17619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (22150 28228
17620 ;;;;;; 230072 702000))
17621 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17622
17623 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17624 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17625 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17626 king@grassland.com
17627 If `parens', they look like:
17628 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17629 If `angles', they look like:
17630 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17631
17632 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17633
17634 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17635 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17636 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17637 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17638 their `Resent-' variants.
17639
17640 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17641 removed from alias expansions.
17642
17643 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17644
17645 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17646 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17647 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17648
17649 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17650 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17651 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17652 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17653
17654 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17655
17656 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17657 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17658 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17659
17660 \(fn)" nil nil)
17661
17662 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17663 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17664 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17665 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17666
17667 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17668
17669 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17670
17671 ;;;***
17672 \f
17673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (22150 28228
17674 ;;;;;; 234072 702000))
17675 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17676
17677 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17678 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17679 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17680 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17681
17682 \(fn)" nil nil)
17683
17684 ;;;***
17685 \f
17686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (22150
17687 ;;;;;; 28228 870072 702000))
17688 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17689
17690 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17691 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17692
17693 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17694 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17695 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17696 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17697 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17698 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17699
17700 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17701 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17702 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17703 dependency, despite the colon.
17704
17705 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17706
17707 In the browser, use the following keys:
17708
17709 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17710
17711 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17712
17713 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17714 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17715
17716 `makefile-target-colon':
17717 The string that gets appended to all target names
17718 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17719 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17720
17721 `makefile-macro-assign':
17722 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17723 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17724 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17725 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17726 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17727 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17728
17729 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17730 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17731 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17732
17733 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17734 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17735
17736 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17737 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17738 up or down in the browser.
17739
17740 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17741 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17742
17743 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17744 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17745
17746 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17747 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17748 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17749 has been selected in the browser.
17750
17751 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17752 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17753 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17754 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17755 filenames are omitted.
17756
17757 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17758 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17759 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17760 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17761 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17762 the backslash itself intact.
17763 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17764 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17765
17766 `makefile-browser-hook':
17767 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17768 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17769
17770 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17771 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17772 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17773 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17774
17775 \(fn)" t nil)
17776
17777 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17778 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17779
17780 \(fn)" t nil)
17781
17782 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17783 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17784
17785 \(fn)" t nil)
17786
17787 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17788 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17789
17790 \(fn)" t nil)
17791
17792 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17793 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17794
17795 \(fn)" t nil)
17796
17797 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17798 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17799
17800 \(fn)" t nil)
17801
17802 ;;;***
17803 \f
17804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (22150 28228 258072
17805 ;;;;;; 702000))
17806 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17807
17808 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17809 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17810 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17811
17812 \(fn)" t nil)
17813
17814 ;;;***
17815 \f
17816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (22150 28228 262072 702000))
17817 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17818
17819 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17820
17821 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17822 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17823 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17824 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17825 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17826 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17827 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17828 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17829 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17830 without running the man command.
17831
17832 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17833 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17834 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17835
17836 cat(1)
17837 1 cat
17838
17839 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17840 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17841 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17842 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17843
17844 -a chmod
17845
17846 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17847 otherwise look like a page name.
17848
17849 /my/file/name.1.gz
17850 -l somefile.1
17851
17852 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17853 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17854 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17855
17856 -k pattern
17857
17858 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17859
17860 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17861 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17862
17863 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17864
17865 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17866 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17867
17868 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17869
17870 ;;;***
17871 \f
17872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (22150 28227 438072
17873 ;;;;;; 702000))
17874 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
17875 (push (purecopy '(map 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17876
17877 ;;;***
17878 \f
17879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (22150 28228 262072 702000))
17880 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17881 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17882
17883 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17884 Toggle Master mode.
17885 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17886 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17887 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17888
17889 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17890 using the following commands:
17891
17892 \\{master-mode-map}
17893
17894 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17895 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17896 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17897
17898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17899
17900 ;;;***
17901 \f
17902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (22150 28228 262072
17903 ;;;;;; 702000))
17904 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17905
17906 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17907 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17908 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17909 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17910 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17911 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17912
17913 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17914
17915 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17916 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17917 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17918 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17919 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17920
17921 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17922 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17923 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17924 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17925
17926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17927
17928 ;;;***
17929 \f
17930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (22150 28228 262072 702000))
17931 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17932 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17933
17934 ;;;***
17935 \f
17936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (22150 28227 974072
17937 ;;;;;; 702000))
17938 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17939
17940 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17941
17942 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17943 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17944 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17945 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17946 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17947 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17948 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17949 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17950 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17951 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17952 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17953 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17954 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17955 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17956 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17957 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17958 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17959 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17960 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17961 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17962 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17963 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17964 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17965 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17966 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17967 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17968 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17969 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17970 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17971 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17972 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17973 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17974 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17975 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17976 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17977 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17978 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17979 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17980
17981 \(fn)" t nil)
17982
17983 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17984 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17985 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17986 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17987 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17988
17989 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17990
17991 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17992 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17993
17994 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17995
17996 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17997 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17998
17999 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
18000
18001 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
18002 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
18003
18004 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
18005
18006 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
18007 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
18008 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
18009
18010 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
18011
18012 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
18013 Cancel an article you posted.
18014 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
18015
18016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18017
18018 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
18019 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
18020 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
18021 header line with the old Message-ID.
18022
18023 \(fn)" t nil)
18024
18025 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
18026 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
18027
18028 \(fn)" t nil)
18029
18030 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
18031 Forward the current message via mail.
18032 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
18033 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
18034
18035 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
18036
18037 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
18038
18039
18040 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
18041
18042 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
18043
18044
18045 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
18046
18047 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
18048 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
18049
18050 \(fn)" t nil)
18051
18052 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
18053 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
18054
18055 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
18056
18057 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
18058 Re-mail the current message.
18059 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
18060 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
18061 you.
18062
18063 \(fn)" t nil)
18064
18065 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
18066 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18067
18068 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18069
18070 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
18071 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18072
18073 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18074
18075 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
18076 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18077
18078 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18079
18080 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
18081 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18082
18083 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18084
18085 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
18086 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18087 Works by overstriking characters.
18088 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18089 which specify the range to operate on.
18090
18091 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18092
18093 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
18094 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18095 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18096 which specify the range to operate on.
18097
18098 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18099
18100 ;;;***
18101 \f
18102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (22150
18103 ;;;;;; 28228 870072 702000))
18104 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18105 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18106
18107 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18108 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18109
18110 \(fn)" t nil)
18111
18112 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18113 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18114
18115 \(fn)" t nil)
18116
18117 ;;;***
18118 \f
18119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (22150 28228
18120 ;;;;;; 234072 702000))
18121 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18122
18123 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18124 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18125 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18126
18127 \(fn)" t nil)
18128
18129 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18130 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18131 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18132 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18133 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18134 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18135 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18136
18137 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18138
18139 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18140 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18141 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18142 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18143 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18144 means current).
18145 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18146 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18147
18148 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18149
18150 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18151 Process current region through `metamail'.
18152 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18153 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18154 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18155 means current).
18156 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18157 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18158
18159 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18160
18161 ;;;***
18162 \f
18163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (22150 28228 294072
18164 ;;;;;; 702000))
18165 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18166
18167 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18168 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18169 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18170
18171 \(fn)" t nil)
18172
18173 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18174 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18175 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18176
18177 \(fn)" t nil)
18178
18179 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18180 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18181
18182 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18183 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18184 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18185
18186 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18187 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18188
18189 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18190 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18191
18192 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18193
18194 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18195
18196 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18197 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18198 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18199 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18200 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18201 as `compose-mail'.
18202
18203 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18204 initial Subject field, respectively.
18205
18206 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18207 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18208 are strings.
18209
18210 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18211 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18212
18213 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18214
18215 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18216 Save draft and send message.
18217
18218 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18219 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18220 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18221 Mail Delivery*\".
18222
18223 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18224 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18225 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18226
18227 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18228 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18229 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18230 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18231 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18232 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18233
18234 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18235 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18236
18237 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18238 message and scan line.
18239
18240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18241
18242 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18243 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18244
18245 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18246 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18247 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18248 delete the draft message.
18249
18250 \(fn)" t nil)
18251
18252 ;;;***
18253 \f
18254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (22150 28228 298072 702000))
18255 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18256 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18257
18258 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18259
18260 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18261
18262 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18263
18264 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18265 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18266
18267 \(fn)" t nil)
18268
18269 ;;;***
18270 \f
18271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (22150 28228
18272 ;;;;;; 302072 702000))
18273 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18274
18275 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18276 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18277 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18278
18279 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18280 the MH mail system.
18281
18282 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18283
18284 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18285 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18286 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18287
18288 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18289 the MH mail system.
18290
18291 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18292
18293 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18294 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18295
18296 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18297 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18298 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18299 separate command.
18300
18301 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18302 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18303 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18304 format.
18305
18306 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18307
18308 Ranges
18309 ======
18310 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18311 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18312 can be used in several ways.
18313
18314 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18315 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18316 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18317 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18318 page):
18319
18320 <num1>-<num2>
18321 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18322 The range must be nonempty.
18323
18324 <num>:N
18325 <num>:+N
18326 <num>:-N
18327 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18328 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18329 last.
18330
18331 first:N
18332 prev:N
18333 next:N
18334 last:N
18335 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18336
18337 all
18338 All of the messages.
18339
18340 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18341 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18342
18343 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18344 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18345 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18346
18347 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18348
18349 \(fn)" t nil)
18350
18351 ;;;***
18352 \f
18353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (22150 28228 322072
18354 ;;;;;; 702000))
18355 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18356
18357 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
18358 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
18359 See the command `midnight-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18360 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18361 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18362 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
18363
18364 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
18365
18366 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
18367 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
18368
18369 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18370
18371 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18372 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18373 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18374 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18375 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18376 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18377 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18378 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18379 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18380 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18381 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18382
18383 \(fn)" t nil)
18384
18385 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18386 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18387 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18388 to its second argument TM.
18389
18390 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18391
18392 ;;;***
18393 \f
18394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (22150 28228
18395 ;;;;;; 322072 702000))
18396 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18397
18398 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18399 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18400 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18401 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18402 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18403 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18404
18405 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18406
18407 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18408 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18409 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18410 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18411 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18412
18413 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18414 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18415 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18416 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18417 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18418 is modified to remove the default indication.
18419
18420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18421
18422 ;;;***
18423 \f
18424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (22150 28228 326072 702000))
18425 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18426
18427 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18428 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18429 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18430 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18431 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18432 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18433 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18434 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18435 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18436
18437 \(fn)" t nil)
18438
18439 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18440 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18441 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18442 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18443 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18444 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18445 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18446 The return value is always nil.
18447
18448 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18449
18450 ;;;***
18451 \f
18452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (22150 28228 326072
18453 ;;;;;; 702000))
18454 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18455 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18456
18457 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18458 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18459
18460 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18461 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18462 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18463 next occurrence.
18464
18465 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18466 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18467 end of the search space).
18468
18469 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18470 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18471 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18472 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18473 should return the previous buffer to search.
18474
18475 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18476 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18477 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18478
18479 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18480 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18481 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18482 Isearch starts.")
18483
18484 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18485 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18486 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18487
18488 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
18489 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
18490 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
18491
18492 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
18493 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
18494
18495 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18496 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18497 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18498
18499 \(fn)" nil nil)
18500
18501 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18502 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18503 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18504 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18505 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18506 whose names match the specified regexp.
18507
18508 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18509
18510 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18511 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18512 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18513 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18514 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18515 whose names match the specified regexp.
18516
18517 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18518
18519 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18520 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18521 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18522 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18523 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18524 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18525 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18526
18527 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18528
18529 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18530 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18531 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18532 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18533 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18534 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18535 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18536
18537 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18538
18539 ;;;***
18540 \f
18541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (22150
18542 ;;;;;; 28228 874072 702000))
18543 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18544 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18545
18546 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18547 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18548
18549 \(fn)" t nil)
18550
18551 ;;;***
18552 \f
18553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (22150 28227
18554 ;;;;;; 978072 702000))
18555 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18556
18557 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18558 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18559
18560 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18561
18562 ;;;***
18563 \f
18564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (22150 28227
18565 ;;;;;; 978072 702000))
18566 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18567
18568 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18569 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18570
18571 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18572
18573 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18574 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18575 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18576 the entire message.
18577 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18578
18579 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18580
18581 ;;;***
18582 \f
18583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (22150 28227
18584 ;;;;;; 978072 702000))
18585 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18586
18587 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18588 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18589 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18590 the entire message.
18591 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18592
18593 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18594
18595 ;;;***
18596 \f
18597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (22150 28227 978072
18598 ;;;;;; 702000))
18599 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18600
18601 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18602 Insert file contents of URL.
18603 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18604
18605 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18606
18607 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18608 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18609
18610 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18611
18612 ;;;***
18613 \f
18614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (22150 28227 982072
18615 ;;;;;; 702000))
18616 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18617
18618 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18619 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18620 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18621 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18622 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18623
18624 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18625
18626 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18627 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18628 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18629
18630 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18631
18632 ;;;***
18633 \f
18634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (22150 28227 986072 702000))
18635 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18636
18637 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18638 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18639
18640 \(fn)" nil nil)
18641
18642 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18643 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18644 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18645 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18646 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18647
18648 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18649 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18650 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18651 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18652 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18653 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18654
18655 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18656
18657 ;;;***
18658 \f
18659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (22150 28227 986072
18660 ;;;;;; 702000))
18661 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18662
18663 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18664
18665
18666 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18667
18668 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18669
18670
18671 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18672
18673 ;;;***
18674 \f
18675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (22150 28227 990072
18676 ;;;;;; 702000))
18677 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18678
18679 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18680
18681
18682 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18683
18684 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18685
18686
18687 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18688
18689 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18690
18691
18692 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18693
18694 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18695
18696
18697 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18698
18699 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18700
18701
18702 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18703
18704 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18705
18706
18707 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18708
18709 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18710
18711
18712 \(fn)" nil nil)
18713
18714 ;;;***
18715 \f
18716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (22150 28227
18717 ;;;;;; 222072 702000))
18718 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18719
18720 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18721
18722 ;;;***
18723 \f
18724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (22086 11930
18725 ;;;;;; 214062 731000))
18726 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18727
18728 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18729
18730 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18731 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18732 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18733 followed by the first character of the construct.
18734 \\<m2-mode-map>
18735 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18736 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18737 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18738 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18739 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18740 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18741 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18742 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18743 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18744 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18745 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18746 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18747 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18748 \\[m2-link] link
18749
18750 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18751 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18752 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18753
18754 \(fn)" t nil)
18755
18756 ;;;***
18757 \f
18758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (22150 28228 682072
18759 ;;;;;; 702000))
18760 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18761
18762 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18763 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18764
18765 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18766
18767 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18768 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18769
18770 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18771
18772 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18773 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18774
18775 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18776
18777 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18778 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18779
18780 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18781
18782 ;;;***
18783 \f
18784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (22150 28228 326072
18785 ;;;;;; 702000))
18786 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18787
18788 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18789 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18790
18791 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18792 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18793 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18794
18795 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18796 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18797 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18798
18799 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18800 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18801
18802 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18803 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18804 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18805 hemisphere you're in.)
18806
18807 To test this function, evaluate:
18808 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-throw)
18809
18810 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18811
18812 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18813 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18814
18815 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18816 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18817
18818 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18819 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18820 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18821
18822 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18823 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18824
18825 To test this function, evaluate:
18826 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-drag)
18827
18828 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18829
18830 ;;;***
18831 \f
18832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (22150 28228 326072 702000))
18833 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18834
18835 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18836 Main entry point for MPC.
18837
18838 \(fn)" t nil)
18839
18840 ;;;***
18841 \f
18842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (22150 28228 682072 702000))
18843 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18844
18845 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18846 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18847
18848 \(fn)" t nil)
18849
18850 ;;;***
18851 \f
18852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (22150 28228 338072 702000))
18853 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18854
18855 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18856 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18857 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18858 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18859 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18860 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18861
18862 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18863
18864 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18865 Toggle Msb mode.
18866 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18867 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18868 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18869
18870 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18871 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18872
18873 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18874
18875 ;;;***
18876 \f
18877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (22150
18878 ;;;;;; 28228 114072 702000))
18879 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18880
18881 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18882 Display a list of all character sets.
18883
18884 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18885 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18886 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18887 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18888 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18889
18890 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18891 but still shows the full information.
18892
18893 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18894
18895 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18896 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18897 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18898
18899 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18900 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18901 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18902 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18903 meanings of these arguments.
18904
18905 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18906
18907 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18908 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18909
18910 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18911
18912 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18913 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18914
18915 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18916
18917 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18918 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18919
18920 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18921
18922 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18923 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18924
18925 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18926 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18927 in place of `..':
18928 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18929 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18930 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18931 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18932 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18933 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18934 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18935 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18936 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18937 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18938 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18939 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18940 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18941 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18942 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18943 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18944
18945 \(fn)" t nil)
18946
18947 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18948 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18949
18950 \(fn)" t nil)
18951
18952 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18953 Display a list of all coding systems.
18954 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18955
18956 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18957 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18958
18959 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18960
18961 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18962 Display a list of all coding categories.
18963
18964 \(fn)" nil nil)
18965
18966 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18967 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18968 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18969
18970 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18971
18972 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18973 Display information about FONTSET.
18974 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18975
18976 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18977
18978 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18979 Display a list of all fontsets.
18980 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18981 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18982 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18983
18984 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18985
18986 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18987 Display information about all input methods.
18988
18989 \(fn)" t nil)
18990
18991 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18992 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18993
18994 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18995 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18996 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18997 system which uses fontsets).
18998
18999 \(fn)" t nil)
19000
19001 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
19002 Show log of font listing and opening.
19003 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
19004 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
19005
19006 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
19007
19008 ;;;***
19009 \f
19010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (22150
19011 ;;;;;; 28228 114072 702000))
19012 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
19013
19014 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
19015 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
19016
19017 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
19018 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
19019
19020 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
19021 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
19022
19023 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
19024
19025 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
19026 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
19027 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
19028 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
19029 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
19030 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
19031 buffer; see also `char-width'.
19032
19033 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
19034 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
19035 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
19036 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
19037 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
19038 middle of a character in STR.
19039
19040 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
19041 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
19042
19043 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
19044 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
19045 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
19046 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
19047 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
19048
19049 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
19050
19051 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
19052 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
19053
19054 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
19055 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
19056 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
19057
19058 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
19059 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
19060 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
19061
19062 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19063 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
19064 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
19065 are considered.
19066 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
19067 longer than KEYSEQ.
19068 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
19069
19070 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
19071
19072 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19073 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
19074 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
19075 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
19076 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
19077 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
19078 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
19079 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
19080 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
19081 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
19082 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
19083
19084 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
19085
19086 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
19087 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
19088
19089 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19090
19091 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
19092 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
19093
19094 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19095
19096 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
19097 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
19098
19099 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19100
19101 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
19102 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
19103
19104 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19105
19106 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
19107 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
19108 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
19109 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
19110 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
19111
19112 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
19113 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
19114
19115 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
19116 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
19117 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
19118 coding systems ordered by priority.
19119
19120 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
19121
19122 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
19123
19124 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
19125 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19126 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19127 language environment LANG-ENV.
19128
19129 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19130
19131 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
19132 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19133 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19134 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
19135 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
19136 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
19137
19138 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19139
19140 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
19141 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
19142 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
19143 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19144 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19145 QUALITY can be:
19146 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19147 excessive work.
19148 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19149 part of the file/buffer.
19150 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19151
19152 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19153
19154 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
19155 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
19156 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
19157 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19158 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19159 QUALITY can be:
19160 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19161 excessive work.
19162 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19163 part of the file/buffer.
19164 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19165
19166 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19167
19168 ;;;***
19169 \f
19170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (22150 28228
19171 ;;;;;; 378072 702000))
19172 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19173
19174 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
19175 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
19176
19177 \(fn)" t nil)
19178
19179 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
19180 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
19181
19182 \(fn)" t nil)
19183
19184 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19185 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
19186
19187 \(fn)" t nil)
19188
19189 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19190 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
19191
19192 \(fn)" t nil)
19193
19194 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19195 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19196
19197 \(fn)" t nil)
19198
19199 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19200 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19201
19202 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19203
19204 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19205 Ping HOST.
19206 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19207 `ping-program-options'.
19208
19209 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19210
19211 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19212 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19213
19214 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19215
19216 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19217 Run nslookup program.
19218
19219 \(fn)" t nil)
19220
19221 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19222 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19223
19224 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19225
19226 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19227 Run dig program.
19228
19229 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19230
19231 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19232 Run ftp program.
19233
19234 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19235
19236 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19237 Finger USER on HOST.
19238
19239 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19240
19241 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19242 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19243 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19244 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19245
19246 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19247
19248 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19249
19250
19251 \(fn)" t nil)
19252
19253 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19254 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19255
19256 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19257
19258 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19259 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19260
19261 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19262
19263 ;;;***
19264 \f
19265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (22150 28228 378072
19266 ;;;;;; 702000))
19267 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19268
19269 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19270 Return a user name/password pair.
19271 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19272 listed in the PORTS list.
19273
19274 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19275
19276 ;;;***
19277 \f
19278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (22150
19279 ;;;;;; 28228 378072 702000))
19280 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19281
19282 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19283 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19284 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19285 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19286 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19287 closes it.
19288
19289 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19290 make it unique.
19291 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19292 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19293 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19294 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19295 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19296 a port number to connect to.
19297
19298 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19299 values:
19300
19301 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19302 nil or `network'
19303 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19304 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19305 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19306 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19307 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19308 an unencrypted connection.
19309 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19310 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19311 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19312 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19313 returned object is a killed process.
19314 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19315 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19316 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19317
19318 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19319 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19320 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19321 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19322 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19323 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19324 or nil if none could be found.
19325 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19326 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19327
19328 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19329
19330 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19331 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19332 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19333
19334 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19335 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19336 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19337
19338 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19339 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19340 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19341
19342 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19343 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19344 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19345 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19346
19347 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19348 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19349
19350 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19351 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19352 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
19353 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19354 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19355 or STARTTLS connections.
19356
19357 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19358 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19359
19360 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19361 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19362
19363 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19364 a greeting from the server.
19365
19366 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19367 asynchronously, if possible.
19368
19369 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19370
19371 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19372
19373 ;;;***
19374 \f
19375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (22150
19376 ;;;;;; 28228 378072 702000))
19377 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19378
19379 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19380 Check whether newsticker is running.
19381 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19382 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19383
19384 \(fn)" nil nil)
19385
19386 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19387 Start the newsticker.
19388 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19389 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19390 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19391 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19392
19393 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19394
19395 ;;;***
19396 \f
19397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19398 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 382072 702000))
19399 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19400
19401 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19402 Start newsticker plainview.
19403
19404 \(fn)" t nil)
19405
19406 ;;;***
19407 \f
19408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (22150
19409 ;;;;;; 28228 382072 702000))
19410 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19411
19412 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19413 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19414
19415 \(fn)" t nil)
19416
19417 ;;;***
19418 \f
19419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (22150
19420 ;;;;;; 28228 382072 702000))
19421 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19422
19423 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19424 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19425 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19426 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19427 empty.
19428
19429 \(fn)" nil nil)
19430
19431 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19432 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19433 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19434 running already.
19435
19436 \(fn)" t nil)
19437
19438 ;;;***
19439 \f
19440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (22150
19441 ;;;;;; 28228 382072 702000))
19442 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19443
19444 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19445 Start newsticker treeview.
19446
19447 \(fn)" t nil)
19448
19449 ;;;***
19450 \f
19451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (22150 28227 990072
19452 ;;;;;; 702000))
19453 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19454
19455 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19456 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19457
19458 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19459
19460 ;;;***
19461 \f
19462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (22150 28227 990072
19463 ;;;;;; 702000))
19464 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19465
19466 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19467 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19468 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19469 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19470 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19471 symbol in the alist.
19472
19473 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19474
19475 ;;;***
19476 \f
19477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (22150 28227
19478 ;;;;;; 994072 702000))
19479 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19480
19481 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19482 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19483 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19484
19485 \(fn)" t nil)
19486
19487 ;;;***
19488 \f
19489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (22150 28228 2072 702000))
19490 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19491
19492 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19493 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19494
19495 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19496
19497 ;;;***
19498 \f
19499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (22150 28228 446072 702000))
19500 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19501
19502 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19503
19504 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19505 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19506 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19507
19508 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19509
19510
19511 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19512
19513 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19514 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19515 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19516 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19517 to future sessions.
19518
19519 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19520
19521 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19522 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19523 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19524 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19525 future sessions.
19526
19527 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19528
19529 ;;;***
19530 \f
19531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (22150
19532 ;;;;;; 28229 102072 702000))
19533 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19534
19535 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19536 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19537 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19538 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19539 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19540 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19541
19542 \(fn)" t nil)
19543
19544 ;;;***
19545 \f
19546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (22150 28228 386072 702000))
19547 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19548 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19549
19550 ;;;***
19551 \f
19552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (22150 28228
19553 ;;;;;; 450072 702000))
19554 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19555
19556 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19557 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19558 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19559 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19560
19561 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19562
19563 ;;;***
19564 \f
19565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (22150 28228
19566 ;;;;;; 450072 702000))
19567 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19568
19569 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19570 Major mode for editing XML.
19571
19572 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19573 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19574 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19575 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19576 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19577 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19578 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19579
19580 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19581
19582 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19583 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19584
19585 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19586 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19587 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19588 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19589 instead of C-c.
19590
19591 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19592 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19593 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19594 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19595 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19596 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19597
19598 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19599 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19600 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19601
19602 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19603 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19604 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19605
19606 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19607 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19608 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19609 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19610 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19611 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19612 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19613 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19614 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19615
19616 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19617
19618 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19619 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19620
19621 \(fn)" t nil)
19622 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19623
19624 ;;;***
19625 \f
19626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (22150 28228
19627 ;;;;;; 454072 702000))
19628 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19629
19630 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19631 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19632 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19633 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19634
19635 \(fn)" t nil)
19636
19637 ;;;***
19638 \f
19639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (22150 28228
19640 ;;;;;; 874072 702000))
19641 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19642
19643 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19644 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19645
19646 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19647 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19648 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19649 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19650
19651 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19652
19653 Key bindings:
19654 \\{octave-mode-map}
19655
19656 \(fn)" t nil)
19657
19658 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19659 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19660 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19661
19662 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19663
19664 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19665 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19666
19667 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19668 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19669 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19670
19671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19672
19673 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19674
19675 ;;;***
19676 \f
19677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (22150 28228
19678 ;;;;;; 878072 702000))
19679 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19680
19681 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19682
19683 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19684 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19685 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19686 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19687 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19688
19689 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19690
19691 Customization:
19692
19693 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19694 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19695 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19696 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19697 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19698 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19699 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19700 Directories to search when finding external units.
19701 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19702 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19703
19704 Coloring:
19705
19706 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19707 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19708
19709 \(fn)" t nil)
19710
19711 ;;;***
19712 \f
19713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (22150 28228 642072 702000))
19714 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19715
19716 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19717 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19718
19719 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19720
19721 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19722 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19723 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19724 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19725 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19726 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19727
19728 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19729
19730 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19731 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19732 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19733 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19734 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19735
19736 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19737
19738 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19739 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19740
19741 \(fn)" nil nil)
19742
19743 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19744 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19745
19746 \(fn)" nil nil)
19747
19748 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19749 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19750 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19751
19752 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19753 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19754 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19755 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19756 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19757 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19758 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19759 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19760 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19761 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19762
19763 The following commands are available:
19764
19765 \\{org-mode-map}
19766
19767 \(fn)" t nil)
19768
19769 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19770 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19771
19772 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19773 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19774 in special contexts.
19775
19776 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19777 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19778 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19779 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19780 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19781 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19782 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19783 properties in the buffer.
19784 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19785 including any drawers.
19786
19787 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19788
19789 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19790 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19791 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19792 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19793 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19794 and zoom in further.
19795 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19796 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19797
19798 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19799 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19800 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19801 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19802 times right after creating a new headline.
19803
19804 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19805 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19806 is negative, go up that many levels.
19807
19808 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19809 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19810 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19811
19812 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19813 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19814 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19815 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19816
19817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19818
19819 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19820 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19821 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19822 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19823
19824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19825 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19826
19827 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19828 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19829 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19830 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19831 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19832 defined by Org-mode).
19833
19834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19835
19836 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19837 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19838
19839 \(fn)" nil nil)
19840
19841 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19842 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19843
19844 \(fn)" nil nil)
19845
19846 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19847 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19848 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19849 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19850 call CMD.
19851
19852 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19853
19854 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19855 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19856 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19857 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19858
19859 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19860 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19861 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19862
19863 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19864 part of Org's core.
19865
19866 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19867 active region.
19868
19869 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19870
19871 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19872 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19873 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19874
19875 \(fn)" t nil)
19876
19877 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19878 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19879 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19880 Org-mode syntax.
19881
19882 \(fn)" t nil)
19883
19884 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19885 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19886
19887 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19888
19889 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19890 Switch between Org buffers.
19891 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19892 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19893
19894 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19895 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19896
19897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19898
19899 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19900
19901 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19902
19903 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19904 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19905 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19906 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19907
19908 \(fn)" t nil)
19909
19910 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19911 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19912
19913 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19914
19915 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19916 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19917 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19918
19919 \(fn)" t nil)
19920
19921 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19922 Reload all org lisp files.
19923 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19924
19925 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19926
19927 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19928 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19929
19930 \(fn)" t nil)
19931
19932 ;;;***
19933 \f
19934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (22150 28228
19935 ;;;;;; 558072 702000))
19936 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19937
19938 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19939 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19940
19941 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19942
19943 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19944 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19945 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19946 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19947
19948 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19949 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19950 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19951 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19952 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19953 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19954 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19955 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19956 e Export views to associated files.
19957 s Search entries for keywords.
19958 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19959 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19960 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19961 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19962 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19963 > Remove a previous restriction.
19964 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19965 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19966 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19967
19968 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19969 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19970 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19971
19972 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19973 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19974 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19975 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19976 \(if active).
19977
19978 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19979
19980 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19981 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19982 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19983 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19984 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19985 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19986 before running the agenda command.
19987
19988 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19989
19990 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19991 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19992 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19993 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19994 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19995 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19996 before running the agenda command.
19997
19998 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19999 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
20000
20001 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
20002
20003 category The category of the item
20004 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
20005 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
20006 todo selected in TODO match
20007 tagsmatch selected in tags match
20008 diary imported from diary
20009 deadline a deadline on given date
20010 scheduled scheduled on given date
20011 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
20012 closed entry was closed on given date
20013 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
20014 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
20015 block entry has date block including g. date
20016 todo The todo keyword, if any
20017 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
20018 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
20019 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
20020 extra Sting with extra planning info
20021 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
20022 priority-n The computed numerical priority
20023 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
20024
20025 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20026
20027 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20028 Store agenda views.
20029
20030 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20031
20032 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20033 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20034
20035 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20036
20037 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
20038 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20039 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20040 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20041
20042 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20043 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
20044 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
20045
20046 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20047 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20048
20049 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
20050 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
20051
20052 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
20053
20054 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
20055 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
20056
20057 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
20058 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20059 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20060 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20061 EDIT-AT.
20062
20063 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20064 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20065 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
20066 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20067 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20068 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
20069
20070 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20071 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20072 including newlines.
20073
20074 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20075 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20076 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
20077 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
20078 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20079 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20080 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20081
20082 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20083 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20084 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20085 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20086
20087 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20088 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20089 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20090 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20091 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20092 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20093 Boolean search must match as full words.
20094
20095 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20096 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20097
20098 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20099
20100 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20101 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20102 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20103 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20104 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20105 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20106
20107 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20108
20109 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20110 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20111 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20112
20113 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20114
20115 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20116 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20117 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20118 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20119 `org-stuck-projects'.
20120
20121 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20122
20123 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20124 Return diary information from org files.
20125 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20126 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20127 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20128 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20129 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20130
20131 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20132
20133 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20134
20135 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20136 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20137
20138 &%%(org-diary)
20139
20140 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
20141 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
20142 So the example above may also be written as
20143
20144 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20145
20146 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20147 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20148 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20149
20150 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20151
20152 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20153 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20154
20155 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20156
20157 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
20158 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
20159 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if TYPE is the
20160 universal prefix `(4)', or if the cursor is before the first headline
20161 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
20162
20163 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
20164
20165 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20166 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20167 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20168
20169 \(fn)" t nil)
20170
20171 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20172 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20173 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20174 appointments.
20175
20176 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20177 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20178
20179 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20180 for filtering entries out.
20181
20182 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20183 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20184 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20185
20186 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20187 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
20188
20189 ((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20190 (category \"Work\"))
20191
20192 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20193 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20194
20195 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20196 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
20197 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
20198 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20199 details and examples.
20200
20201 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20202 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20203
20204 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20205
20206 ;;;***
20207 \f
20208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (22150 28228
20209 ;;;;;; 558072 702000))
20210 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20211
20212 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20213 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
20214
20215 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20216
20217 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20218 Capture something.
20219 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20220 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20221 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20222 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20223 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20224 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20225
20226 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20227 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20228 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20229 stored.
20230
20231 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20232
20233 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20234 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20235 will be bypassed.
20236
20237 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20238 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20239 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20240 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20241
20242 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20243
20244 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20245 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20246
20247 \(fn)" t nil)
20248
20249 ;;;***
20250 \f
20251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (22150 28228
20252 ;;;;;; 582072 702000))
20253 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20254
20255 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20256 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20257
20258 \(fn)" t nil)
20259
20260 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20261
20262
20263 \(fn)" nil nil)
20264
20265 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20266 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20267 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20268
20269 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20270
20271 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20272 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20273
20274 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20275
20276 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20277 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20278
20279 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20280
20281 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20282 Write the column view table.
20283 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20284
20285 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20286 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20287 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20288 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20289 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20290 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20291 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20292 using `org-id-find'.
20293 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20294 a hline before each level <= that number.
20295 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20296 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20297 :skip-empty-rows
20298 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20299 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20300
20301 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20302
20303 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20304 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20305
20306 \(fn)" t nil)
20307
20308 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20309 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20310
20311 \(fn)" t nil)
20312
20313 ;;;***
20314 \f
20315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (22150 28228
20316 ;;;;;; 582072 702000))
20317 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20318
20319 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20320 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20321
20322 \(fn)" nil t)
20323
20324 ;;;***
20325 \f
20326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (22150 28228 602072
20327 ;;;;;; 702000))
20328 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20329
20330 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20331 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20332
20333 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20334
20335 ;;;***
20336 \f
20337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (22086 11930
20338 ;;;;;; 98062 731000))
20339 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20340
20341 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20342 The release version of org-mode.
20343 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20344
20345 \(fn)" nil nil)
20346
20347 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20348 The Git version of org-mode.
20349 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20350
20351 \(fn)" nil nil)
20352
20353 ;;;***
20354 \f
20355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (22150 28228 666072
20356 ;;;;;; 702000))
20357 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20358 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20359 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20360
20361 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20362 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20363 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20364 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20365
20366 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20367 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20368 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20369 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20370
20371 \\{outline-mode-map}
20372 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20373 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20374 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20375 are used when point is on a heading line.
20376
20377 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20378 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20379 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20380
20381 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20382 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20383
20384 \(fn)" t nil)
20385
20386 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20387 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20388 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20389 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20390 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20391
20392 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20393
20394 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20395 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20396
20397 ;;;***
20398 \f
20399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (22150 28227
20400 ;;;;;; 450072 702000))
20401 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20402 (push (purecopy '(package 1 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20403
20404 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20405 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20406 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20407 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20408 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20409
20410 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20411 activate the package system at any time.")
20412
20413 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20414
20415 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20416 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20417 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20418 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20419 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
20420 it to the file.
20421 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
20422 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
20423 loading packages twice.
20424
20425 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20426
20427 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20428 Import keys from FILE.
20429
20430 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20431
20432 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20433 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
20434 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
20435 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
20436 and make them available for download.
20437 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
20438 downloads in the background.
20439
20440 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
20441
20442 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20443 Install the package PKG.
20444 PKG can be a package-desc or a symbol naming one of the available packages
20445 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20446
20447 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
20448 `package-selected-packages'.
20449
20450 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
20451 to install it but still mark it as selected.
20452
20453 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
20454
20455 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20456 Install a package from the current buffer.
20457 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20458 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20459 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20460
20461 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20462 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20463 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20464
20465 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20466
20467 \(fn)" t nil)
20468
20469 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20470 Install a package from a file.
20471 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
20472 directory.
20473
20474 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20475
20476 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
20477 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
20478 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
20479
20480 \(fn)" t nil)
20481
20482 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
20483 Reinstall package PKG.
20484 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
20485 object.
20486
20487 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20488
20489 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
20490 Remove packages that are no more needed.
20491
20492 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
20493 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
20494 will be deleted.
20495
20496 \(fn)" t nil)
20497
20498 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20499 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20500
20501 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20502
20503 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20504 Display a list of packages.
20505 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20506 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20507 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20508
20509 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20510
20511 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20512
20513 ;;;***
20514 \f
20515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (22150 28228 666072 702000))
20516 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20517
20518 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20519 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20520 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20521 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20522 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20523 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20524
20525 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20526
20527 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20528 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20529 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20530 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20531 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20532
20533 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20534 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20535 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20536
20537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20538
20539 ;;;***
20540 \f
20541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (22150
20542 ;;;;;; 28227 78072 702000))
20543 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20544 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20545
20546 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20547 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20548 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20549 unknown are returned as nil.
20550
20551 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20552
20553 ;;;***
20554 \f
20555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (22150 28228
20556 ;;;;;; 890072 702000))
20557 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20558
20559 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20560 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20561 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20562
20563 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20564 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20565
20566 Other useful functions are:
20567
20568 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20569 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20570 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20571 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20572 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20573 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20574 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20575 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20576 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20577
20578 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20579
20580 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20581 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20582 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20583 Indentation for case statements.
20584 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20585 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20586 mark after an end.
20587 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20588 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20589 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20590 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20591 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20592 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20593 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20594 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20595 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20596 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20597
20598 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20599 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20600
20601 \(fn)" t nil)
20602
20603 ;;;***
20604 \f
20605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (22150
20606 ;;;;;; 28228 666072 702000))
20607 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20608
20609 (defvar password-cache t "\
20610 Whether to cache passwords.")
20611
20612 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20613
20614 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20615 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20616 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20617
20618 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20619
20620 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20621 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20622
20623 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20624
20625 ;;;***
20626 \f
20627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (22150 28227
20628 ;;;;;; 454072 702000))
20629 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20630
20631 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20632 Eval EXP and perform ML-style pattern matching on that value.
20633 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
20634
20635 Patterns can take the following forms:
20636 _ matches anything.
20637 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20638 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20639 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20640 \\='VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL.
20641 ATOM is a shorthand for \\='ATOM.
20642 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
20643 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20644 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20645 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
20646 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
20647 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20648 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20649
20650 FUN can take the form
20651 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20652 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20653 which is the value being matched.
20654 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to one of the form (FUN).
20655 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20656 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20657 like \\=`(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20658 \\=`(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20659 FUN is assumed to be pure, i.e. it can be dropped if its result is not used,
20660 and two identical calls can be merged into one.
20661
20662 Additional patterns can be defined via `pcase-defmacro'.
20663 Currently, the following patterns are provided this way:
20664
20665 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20666
20667 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20668
20669 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20670 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20671
20672 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20673
20674 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20675
20676 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
20677 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
20678 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
20679 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
20680 variable name being but a special case of it).
20681
20682 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
20683
20684 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
20685
20686 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
20687
20688 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20689 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20690 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20691 of the form (PAT EXP).
20692
20693 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20694
20695 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20696
20697 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20698 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20699 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20700 of the form (PAT EXP).
20701 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
20702 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
20703 any kind of error.
20704
20705 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20706
20707 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20708
20709 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
20710
20711
20712 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
20713
20714 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20715
20716 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20717 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
20718 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
20719 to this macro.
20720
20721 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20722
20723 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20724
20725 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20726
20727 ;;;***
20728 \f
20729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (22150 28228 666072
20730 ;;;;;; 702000))
20731 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20732
20733 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20734 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20735
20736 \(fn)" nil nil)
20737
20738 ;;;***
20739 \f
20740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (22150 28228 666072
20741 ;;;;;; 702000))
20742 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20743
20744 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20745 Completion for `gzip'.
20746
20747 \(fn)" nil nil)
20748
20749 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20750 Completion for `bzip2'.
20751
20752 \(fn)" nil nil)
20753
20754 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20755 Completion for GNU `make'.
20756
20757 \(fn)" nil nil)
20758
20759 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20760 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20761
20762 \(fn)" nil nil)
20763
20764 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20765
20766 ;;;***
20767 \f
20768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (22150 28228
20769 ;;;;;; 670072 702000))
20770 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20771
20772 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20773 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20774
20775 \(fn)" nil nil)
20776
20777 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20778 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20779
20780 \(fn)" nil nil)
20781
20782 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20783 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20784
20785 \(fn)" nil nil)
20786
20787 ;;;***
20788 \f
20789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (22150 28228 670072
20790 ;;;;;; 702000))
20791 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20792
20793 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20794 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20795
20796 \(fn)" nil nil)
20797
20798 ;;;***
20799 \f
20800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (22150 28228 670072
20801 ;;;;;; 702000))
20802 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20803
20804 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20805 Completion for `cd'.
20806
20807 \(fn)" nil nil)
20808
20809 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20810
20811 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20812 Completion for `rmdir'.
20813
20814 \(fn)" nil nil)
20815
20816 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20817 Completion for `rm'.
20818
20819 \(fn)" nil nil)
20820
20821 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20822 Completion for `xargs'.
20823
20824 \(fn)" nil nil)
20825
20826 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20827
20828 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20829 Completion for `which'.
20830
20831 \(fn)" nil nil)
20832
20833 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20834 Completion for the `chown' command.
20835
20836 \(fn)" nil nil)
20837
20838 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20839 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20840
20841 \(fn)" nil nil)
20842
20843 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20844 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20845
20846 \(fn)" nil nil)
20847
20848 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20849 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20850 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20851
20852 \(fn)" nil nil)
20853
20854 ;;;***
20855 \f
20856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (22150 28228 670072
20857 ;;;;;; 702000))
20858 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20859
20860 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20861 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20862
20863 \(fn)" nil nil)
20864
20865 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20866 Completion for the `ack' command.
20867 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
20868 long options.
20869
20870 \(fn)" nil nil)
20871
20872 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20873
20874 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20875 Completion for the `ag' command.
20876
20877 \(fn)" nil nil)
20878
20879 ;;;***
20880 \f
20881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (22150 28228 674072
20882 ;;;;;; 702000))
20883 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20884
20885 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20886 Support extensible programmable completion.
20887 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20888 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20889
20890 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20891
20892 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20893 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20894
20895 \(fn)" t nil)
20896
20897 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20898 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20899 This will modify the current buffer.
20900
20901 \(fn)" t nil)
20902
20903 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20904 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20905
20906 \(fn)" t nil)
20907
20908 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20909 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20910 This will modify the current buffer.
20911
20912 \(fn)" t nil)
20913
20914 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20915 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20916
20917 \(fn)" t nil)
20918
20919 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20920 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20921
20922 \(fn)" t nil)
20923
20924 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20925 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20926 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20927 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20928 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20929
20930 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20931
20932 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20933 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20934
20935 \(fn)" nil nil)
20936
20937 ;;;***
20938 \f
20939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (22150 28229 282072 702000))
20940 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20941
20942 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20943 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20944 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20945 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20946
20947 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20948
20949 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20950
20951 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20952 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20953 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20954 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20955 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20956 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20957 FLAGS is ignored.
20958
20959 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20960
20961 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20962 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20963 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20964 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20965 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20966 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20967 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20968 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20969
20970 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20971
20972 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20973 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20974 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20975 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20976 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20977 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20978 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20979 passed to cvs.
20980
20981 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20982
20983 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20984 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20985 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20986 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20987 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20988 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20989 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20990
20991 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20992
20993 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20994 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20995 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20996
20997 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20998
20999 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21000 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21001 A value of nil means never do it.
21002 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21003 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21004 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21005
21006 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21007
21008 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21009 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21010 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21011
21012 ;;;***
21013 \f
21014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (22150 28229
21015 ;;;;;; 278072 702000))
21016 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
21017
21018 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
21019 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
21020
21021 ;;;***
21022 \f
21023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (22150
21024 ;;;;;; 28228 890072 702000))
21025 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21026 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21027 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21028 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21029 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21030 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21031 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21032
21033 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21034 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21035 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21036 Tab indents for Perl code.
21037 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21038 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21039 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21040 \\{perl-mode-map}
21041 Variables controlling indentation style:
21042 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21043 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21044 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21045 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21046 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21047 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21048 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21049 `perl-nochange'
21050 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21051 `perl-indent-level'
21052 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21053 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21054 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21055 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21056 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21057 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21058 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21059 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21060 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21061 `perl-brace-offset'
21062 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21063 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21064 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21065 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21066 `perl-label-offset'
21067 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21068 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21069 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21070
21071 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21072 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21073 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21074 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21075 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21076 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21077 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21078
21079 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21080
21081 \(fn)" t nil)
21082
21083 ;;;***
21084 \f
21085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (22150 28229
21086 ;;;;;; 106072 702000))
21087 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21088
21089 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21090 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21091 \\<picture-mode-map>
21092 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21093 afterwards settable by these commands:
21094
21095 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21096 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21097 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21098 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21099
21100 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21101 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21102 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21103 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21104
21105 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21106 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21107 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21108 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21109
21110 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21111 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21112 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21113 with these commands:
21114
21115 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21116 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21117 Move to column following last
21118 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21119 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21120 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21121 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21122 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21123 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21124
21125 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21126
21127 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21128 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21129 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21130 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21131 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21132 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21133
21134 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21135 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21136 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
21137 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21138 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21139 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21140 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21141
21142 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21143 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21144 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21145 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21146 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21147 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21148 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21149 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21150
21151 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21152 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21153 by supplying an argument.
21154
21155 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21156
21157 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21158 they are not by default assigned to keys.
21159
21160 \(fn)" t nil)
21161
21162 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21163
21164 ;;;***
21165 \f
21166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (22150 28228 386072
21167 ;;;;;; 702000))
21168 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
21169 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
21170
21171 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
21172 Start a Pinentry service.
21173
21174 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
21175 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
21176
21177 If the optional QUIET argument is non-nil, messages at startup
21178 will not be shown.
21179
21180 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
21181
21182 ;;;***
21183 \f
21184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (22150 28228 10072
21185 ;;;;;; 702000))
21186 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
21187
21188 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
21189 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
21190
21191 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21192
21193 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
21194 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
21195
21196 \(fn)" t nil)
21197
21198 ;;;***
21199 \f
21200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (22150 28229 106072
21201 ;;;;;; 702000))
21202 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21203
21204 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21205 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21206 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21207
21208 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21209
21210 ;;;***
21211 \f
21212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (22150 28228 682072 702000))
21213 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21214
21215 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21216 Play pong and waste time.
21217 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21218 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21219
21220 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21221
21222 \\{pong-mode-map}
21223
21224 \(fn)" t nil)
21225
21226 ;;;***
21227 \f
21228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (22150 28228 14072 702000))
21229 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21230
21231 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21232 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21233 Use streaming commands.
21234
21235 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21236
21237 ;;;***
21238 \f
21239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (22150 28227 454072
21240 ;;;;;; 702000))
21241 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21242
21243 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21244 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21245 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21246 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21247
21248 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21249
21250 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21251 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21252
21253 \(fn)" nil nil)
21254
21255 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21256 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21257 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21258 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21259 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21260
21261 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21262
21263 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21264 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21265 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21266
21267 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21268
21269 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21270 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21271
21272 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21273
21274 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21275 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21276 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21277 Ignores leading comment characters.
21278
21279 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21280
21281 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21282 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21283 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21284 Ignores leading comment characters.
21285
21286 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21287
21288 ;;;***
21289 \f
21290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (22150 28228 698072
21291 ;;;;;; 702000))
21292 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21293 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21294
21295 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21296 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21297
21298 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21299
21300 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21301
21302 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21303
21304 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21305 Preview directory using ghostview.
21306
21307 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21308 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21309 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21310 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21311
21312 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21313 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21314 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21315 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21316 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21317 file name.
21318
21319 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21320
21321 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21322
21323 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21324 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21325
21326 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21327 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21328 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21329 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21330
21331 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21332 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21333 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21334 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21335 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21336 file name.
21337
21338 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21339
21340 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21341
21342 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21343 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21344
21345 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21346 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21347 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21348 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21349
21350 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21351 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21352 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21353 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21354 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21355 file name.
21356
21357 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21358
21359 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21360
21361 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21362 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21363
21364 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21365
21366 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21367 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21368 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21369 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21370
21371 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21372 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21373 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21374 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21375 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21376 file name.
21377
21378 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21379
21380 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21381
21382 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21383 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21384
21385 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21386 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21387 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21388
21389 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21390 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21391 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21392 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21393
21394 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21395
21396 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21397 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21398
21399 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21400 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21401 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21402
21403 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21404 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21405 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21406 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21407
21408 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21409
21410 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21411 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21412
21413 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21414 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21415 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21416
21417 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21418 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21419 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21420 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21421
21422 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21423
21424 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21425 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21426
21427 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21428
21429 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21430 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21431 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21432
21433 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21434 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21435 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21436 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21437
21438 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21439
21440 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21441 Preview region using ghostview.
21442
21443 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21444
21445 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21446
21447 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21448 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21449
21450 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21451
21452 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21453
21454 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21455 Print region using PostScript printer.
21456
21457 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21458
21459 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21460
21461 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21462 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21463
21464 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21465
21466 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21467
21468 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21469 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21470
21471 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21472
21473 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21474
21475 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21476 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21477
21478 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21479
21480 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21481
21482 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21483 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21484
21485 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21486
21487 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21488
21489 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21490 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21491
21492 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21493
21494 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21495
21496 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21497 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21498 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21499 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21500
21501 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21502 matching.
21503
21504 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21505 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21506
21507 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21508
21509 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21510
21511 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21512 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21513 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21514 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21515
21516 \(fn)" t nil)
21517
21518 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21519 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21520 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21521 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21522
21523 \(fn)" t nil)
21524
21525 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21526 Print directory using text printer.
21527
21528 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21529 matching.
21530
21531 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21532 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21533
21534 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21535
21536 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21537
21538 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21539 Print buffer using text printer.
21540
21541 \(fn)" t nil)
21542
21543 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21544 Print region using text printer.
21545
21546 \(fn)" t nil)
21547
21548 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21549 Print major mode using text printer.
21550
21551 \(fn)" t nil)
21552
21553 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21554 Preview spooled PostScript.
21555
21556 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21557 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21558 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21559
21560 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21561 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21562 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21563
21564 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21565
21566 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21567 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21568
21569 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21570 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21571 instead of sending it to the printer.
21572
21573 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21574 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21575 image in a file with that name.
21576
21577 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21578
21579 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21580 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21581
21582 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21583 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21584 instead of sending it to the printer.
21585
21586 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21587 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21588 image in a file with that name.
21589
21590 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21591
21592 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21593 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21594
21595 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21596 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21597 instead of sending it to the printer.
21598
21599 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21600 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21601 image in a file with that name.
21602
21603 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21604
21605 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21606 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21607
21608 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21609
21610 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21611 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21612
21613 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21614
21615 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21616 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21617
21618 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21619
21620 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21621 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21622
21623 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21624
21625 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21626 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21627
21628 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21629
21630 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21631 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21632
21633 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21634 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21635 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21636 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21637
21638 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21639 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21640 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21641 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21642 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21643 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21644 file name.
21645
21646 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21647
21648 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21649 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21650
21651 \(fn)" t nil)
21652
21653 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21654 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21655
21656 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21657 right.
21658 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21659 bottom.
21660
21661 \(fn)" t nil)
21662
21663 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21664 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21665
21666 \(fn)" t nil)
21667
21668 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21669 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21670
21671 \(fn)" t nil)
21672
21673 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21674 Toggle printing with faces.
21675
21676 \(fn)" t nil)
21677
21678 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21679 Toggle spooling.
21680
21681 \(fn)" t nil)
21682
21683 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21684 Toggle duplex.
21685
21686 \(fn)" t nil)
21687
21688 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21689 Toggle tumble.
21690
21691 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21692 right.
21693 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21694 bottom.
21695
21696 \(fn)" t nil)
21697
21698 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21699 Toggle landscape.
21700
21701 \(fn)" t nil)
21702
21703 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21704 Toggle upside-down.
21705
21706 \(fn)" t nil)
21707
21708 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21709 Toggle line number.
21710
21711 \(fn)" t nil)
21712
21713 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21714 Toggle zebra stripes.
21715
21716 \(fn)" t nil)
21717
21718 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21719 Toggle printing header.
21720
21721 \(fn)" t nil)
21722
21723 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21724 Toggle printing header frame.
21725
21726 \(fn)" t nil)
21727
21728 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21729 Toggle menu lock.
21730
21731 \(fn)" t nil)
21732
21733 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21734 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21735
21736 \(fn)" t nil)
21737
21738 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21739 Toggle auto mode.
21740
21741 \(fn)" t nil)
21742
21743 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21744 Customization of the `printing' group.
21745
21746 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21747
21748 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21749 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21750
21751 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21752
21753 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21754 Help for the printing package.
21755
21756 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21757
21758 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21759 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21760
21761 \(fn)" t nil)
21762
21763 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21764 Interactively select a text printer.
21765
21766 \(fn)" t nil)
21767
21768 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21769 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21770
21771 \(fn)" t nil)
21772
21773 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21774 Show current ps-print settings.
21775
21776 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21777
21778 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21779 Show current printing settings.
21780
21781 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21782
21783 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21784 Show current lpr settings.
21785
21786 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21787
21788 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21789 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21790
21791 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21792 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21793 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21794 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21795
21796
21797 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21798
21799 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21800 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21801 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21802
21803 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21804 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21805 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21806 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21807 current active printer.
21808
21809 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21810 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21811 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21812 printer.
21813
21814 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21815 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21816 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21817 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21818 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21819
21820
21821 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21822 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21823
21824 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21825
21826 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21827 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21828 be done using the new current active printer.
21829
21830 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21831 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21832 printer.
21833
21834 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21835 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21836 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21837 instead of sending it to the printer.
21838
21839 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21840 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21841 printer.
21842
21843 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21844
21845
21846 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21847 are both set to t.
21848
21849 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21850
21851 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21852 Fast fire function for text printing.
21853
21854 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21855 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21856 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21857 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21858
21859 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21860 user for a new active text printer.
21861
21862 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21863
21864 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21865
21866 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21867 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21868 printer.
21869
21870 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21871
21872 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21873 are both set to t.
21874
21875 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21876
21877 ;;;***
21878 \f
21879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (22150 28228 702072 702000))
21880 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21881
21882 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21883 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21884 \\<proced-mode-map>
21885 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21886 the process information.
21887
21888 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21889
21890 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21891 Proced buffers.
21892
21893 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21894
21895 ;;;***
21896 \f
21897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (22150 28228 702072
21898 ;;;;;; 702000))
21899 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21900
21901 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21902 Start/restart profilers.
21903 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21904 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21905 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21906
21907 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21908
21909 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21910 Open profile FILENAME.
21911
21912 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21913
21914 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21915 Open profile FILENAME.
21916
21917 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21918
21919 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21920 Open profile FILENAME.
21921
21922 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21923
21924 ;;;***
21925 \f
21926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (22150 28228
21927 ;;;;;; 890072 702000))
21928 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
21929
21930 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
21931 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
21932 When no project found in DIR, and MAYBE-PROMPT is non-nil, ask
21933 the user for a different directory to look in.
21934
21935 \(fn &optional MAYBE-PROMPT DIR)" nil nil)
21936
21937 (autoload 'project-find-regexp "project" "\
21938 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project's roots.
21939 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the directory
21940 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
21941
21942 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
21943
21944 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-regexp "project" "\
21945 Find all matches for REGEXP in the project roots or external roots.
21946 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the file name
21947 pattern to search for.
21948
21949 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
21950
21951 ;;;***
21952 \f
21953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (22150 28228
21954 ;;;;;; 894072 702000))
21955 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21956
21957 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21958 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21959
21960 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21961 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21962
21963 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21964
21965 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21966 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21967
21968 Commands:
21969 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21970
21971 \(fn)" t nil)
21972
21973 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21974 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21975 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21976
21977 \(fn)" t nil)
21978
21979 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21980 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21981 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21982
21983 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21984
21985 ;;;***
21986 \f
21987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (22150 28228 986072 702000))
21988 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21989
21990 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21991 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21992 The default value is (\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21993
21994 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21995
21996 ;;;***
21997 \f
21998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (22150 28228
21999 ;;;;;; 894072 702000))
22000 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22001 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
22002
22003 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22004 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22005
22006 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22007
22008 The following variables hold user options, and can
22009 be set through the `customize' command:
22010
22011 `ps-mode-tab'
22012 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22013 `ps-mode-print-function'
22014 `ps-run-prompt'
22015 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22016 `ps-run-x'
22017 `ps-run-dumb'
22018 `ps-run-init'
22019 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22020 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
22021
22022 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22023
22024
22025 \\{ps-mode-map}
22026
22027
22028 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22029 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22030 The keymap for this second window is:
22031
22032 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22033
22034
22035 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22036 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22037 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22038 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22039 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22040
22041 \(fn)" t nil)
22042
22043 ;;;***
22044 \f
22045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (22150 28228 990072
22046 ;;;;;; 702000))
22047 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22048 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
22049
22050 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22051 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22052 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22053
22054 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22055
22056 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22057 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22058 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22059 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22060
22061 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22062
22063 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22064 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22065
22066 Valid values are:
22067
22068 nil Do not print colors.
22069
22070 t Print colors.
22071
22072 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22073 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22074
22075 Any other value is treated as t.")
22076
22077 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22078
22079 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22080 Customization of ps-print group.
22081
22082 \(fn)" t nil)
22083
22084 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22085 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22086
22087 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22088 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22089 sending it to the printer.
22090
22091 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22092 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22093 image in a file with that name.
22094
22095 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22096
22097 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22098 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22099 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22100 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22101 so it has a way to determine color values.
22102
22103 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22104
22105 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22106 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22107 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22108
22109 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22110
22111 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22112 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22113 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22114 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22115 so it has a way to determine color values.
22116
22117 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22118
22119 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22120 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22121 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22122 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22123
22124 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22125
22126 \(fn)" t nil)
22127
22128 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22129 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22130 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
22131 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
22132 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
22133
22134 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22135
22136 \(fn)" t nil)
22137
22138 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22139 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22140 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22141
22142 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22143
22144 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22145
22146 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22147 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22148 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22149 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22150 so it has a way to determine color values.
22151
22152 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22153
22154 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22155
22156 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22157 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22158
22159 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22160 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22161 instead of sending it to the printer.
22162
22163 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22164 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22165 image in a file with that name.
22166
22167 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22168
22169 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22170 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22171 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22172 Try: pr -t file | awk \\='{printf \"%3d %s
22173 \", length($0), $0}\\=' | sort -r | head
22174
22175 \(fn)" t nil)
22176
22177 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22178 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22179 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22180
22181 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22182
22183 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22184 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22185 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22186
22187 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22188
22189 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22190 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22191
22192 \(fn)" nil nil)
22193
22194 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22195 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22196
22197 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22198 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22199
22200 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22201 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22202
22203 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22204
22205 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22206
22207 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22208
22209 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22210 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22211
22212 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22213 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22214
22215 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22216 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22217
22218 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22219
22220 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22221
22222 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22223
22224 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22225 foreground and background colors respectively.
22226
22227 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22228 bold - use bold font.
22229 italic - use italic font.
22230 underline - put a line under text.
22231 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22232 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22233 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22234 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22235 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22236
22237 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22238
22239 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22240
22241 ;;;***
22242 \f
22243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (22150 28227 222072
22244 ;;;;;; 702000))
22245 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
22246 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22247
22248 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
22249 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
22250 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22251
22252 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22253
22254 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
22255 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
22256 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22257
22258 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22259
22260 ;;;***
22261 \f
22262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (22150 28228
22263 ;;;;;; 906072 702000))
22264 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22265 (push (purecopy '(python 0 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
22266
22267 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.pyw?\\'") 'python-mode))
22268
22269 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
22270
22271 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22272 Run an inferior Python process.
22273
22274 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
22275 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
22276 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
22277 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
22278 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
22279
22280 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
22281 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
22282 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
22283 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
22284
22285 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22286 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22287 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22288
22289 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22290
22291 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22292 Major mode for editing Python files.
22293
22294 \\{python-mode-map}
22295
22296 \(fn)" t nil)
22297
22298 ;;;***
22299 \f
22300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (22150 28228 14072 702000))
22301 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22302
22303 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22304 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22305 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22306 coding-system.
22307
22308 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22309 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22310
22311 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22312 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22313 them into characters should be done separately.
22314
22315 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22316
22317 ;;;***
22318 \f
22319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (22150 28228
22320 ;;;;;; 122072 702000))
22321 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22322
22323 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22324 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22325
22326 \(fn)" nil nil)
22327
22328 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22329 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22330 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22331
22332 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22333 `quail-activate', which see.
22334
22335 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22336
22337 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22338 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22339 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22340 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22341 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22342 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22343 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22344
22345 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22346 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22347 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22348 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22349 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22350 shown.
22351 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22352
22353 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22354 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22355 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22356 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22357 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22358 list of candidates.
22359
22360 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22361 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22362 command to be called.
22363
22364 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22365 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22366 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22367 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22368
22369 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22370 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22371 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22372 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22373 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22374 to t.
22375
22376 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22377 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22378 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22379 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22380
22381 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22382 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22383 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22384 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22385 defines no translations for single character keys.
22386
22387 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22388 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22389 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22390 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22391 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22392 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22393
22394 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22395 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22396 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22397 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22398 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22399 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22400
22401 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22402 covers Quail translation region.
22403
22404 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22405 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22406 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22407 for it) is inserted.
22408
22409 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22410 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22411 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22412
22413 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22414 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22415 non-Quail commands.
22416
22417 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22418
22419 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22420 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22421
22422 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22423 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22424 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22425 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22426 you type is correctly handled.
22427
22428 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22429
22430 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22431 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22432
22433 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22434 keyboard type.
22435
22436 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22437
22438 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22439 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22440 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22441 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22442 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22443 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22444 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22445 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22446 for the translation.
22447 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22448
22449 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22450 it is used to handle KEY.
22451
22452 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22453 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22454 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22455 the following annotation types are supported.
22456
22457 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22458 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22459
22460 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22461 candidate list.
22462
22463 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22464 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22465 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22466 inserted.
22467
22468 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22469 generated for the following translations.
22470
22471 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22472
22473 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22474 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22475
22476 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22477 which to install MAP.
22478
22479 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22480
22481 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22482
22483 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22484 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22485
22486 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22487 which to install MAP.
22488
22489 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22490
22491 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22492
22493 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22494 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22495 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22496 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22497 a function, or a cons.
22498 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22499 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22500 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22501 for the translation.
22502 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22503 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22504 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22505 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22506 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22507
22508 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22509 it is used to handle KEY.
22510
22511 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22512 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22513 current Quail package.
22514
22515 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22516 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22517
22518 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22519
22520 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22521 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22522
22523 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22524 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22525
22526 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22527
22528 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22529 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22530
22531 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22532
22533 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22534 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22535 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22536 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22537 of the Emacs source tree.
22538
22539 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22540 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22541
22542 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22543 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22544 of each directory.
22545
22546 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22547
22548 ;;;***
22549 \f
22550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (22150
22551 ;;;;;; 28228 202072 702000))
22552 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22553
22554 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22555 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22556 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22557 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22558
22559 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22560
22561 ;;;***
22562 \f
22563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22564 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 210072 702000))
22565 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22566
22567 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22568 Activate UCS input method.
22569 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22570
22571 While this input method is active, the variable
22572 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22573
22574 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22575
22576 ;;;***
22577 \f
22578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (22150 28228 390072
22579 ;;;;;; 702000))
22580 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22581
22582 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22583 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22584 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22585 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22586
22587 To make use of this do something like:
22588
22589 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22590
22591 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22592
22593 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22594 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22595
22596 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22597 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22598 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22599
22600 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22601
22602 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22603 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22604
22605 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22606
22607 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22608 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22609
22610 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22611 is decided.
22612
22613 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22614
22615 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22616 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22617
22618 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22619 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22620 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22621
22622 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22623
22624 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22625 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22626
22627 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22628
22629 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22630 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22631
22632 \(fn)" t nil)
22633
22634 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22635 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22636
22637 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22638
22639 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22640
22641 \(fn)" t nil)
22642
22643 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22644 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22645
22646 \(fn)" t nil)
22647
22648 ;;;***
22649 \f
22650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (22150 28228 390072
22651 ;;;;;; 702000))
22652 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22653
22654 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22655 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22656
22657 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22658
22659 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22660
22661 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22662
22663 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22664
22665 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22666
22667
22668 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22669
22670 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22671 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22672 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22673 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22674 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22675 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22676
22677 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22678
22679 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22680 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22681 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22682 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22683 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22684
22685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22686
22687 ;;;***
22688 \f
22689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (22150
22690 ;;;;;; 28227 454072 702000))
22691 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22692
22693 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22694
22695 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22696 Construct a regexp interactively.
22697 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22698 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22699 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22700
22701 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22702 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22703
22704 \(fn)" t nil)
22705
22706 ;;;***
22707 \f
22708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (22150 28228 990072
22709 ;;;;;; 702000))
22710 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22711
22712 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22713 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22714 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22715 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22716 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22717 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22718
22719 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22720
22721 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22722 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22723 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22724 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22725 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22726
22727 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22728 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22729 were operated on recently.
22730
22731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22732
22733 ;;;***
22734 \f
22735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (22150 28228 990072 702000))
22736 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22737
22738 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22739 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22740 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22741 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22742 ends.
22743
22744 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22745 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22746 to be deleted.
22747
22748 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22749
22750 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22751 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22752 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22753
22754 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22755 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22756 deleted.
22757
22758 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22759
22760 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22761 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22762 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22763
22764 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22765
22766 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22767 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22768
22769 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22770 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22771
22772 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22773 deleted.
22774
22775 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22776 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22777 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22778 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22779 even beep.)
22780
22781 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22782
22783 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22784 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22785
22786 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22787
22788 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22789 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22790
22791 \(fn)" t nil)
22792
22793 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22794 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22795 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22796 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22797 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22798 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22799 and point is at the lower right corner.
22800
22801 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22802
22803 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22804 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22805
22806 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22807 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22808
22809 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22810 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22811 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22812
22813 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22814
22815 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22816
22817 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22818 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22819 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22820 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22821 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22822
22823 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22824 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22825
22826 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22827
22828 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22829 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22830 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22831
22832 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22833
22834 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22835
22836 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22837
22838 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22839 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22840
22841 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22842 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22843 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22844
22845 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22846
22847 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22848 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22849 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22850
22851 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22852 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22853 rectangle which were empty.
22854
22855 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22856
22857 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22858 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22859
22860 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22861 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22862 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22863 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22864
22865 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22866
22867 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22868 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22869 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22870
22871 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22872
22873 ;;;***
22874 \f
22875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (22150 28229
22876 ;;;;;; 106072 702000))
22877 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22878
22879 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22880 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22881 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22882 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22883 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22884
22885 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22886 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22887 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22888 auto-filling.
22889
22890 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22891
22892 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22893
22894 ;;;***
22895 \f
22896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (22150 28229
22897 ;;;;;; 130072 702000))
22898 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22899 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22900 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22901 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22902 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22903
22904 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22905 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22906
22907 \(fn)" nil nil)
22908
22909 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22910 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22911
22912 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22913 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22914
22915 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22916 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22917 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22918 \\ref macro.
22919
22920 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22921 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22922 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22923
22924 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22925 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22926 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22927
22928 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22929 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22930
22931 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22932 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22933
22934 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22935 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22936 on the menu bar.
22937
22938 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22939
22940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22941
22942 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22943 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22944 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22945
22946 \(fn)" nil nil)
22947
22948 ;;;***
22949 \f
22950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (22150
22951 ;;;;;; 28229 114072 702000))
22952 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22953 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22954 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22955 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22956 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22957
22958 ;;;***
22959 \f
22960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (22150
22961 ;;;;;; 28227 454072 702000))
22962 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22963
22964 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22965 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22966 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22967 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22968 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22969 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22970
22971 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22972 (concat open (mapconcat \\='regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22973
22974 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22975 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22976 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22977 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22978
22979 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22980
22981 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22982 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22983 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22984 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22985
22986 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22987
22988 ;;;***
22989 \f
22990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (22150 28227 454072
22991 ;;;;;; 702000))
22992 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22993 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22994
22995 ;;;***
22996 \f
22997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (22150 28229
22998 ;;;;;; 130072 702000))
22999 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23000 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23001
23002 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23003 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23004 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23005 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23006
23007 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23008
23009 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23010
23011 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23012 Call `remember' in another frame.
23013
23014 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23015
23016 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23017 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23018 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
23019
23020 \(fn)" t nil)
23021
23022 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23023 Extract diary entries from the region.
23024
23025 \(fn)" nil nil)
23026
23027 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
23028 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
23029 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
23030 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
23031
23032 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
23033
23034 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
23035 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
23036 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
23037 minor mode.
23038
23039 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
23040
23041 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
23042 Return the buffer.
23043
23044 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
23045 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
23046 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
23047
23048 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
23049
23050 ;;;***
23051 \f
23052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (22150 28228 994072 702000))
23053 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23054 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
23055
23056 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23057 Repeat most recently executed command.
23058 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
23059 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
23060 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
23061
23062 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23063 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23064 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23065 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23066
23067 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23068 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23069 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23070
23071 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23072
23073 ;;;***
23074 \f
23075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (22150 28228
23076 ;;;;;; 234072 702000))
23077 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23078
23079 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23080 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23081
23082 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23083 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23084 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23085 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23086 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23087 and point is left after the salutation.
23088
23089 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23090 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23091 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23092 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23093 left after that text.
23094
23095 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23096 is non-nil.
23097
23098 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23099 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23100 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23101 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23102
23103 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23104
23105 ;;;***
23106 \f
23107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (22150 28228 994072
23108 ;;;;;; 702000))
23109 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23110
23111 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23112 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23113 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23114 visibility of comments that precede it.
23115 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23116 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23117 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23118 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23119 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23120 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23121 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23122 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23123 the comment lines.
23124 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23125 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23126 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23127 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23128 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23129
23130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23131
23132 ;;;***
23133 \f
23134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (22150 28228 994072 702000))
23135 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23136
23137 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23138 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
23139 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
23140 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23141 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23142
23143 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
23144 reveals invisible text around point.
23145
23146 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23147
23148 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23149 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23150 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23151 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23152 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23153 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23154
23155 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23156
23157 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23158 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
23159 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23160
23161 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
23162 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23163 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23164
23165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23166
23167 ;;;***
23168 \f
23169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (22150 28227 454072
23170 ;;;;;; 702000))
23171 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23172
23173 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23174 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23175
23176 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23177
23178 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23179 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23180
23181 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23182
23183 ;;;***
23184 \f
23185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (22150 28228 394072
23186 ;;;;;; 702000))
23187 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23188
23189 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23190 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23191 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23192 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23193
23194 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23195
23196 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23197 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23198 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23199 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23200
23201 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23202 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23203
23204 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23205 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23206
23207 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23208 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23209 INPUT-ARGS.
23210
23211 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23212 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23213 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23214 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23215 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23216
23217 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23218 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23219 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23220 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23221
23222 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23223 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23224 variable.
23225
23226 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23227
23228 ;;;***
23229 \f
23230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (22150 28228 242072
23231 ;;;;;; 702000))
23232 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23233
23234 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23235 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23236
23237 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23238
23239 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23240
23241 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23242 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23243 Its name should end with a slash.")
23244
23245 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23246 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23247
23248 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23249 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23250 Currently known variants are `emacs' and `mailutils'.
23251
23252 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23253
23254 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23255 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23256 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23257 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23258 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23259 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23260 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23261
23262 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23263 sent by you under different user names.
23264 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23265
23266 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23267
23268 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23269
23270 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23271
23272 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23273 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23274 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23275 explicitly.")
23276
23277 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23278
23279 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23280 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23281 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23282 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23283 which normally happens once for each message,
23284 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23285 To make a change in this variable take effect
23286 for a message that you have already viewed,
23287 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23288
23289 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23290
23291 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23292 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23293 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23294 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23295
23296 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23297
23298 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23299 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23300
23301 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23302
23303 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23304 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23305 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23306
23307 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23308
23309 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23310 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23311 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23312 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23313 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23314 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23315
23316 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23317
23318 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23319 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23320
23321 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23322
23323 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23324 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23325
23326 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23327
23328 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23329 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23330
23331 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23332 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23333
23334 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23335
23336 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23337 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23338
23339 This is set to nil by default.")
23340
23341 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23342 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23343 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23344 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23345 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23346 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23347 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23348
23349 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23350 Read and edit incoming mail.
23351 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23352 file in RMAIL Mode.
23353 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23354
23355 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23356 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23357 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23358 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23359
23360 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23361
23362 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23363
23364 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23365 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23366 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23367 Instead, these commands are available:
23368
23369 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23370 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23371 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23372 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23373 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23374 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23375 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23376 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23377 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23378 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23379 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23380 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23381 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23382 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23383 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23384 till a deleted message is found.
23385 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23386 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23387 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23388 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23389 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23390 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23391 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23392 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23393 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23394 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23395 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23396 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23397 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23398 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23399 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23400 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23401 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23402 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23403 (label defaults to last one specified).
23404 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23405 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23406 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23407 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23408 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23409 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23410 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23411 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23412 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23413
23414 \(fn)" t nil)
23415
23416 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23417 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23418
23419 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23420
23421 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23422 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23423
23424 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23425
23426 ;;;***
23427 \f
23428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (22150 28228
23429 ;;;;;; 246072 702000))
23430 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23431 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23432
23433 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23434 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23435 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23436 case it writes Babyl.
23437
23438 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23439 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23440 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23441 `rmail-default-file'.
23442
23443 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23444 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23445 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23446
23447 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23448 the header display is currently pruned.
23449
23450 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23451 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23452 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23453 messages after output.
23454
23455 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23456 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23457 message (if writing a file directly).
23458
23459 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23460 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23461
23462 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23463
23464 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23465 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23466 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23467 i) the header is output as currently seen
23468 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23469 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23470
23471 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23472 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23473 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23474
23475 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23476
23477 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23478 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23479 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23480 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23481 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23482 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23483 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23484
23485 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23486 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23487 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23488
23489 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23490
23491 ;;;***
23492 \f
23493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (22150 28228
23494 ;;;;;; 454072 702000))
23495 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23496
23497 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23498 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23499 Return a pattern.
23500
23501 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23502
23503 ;;;***
23504 \f
23505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (22150 28228
23506 ;;;;;; 458072 702000))
23507 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23508
23509 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23510 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23511 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23512 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23513
23514 \(fn)" t nil)
23515
23516 ;;;***
23517 \f
23518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (22150 28228
23519 ;;;;;; 462072 702000))
23520 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23521
23522 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23523 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23524
23525 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23526 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23527 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23528 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23529 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23530 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23531 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23532 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23533 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23534 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23535
23536 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23537 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23538 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23539 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23540 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23541 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23542 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23543 to use for finding the schema.
23544
23545 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23546
23547 ;;;***
23548 \f
23549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (22150 28228 462072
23550 ;;;;;; 702000))
23551 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23552
23553 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23554
23555 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23556 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23557 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23558 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23559 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23560 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23561 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23562 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23563 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23564 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23565 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23566 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23567 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23568 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23569 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23570 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23571 must be equal.
23572
23573 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23574
23575 ;;;***
23576 \f
23577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (22086 11929
23578 ;;;;;; 882062 731000))
23579 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23580
23581 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23582 Define a robin package.
23583
23584 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23585 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23586 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23587 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23588
23589 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23590 one replaces the old one.
23591
23592 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23593
23594 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23595 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23596
23597 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23598 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23599 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23600
23601 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23602
23603 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23604 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23605
23606 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23607
23608 ;;;***
23609 \f
23610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (22150 28228 994072 702000))
23611 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23612
23613 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23614 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23615
23616 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23617
23618 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23619 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23620
23621 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23622
23623 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23624 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23625
23626 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23627
23628 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23629 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23630 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23631
23632 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23633 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23634 in ROT13.
23635
23636 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23637
23638 \(fn)" t nil)
23639
23640 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23641 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23642
23643 \(fn)" t nil)
23644
23645 ;;;***
23646 \f
23647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (22150 28229 146072
23648 ;;;;;; 702000))
23649 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23650 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23651
23652 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23653 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23654 \\<rst-mode-map>
23655
23656 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23657 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23658 highlighting.
23659
23660 \\{rst-mode-map}
23661
23662 \(fn)" t nil)
23663
23664 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23665 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23666 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23667 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23668 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23669
23670 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23671 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23672 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23673
23674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23675
23676 ;;;***
23677 \f
23678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (22150
23679 ;;;;;; 28228 910072 702000))
23680 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23681 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23682
23683 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23684 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23685
23686 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23687
23688 \(fn)" t nil)
23689
23690 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\.\\(?:" "rbw?\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\)" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23691
23692 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23693
23694 ;;;***
23695 \f
23696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (22150 28228 994072
23697 ;;;;;; 702000))
23698 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23699 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23700
23701 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23702 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23703 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23704
23705 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23706 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23707 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23708 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23709 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23710
23711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23712
23713 ;;;***
23714 \f
23715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (22150 28227 454072
23716 ;;;;;; 702000))
23717 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23718
23719 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23720 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23721 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23722 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23723
23724 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23725
23726 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23727 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23728 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23729
23730 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23731 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23732 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23733
23734 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23735 notation.
23736
23737 STRING
23738 matches string STRING literally.
23739
23740 CHAR
23741 matches character CHAR literally.
23742
23743 `not-newline', `nonl'
23744 matches any character except a newline.
23745
23746 `anything'
23747 matches any character
23748
23749 `(any SET ...)'
23750 `(in SET ...)'
23751 `(char SET ...)'
23752 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23753 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23754 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23755
23756 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23757 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23758 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23759 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23760
23761 `(not (any SET ...))'
23762 matches any character not in SET ...
23763
23764 `line-start', `bol'
23765 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23766 in the text being matched
23767
23768 `line-end', `eol'
23769 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23770
23771 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23772 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23773 string being matched against.
23774
23775 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23776 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23777 string being matched against.
23778
23779 `buffer-start'
23780 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23781 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23782
23783 `buffer-end'
23784 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23785 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23786
23787 `point'
23788 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23789
23790 `word-start', `bow'
23791 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23792
23793 `word-end', `eow'
23794 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23795
23796 `word-boundary'
23797 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23798 word.
23799
23800 `(not word-boundary)'
23801 `not-word-boundary'
23802 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23803 word.
23804
23805 `symbol-start'
23806 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23807
23808 `symbol-end'
23809 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23810
23811 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23812 matches 0 through 9.
23813
23814 `control', `cntrl'
23815 matches ASCII control characters.
23816
23817 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23818 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23819
23820 `blank'
23821 matches space and tab only.
23822
23823 `graphic', `graph'
23824 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
23825 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
23826 unassigned by Unicode.
23827
23828 `printing', `print'
23829 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
23830
23831 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23832 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
23833 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23834
23835 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23836 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
23837 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23838
23839 `ascii'
23840 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23841
23842 `nonascii'
23843 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23844
23845 `lower', `lower-case'
23846 matches anything lower-case.
23847
23848 `upper', `upper-case'
23849 matches anything upper-case.
23850
23851 `punctuation', `punct'
23852 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23853 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23854
23855 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23856 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23857
23858 `word', `wordchar'
23859 matches anything that has word syntax.
23860
23861 `not-wordchar'
23862 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23863
23864 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23865 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23866 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23867 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23868
23869 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23870 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23871 `word' (\\sw)
23872 `symbol' (\\s_)
23873 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23874 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23875 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23876 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23877 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23878 `escape' (\\s\\)
23879 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23880 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23881 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23882 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23883 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23884
23885 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23886 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23887
23888 `(category CATEGORY)'
23889 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23890 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23891
23892 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23893 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23894 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23895 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23896 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23897 `symbol' (\\c5)
23898 `digit' (\\c6)
23899 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23900 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23901 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23902 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23903 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23904 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23905 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23906 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23907 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23908 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23909 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23910 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23911 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23912 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23913 `ascii' (\\ca)
23914 `arabic' (\\cb)
23915 `chinese' (\\cc)
23916 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23917 `greek' (\\cg)
23918 `korean' (\\ch)
23919 `indian' (\\ci)
23920 `japanese' (\\cj)
23921 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23922 `latin' (\\cl)
23923 `lao' (\\co)
23924 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23925 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23926 `thai' (\\ct)
23927 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23928 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23929 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23930 `can-break' (\\c|)
23931
23932 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23933 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23934
23935 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23936 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23937 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23938 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23939 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23940
23941 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23942 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23943 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23944 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23945
23946 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23947 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23948 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23949 group number N.
23950
23951 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23952 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23953 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23954 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23955 regular expression.
23956
23957 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23958 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23959 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23960 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23961 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23962
23963 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23964 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23965
23966 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23967 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23968
23969 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23970 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23971 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23972
23973 `(* SEXP ...)'
23974 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23975 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23976
23977 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23978 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23979 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23980
23981 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23982 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23983 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23984
23985 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23986 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23987
23988 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23989 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23990
23991 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23992 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23993 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23994 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23995
23996 `(? SEXP ...)'
23997 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23998
23999 `(?? SEXP ...)'
24000 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24001
24002 `(repeat N SEXP)'
24003 `(= N SEXP ...)'
24004 matches N occurrences.
24005
24006 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
24007 matches N or more occurrences.
24008
24009 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24010 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24011 matches N to M occurrences.
24012
24013 `(backref N)'
24014 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24015
24016 `(eval FORM)'
24017 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24018 `regexp-quote' it.
24019
24020 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24021 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24022
24023 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
24024
24025 ;;;***
24026 \f
24027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (22150 28228
24028 ;;;;;; 394072 702000))
24029 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
24030 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
24031
24032 ;;;***
24033 \f
24034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (22150 28228 994072
24035 ;;;;;; 702000))
24036 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24037 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
24038
24039 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24040 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24041 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24042 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24043 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24044 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24045
24046 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24047
24048 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24049 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
24050 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
24051 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24052 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24053
24054 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
24055 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
24056 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
24057 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
24058
24059 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24060 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
24061 histories, which is probably undesirable.
24062
24063 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24064
24065 ;;;***
24066 \f
24067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (22150 28228 994072
24068 ;;;;;; 702000))
24069 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
24070
24071 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
24072 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
24073 See the command `save-place-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24074 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24075 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24076 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
24077
24078 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
24079
24080 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
24081 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
24082 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
24083 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
24084
24085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24086
24087 ;;;***
24088 \f
24089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (22150 28228
24090 ;;;;;; 910072 702000))
24091 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24092
24093 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24094 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24095 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24096
24097 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24098 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24099 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24100 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24101 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24102 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24103 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24104 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24105
24106 Commands:
24107 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24108 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24109 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24110
24111 \(fn)" t nil)
24112
24113 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24114 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24115 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24116
24117 Commands:
24118 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24119 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24120 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24121 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24122 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24123 that variable's value is a string.
24124
24125 \(fn)" t nil)
24126
24127 ;;;***
24128 \f
24129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (22150 28228
24130 ;;;;;; 18072 702000))
24131 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24132
24133 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24134 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24135 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24136
24137 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24138
24139 \(fn)" t nil)
24140
24141 ;;;***
24142 \f
24143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (22150 28228 994072
24144 ;;;;;; 702000))
24145 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24146
24147 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24148 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24149 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24150 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24151 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24152 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24153
24154 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24155
24156 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24157 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
24158 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
24159 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24160 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24161
24162 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
24163 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24164
24165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24166
24167 ;;;***
24168 \f
24169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (22150 28228
24170 ;;;;;; 994072 702000))
24171 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24172
24173 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24174 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24175 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24176 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24177 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
24178 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
24179 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
24180 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
24181
24182 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24183
24184 ;;;***
24185 \f
24186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (22150 28228 394072
24187 ;;;;;; 702000))
24188 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24189 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24190 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24191
24192 ;;;***
24193 \f
24194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (22150 28227
24195 ;;;;;; 222072 702000))
24196 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24197 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
24198
24199 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24200 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24201 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24202
24203 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24204 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24205 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24206 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24207 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24208 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24209 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24210 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24211 keybinding for tag names.
24212 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
24213 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
24214 of the symbol under point.
24215 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
24216 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
24217 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
24218 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
24219 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
24220 syntax tokens.
24221 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
24222
24223 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24224
24225 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24226 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24227 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24228 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24229 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24230 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24231
24232 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24233
24234 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24235 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
24236 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
24237 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24238 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24239
24240 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24241 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24242 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24243 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24244 Semantic mode.
24245
24246 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24247
24248 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24249
24250 ;;;***
24251 \f
24252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
24253 ;;;;;; (22150 28227 234072 702000))
24254 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24255
24256 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24257 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24258
24259 \(fn)" t nil)
24260
24261 ;;;***
24262 \f
24263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
24264 ;;;;;; (22150 28227 266072 702000))
24265 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24266
24267 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24268 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24269
24270 \(fn)" t nil)
24271
24272 ;;;***
24273 \f
24274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (22150 28228
24275 ;;;;;; 254072 702000))
24276 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24277
24278 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24279 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24280
24281 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
24282 king@grassland.com
24283 If `parens', they look like:
24284 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24285 If `angles', they look like:
24286 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24287
24288 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24289 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24290
24291 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24292
24293 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24294 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24295 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24296 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24297
24298 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24299 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24300 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24301 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24302
24303 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24304
24305 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24306 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24307 This is done when the message is initialized,
24308 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24309
24310 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24311
24312 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24313 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24314 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24315
24316 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24317
24318 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24319 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24320 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24321 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24322 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24323 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24324 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24325
24326 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24327
24328 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24329 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24330
24331 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24332
24333 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24334 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24335 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24336 be a Babyl file.")
24337
24338 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24339
24340 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24341 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24342 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24343 when you first send mail.")
24344
24345 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24346
24347 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24348 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24349 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24350 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24351 This file need not actually exist.")
24352
24353 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24354
24355 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24356 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24357
24358 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24359
24360 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24361 Alist of mail address aliases,
24362 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24363 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24364 can specify a different file name.)
24365 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24366 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24367
24368 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24369 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24370 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24371
24372 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24373
24374 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24375 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24376 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24377
24378 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24379
24380 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24381 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24382 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24383 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24384 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24385 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24386 in the cited portion of the message.
24387
24388 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24389 instead of no action.")
24390
24391 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24392
24393 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24394 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24395 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24396 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24397 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24398
24399 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24400
24401 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24402 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24403 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24404 If a string, that string is inserted.
24405 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24406 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24407 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24408 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24409
24410 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24411
24412 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24413 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24414
24415 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24416
24417 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24418 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24419 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24420
24421 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24422 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24423
24424 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24425
24426 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24427 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24428 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24429 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24430
24431 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24432
24433 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24434 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24435 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24436
24437 \(fn)" nil nil)
24438
24439 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24440
24441 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24442
24443
24444 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24445
24446 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24447 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24448 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24449
24450 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24451 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24452
24453 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24454 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24455 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24456 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24457 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24458 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24459 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24460 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24461 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24462 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24463 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24464 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24465 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24466 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24467
24468 \(fn)" t nil)
24469
24470 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24471 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24472 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24473 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24474
24475 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24476
24477 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24478 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24479 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24480 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24481 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24482 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24483
24484 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24485 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24486 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24487
24488 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24489 User should not set this variable manually,
24490 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24491 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24492 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24493
24494 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24495 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24496 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24497 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24498
24499 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24500 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24501
24502 \\<mail-mode-map>
24503 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24504
24505 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24506 to move to message header fields:
24507 \\{mail-mode-map}
24508
24509 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24510 when the message is initialized.
24511
24512 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24513 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24514
24515 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24516 is inserted.
24517
24518 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24519 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24520
24521 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24522 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24523 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24524 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24525 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24526 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24527 buffer without erasing the contents.
24528
24529 The second through fifth arguments,
24530 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24531 the initial contents of those header fields.
24532 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24533 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24534 original message being replied to, or else an action
24535 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24536 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24537 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24538 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24539 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24540 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24541
24542 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24543
24544 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24545 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24546
24547 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24548
24549 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24550 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24551
24552 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24553
24554 ;;;***
24555 \f
24556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (22150 28227 454072
24557 ;;;;;; 702000))
24558 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24559 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
24560
24561 ;;;***
24562 \f
24563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (22150 28228 998072 702000))
24564 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24565
24566 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24567
24568 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24569
24570 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24571
24572 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24573 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24574 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24575 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24576 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24577 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24578
24579 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24580 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24581
24582 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24583 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24584 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24585
24586 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24587 \\[server-start].
24588
24589 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24590
24591 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24592 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24593 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24594 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24595
24596 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24597
24598 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24599 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24600 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24601 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24602 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24603 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24604
24605 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24606
24607 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24608 Toggle Server mode.
24609 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24610 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24611 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24612
24613 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24614 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24615 `server-start' for details.
24616
24617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24618
24619 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24620 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24621 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24622
24623 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24624 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24625
24626 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24627
24628 ;;;***
24629 \f
24630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (22150 28229 14072 702000))
24631 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24632
24633 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24634 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24635
24636 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24637 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24638 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24639 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24640 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24641
24642 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24643 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24644 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24645 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24646 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24647 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24648
24649 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24650 displayed.
24651
24652 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24653 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24654 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24655
24656 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24657 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24658
24659 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24660 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24661
24662 \\{ses-mode-map}
24663 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24664 part):
24665 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24666 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24667 formula:
24668 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24669
24670 \(fn)" t nil)
24671
24672 ;;;***
24673 \f
24674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (22150
24675 ;;;;;; 28229 150072 702000))
24676 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24677
24678 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24679 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24680 Makes > match <.
24681 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and \\=' can be electric depending on
24682 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24683
24684 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24685 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24686 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24687
24688 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function \\='upcase)
24689 in your init file.
24690
24691 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24692
24693 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24694 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24695 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24696
24697 \(fn)" t nil)
24698
24699 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24700 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24701 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24702 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24703 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24704 which this is based.
24705
24706 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24707
24708 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24709 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24710 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24711 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24712
24713 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24714 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24715 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24716
24717 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24718 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24719 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24720 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24721
24722 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24723 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24724 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24725 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24726
24727 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24728
24729 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24730 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24731 To work around that, do:
24732 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" \\='(aset sgml-char-names ?\\=' nil))
24733
24734 \\{html-mode-map}
24735
24736 \(fn)" t nil)
24737
24738 ;;;***
24739 \f
24740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (22150
24741 ;;;;;; 28228 918072 702000))
24742 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24743 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24744 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24745
24746 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24747 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24748 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24749 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24750 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24751 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24752
24753 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24754 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24755 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24756 shell-specific features. Shell script files can use the `sh-shell' local
24757 variable to indicate the shell variant to be used for the file.
24758
24759 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24760 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24761 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24762 \\<sh-mode-map>
24763 \\[sh-case] case statement
24764 \\[sh-for] for loop
24765 \\[sh-function] function definition
24766 \\[sh-if] if statement
24767 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24768 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24769 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24770 \\[sh-select] select loop
24771 \\[sh-until] until loop
24772 \\[sh-while] while loop
24773
24774 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24775 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24776 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24777 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24778 would indent to the way it currently is.
24779 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24780 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24781
24782
24783 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24784 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24785 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24786 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24787 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24788
24789 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24790 unquoted < insert a here document.
24791
24792 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24793 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24794 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24795
24796 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24797 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24798
24799 \(fn)" t nil)
24800
24801 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24802
24803 ;;;***
24804 \f
24805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (22150 28227
24806 ;;;;;; 454072 702000))
24807 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24808
24809 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24810 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24811
24812 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24813 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24814 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24815
24816 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24817 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24818 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24819 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24820 the earlier.
24821
24822 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24823
24824 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24825
24826 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24827 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24828 \(require \\='XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24829
24830 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24831 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24832
24833 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24834 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24835 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24836 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24837 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24838 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24839 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24840 Emacs version).
24841
24842 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24843 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24844 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24845 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24846 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24847
24848 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24849 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24850
24851 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24852
24853 ;;;***
24854 \f
24855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (22150 28229 14072
24856 ;;;;;; 702000))
24857 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24858
24859 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24860 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24861 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24862 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24863 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24864 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24865 sites in the cluster.
24866
24867 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24868
24869 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24870 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24871 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24872 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24873 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24874
24875 \(fn)" t nil)
24876
24877 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24878 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24879 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24880 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24881 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24882 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24883 `shadow-define-cluster').
24884
24885 \(fn)" t nil)
24886
24887 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24888 Set up file shadowing.
24889
24890 \(fn)" t nil)
24891
24892 ;;;***
24893 \f
24894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (22150 28229 14072 702000))
24895 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24896
24897 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24898 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24899 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24900 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24901 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24902 arguments.")
24903
24904 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24905
24906 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24907 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24908 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24909 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24910 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24911
24912 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24913 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24914 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24915 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24916 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24917 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24918 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24919 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24920 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24921 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24922 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24923
24924 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24925 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24926 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24927 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24928 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24929 `default-process-coding-system'.
24930
24931 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24932 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24933 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24934 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24935
24936 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24937
24938 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24939
24940 ;;;***
24941 \f
24942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (22150 28228 398072 702000))
24943 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24944
24945 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24946 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24947
24948 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24949
24950 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24951 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24952 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24953 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24954
24955 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24956
24957 ;;;***
24958 \f
24959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (22150 28228 18072
24960 ;;;;;; 702000))
24961 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24962
24963 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24964
24965
24966 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24967
24968 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24969
24970
24971 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24972
24973 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24974
24975
24976 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24977
24978 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24979
24980
24981 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24982
24983 ;;;***
24984 \f
24985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (22150 28228
24986 ;;;;;; 18072 702000))
24987 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24988
24989 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24990 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24991 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24992 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24993 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24994
24995 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24996
24997 \(fn)" t nil)
24998
24999 ;;;***
25000 \f
25001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (22150 28228
25002 ;;;;;; 922072 702000))
25003 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25004
25005 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25006 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25007 \\{simula-mode-map}
25008 Variables controlling indentation style:
25009 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25010 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25011 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25012 `simula-indent-level'
25013 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25014 `simula-substatement-offset'
25015 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25016 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25017 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25018 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25019 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25020 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25021 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25022 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25023 `simula-if-indent' (0 . 0)
25024 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25025 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25026 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25027 `simula-inspect-indent' (0 . 0)
25028 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25029 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25030 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25031 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25032 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25033 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25034 `simula-abbrev-keyword' `upcase'
25035 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25036 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25037 or nil if they should not be changed.
25038 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' `abbrev-table'
25039 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25040 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25041 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25042
25043 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25044 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25045
25046 \(fn)" t nil)
25047
25048 ;;;***
25049 \f
25050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (22150 28229 18072
25051 ;;;;;; 702000))
25052 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25053
25054 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25055 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25056
25057 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25058 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25059 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25060 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25061
25062 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
25063
25064 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
25065
25066 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25067 Insert SKELETON.
25068 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25069 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25070 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25071 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25072 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25073
25074 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25075 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25076
25077 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25078
25079 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25080 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25081
25082 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25083 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25084 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25085 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25086
25087 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25088 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25089 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25090 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25091
25092 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25093 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25094 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25095
25096 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25097 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25098
25099 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25100 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25101
25102 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
25103 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
25104 is at bol/eol
25105 _ interesting point, interregion here
25106 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25107 interesting point set by _
25108 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25109 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25110 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25111 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25112 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25113 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25114 nil skipped
25115
25116 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25117 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25118
25119 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
25120 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
25121 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
25122 as the first element when at bol.
25123
25124 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
25125 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
25126 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
25127 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25128 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
25129 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25130 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
25131 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25132
25133 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25134 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25135 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25136 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25137 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25138 available:
25139
25140 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25141 then: insert previously read string once more
25142 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25143 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25144 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25145
25146 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25147 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25148
25149 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25150
25151 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25152 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25153
25154 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25155 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25156 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25157 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25158 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25159 such as backslash.
25160
25161 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25162 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
25163 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
25164 twice for the others.
25165
25166 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25167
25168 ;;;***
25169 \f
25170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (22150 28229
25171 ;;;;;; 286072 702000))
25172 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25173
25174 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25175 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25176 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25177 buffer names.
25178
25179 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25180
25181 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25182 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25183 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25184 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25185 if ARG is omitted or nil.
25186 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25187
25188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25189
25190 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25191 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25192 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25193
25194 \(fn)" t nil)
25195
25196 ;;;***
25197 \f
25198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (22150 28228 18072
25199 ;;;;;; 702000))
25200 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25201
25202 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25203 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25204 A list of images is returned.
25205
25206 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25207
25208 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25209 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25210 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25211
25212 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25213
25214 ;;;***
25215 \f
25216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (22150 28228
25217 ;;;;;; 254072 702000))
25218 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25219
25220 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25221
25222
25223 \(fn)" nil nil)
25224
25225 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25226 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25227
25228 \(fn)" t nil)
25229
25230 ;;;***
25231 \f
25232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (22150 28228 682072
25233 ;;;;;; 702000))
25234 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25235
25236 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25237 Play the Snake game.
25238 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25239
25240 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25241
25242 Snake mode keybindings:
25243 \\<snake-mode-map>
25244 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25245 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25246 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25247 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25248 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25249 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25250 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25251
25252 \(fn)" t nil)
25253
25254 ;;;***
25255 \f
25256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (22150 28228
25257 ;;;;;; 402072 702000))
25258 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25259
25260 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25261 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25262 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25263 Tab indents for C code.
25264 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25265 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25266 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25267 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25268 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25269
25270 \(fn)" t nil)
25271
25272 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25273 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25274 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25275 Tab indents for C code.
25276 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25277 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25278 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25279 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25280 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25281
25282 \(fn)" t nil)
25283
25284 ;;;***
25285 \f
25286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" (22150 28228
25287 ;;;;;; 406072 702000))
25288 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
25289 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25290
25291 ;;;***
25292 \f
25293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (22150 28227 82072
25294 ;;;;;; 702000))
25295 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25296
25297 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25298 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25299 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25300 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25301 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25302
25303 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25304
25305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25306
25307 ;;;***
25308 \f
25309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (22150 28228
25310 ;;;;;; 682072 702000))
25311 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25312
25313 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25314 Play Solitaire.
25315
25316 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25317 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25318 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25319 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25320 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25321 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25322 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25323 check after each move or undo.)
25324
25325 What is Solitaire?
25326
25327 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25328 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25329 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25330
25331 Le Solitaire
25332 ============
25333
25334 o o o
25335
25336 o o o
25337
25338 o o o o o o o
25339
25340 o o o . o o o
25341
25342 o o o o o o o
25343
25344 o o o
25345
25346 o o o
25347
25348 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25349 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25350 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25351 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25352
25353 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25354 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25355 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25356 this: o o .
25357
25358 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25359 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25360
25361 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25362
25363 o o o
25364
25365 . o o
25366
25367 o o . o o o o
25368
25369 o . o o o o o
25370
25371 o o o o o o o
25372
25373 o o o
25374
25375 o o o
25376
25377 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25378
25379 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25380
25381 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25382
25383 ;;;***
25384 \f
25385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (22150 28229 18072 702000))
25386 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25387 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25388
25389 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25390 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25391
25392 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25393 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25394 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25395 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25396 contiguous.
25397
25398 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25399 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25400 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25401 the sort order.
25402
25403 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25404 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25405
25406 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25407 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25408 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25409 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25410 is called.
25411
25412 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25413 It should move point to the end of the record.
25414
25415 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25416 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25417 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25418 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25419 starts at the beginning of the record.
25420
25421 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25422 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25423 same as ENDRECFUN.
25424
25425 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25426 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25427 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25428 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25429 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25430 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25431 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25432
25433 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25434
25435 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25436 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25437 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25438 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25439 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25440 the sort order.
25441
25442 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25443
25444 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25445 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25446 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25447 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25448 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25449 the sort order.
25450
25451 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25452
25453 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25454 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25455 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25456 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25457 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25458 the sort order.
25459
25460 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25461 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25462
25463 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25464 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25465 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25466 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25467 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25468 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25469 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25470 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25471 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25472
25473 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25474
25475 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25476 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25477 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25478 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25479 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25480 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25481 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25482 the sort order.
25483
25484 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25485
25486 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25487 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25488 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25489 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25490
25491 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25492 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25493
25494 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25495 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25496 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25497 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25498 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25499 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25500 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25501 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25502
25503 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25504
25505 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25506 the sort order.
25507
25508 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25509 starting with the letter \"f\",
25510 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25511
25512 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25513
25514 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25515 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25516 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25517 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25518 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25519 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25520 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25521 the sort order.
25522
25523 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25524 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25525 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25526 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25527 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25528
25529 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25530
25531 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25532 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25533 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25534
25535 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25536
25537 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25538 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25539 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25540 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25541 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25542 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25543 each repeated line.
25544
25545 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25546 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25547 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25548 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25549
25550 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25551 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25552
25553 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25554 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25555
25556 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25557
25558 ;;;***
25559 \f
25560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (22150 28228 22072 702000))
25561 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25562
25563 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25564 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25565 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25566 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25567 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25568 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25569
25570 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25571
25572 ;;;***
25573 \f
25574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (22150
25575 ;;;;;; 28228 22072 702000))
25576 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25577
25578 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25579 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25580
25581 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25582 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25583 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25584
25585 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25586
25587 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25588 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25589 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25590 server.
25591
25592 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25593
25594 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25595 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25596 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25597
25598 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25599
25600 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25601 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25602 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25603 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25604 Agent is plugged.
25605
25606 \(fn)" t nil)
25607
25608 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25609 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25610 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25611 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25612
25613 \(fn)" t nil)
25614
25615 ;;;***
25616 \f
25617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (22150 28229 22072
25618 ;;;;;; 702000))
25619 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25620
25621 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25622
25623 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25624 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25625 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25626 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25627 supported at a time.
25628 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25629 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25630
25631 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25632
25633 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25634 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25635 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25636 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25637
25638 \(fn)" t nil)
25639
25640 ;;;***
25641 \f
25642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (22150 28228 682072
25643 ;;;;;; 702000))
25644 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25645
25646 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25647 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25648
25649 \(fn)" t nil)
25650
25651 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25652 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25653
25654 \(fn)" nil nil)
25655
25656 ;;;***
25657 \f
25658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (22150 28228 926072
25659 ;;;;;; 702000))
25660 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25661 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25662
25663 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25664 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25665
25666 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25667 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25668 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25669 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25670 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25671 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25672 of the current highlighting list.
25673
25674 For example:
25675
25676 (sql-add-product-keywords \\='ms
25677 \\='((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25678
25679 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25680 `_t' as data types.
25681
25682 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25683
25684 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25685 Major mode to edit SQL.
25686
25687 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25688 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25689 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25690
25691 \\{sql-mode-map}
25692 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25693
25694 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25695 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25696 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25697 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25698 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25699 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25700
25701 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25702 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25703
25704 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25705 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25706 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25707
25708 \(add-hook \\='sql-mode-hook
25709 (lambda ()
25710 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25711
25712 \(fn)" t nil)
25713
25714 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25715 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25716
25717 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25718 their settings.
25719
25720 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25721 is specified in the connection settings.
25722
25723 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25724
25725 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25726 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25727
25728 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25729 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25730
25731 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25732 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25733 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25734 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25735
25736 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25737
25738 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25739
25740 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25741 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25742
25743 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25744 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25745 `*SQL*'.
25746
25747 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25748 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25749 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25750 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25751
25752 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25753 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25754
25755 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25756 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25757 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25758 buffer.
25759
25760 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25761 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25762 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25763 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25764 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25765 `default-process-coding-system'.
25766
25767 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25768
25769 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25770
25771 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25772 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25773
25774 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25775 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25776 `*SQL*'.
25777
25778 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25779 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25780 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25781 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25782
25783 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25784 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25785
25786 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25787 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25788 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25789 buffer.
25790
25791 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25792 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25793 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25794 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25795 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25796 `default-process-coding-system'.
25797
25798 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25799
25800 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25801
25802 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25803 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25804
25805 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25806 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25807 `*SQL*'.
25808
25809 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25810 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25811
25812 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25813 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25814
25815 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25816 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25817 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25818 buffer.
25819
25820 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25821 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25822 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25823 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25824 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25825 `default-process-coding-system'.
25826
25827 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25828
25829 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25830
25831 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25832 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25833
25834 SQLite is free software.
25835
25836 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25837 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25838 `*SQL*'.
25839
25840 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25841 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25842 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25843 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25844
25845 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25846 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25847
25848 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25849 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25850 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25851 buffer.
25852
25853 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25854 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25855 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25856 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25857 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25858 `default-process-coding-system'.
25859
25860 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25861
25862 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25863
25864 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25865 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25866
25867 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25868
25869 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25870 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25871 `*SQL*'.
25872
25873 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25874 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25875 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25876 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25877
25878 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25879 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25880
25881 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25882 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25883 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25884 buffer.
25885
25886 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25887 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25888 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25889 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25890 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25891 `default-process-coding-system'.
25892
25893 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25894
25895 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25896
25897 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25898 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25899
25900 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25901 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25902 `*SQL*'.
25903
25904 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25905 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25906 defaults, if set.
25907
25908 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25909 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25910
25911 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25912 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25913 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25914 buffer.
25915
25916 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25917 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25918 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25919 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25920 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25921 `default-process-coding-system'.
25922
25923 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25924
25925 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25926
25927 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25928 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25929
25930 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25931 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25932 `*SQL*'.
25933
25934 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25935 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25936
25937 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25938 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25939
25940 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25941 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25942 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25943 buffer.
25944
25945 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25946 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25947 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25948 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25949 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25950 `default-process-coding-system'.
25951
25952 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25953
25954 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25955
25956 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25957 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25958
25959 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25960 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25961 `*SQL*'.
25962
25963 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25964 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25965 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25966 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25967
25968 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25969 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25970
25971 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25972 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25973 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25974 buffer.
25975
25976 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25977 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25978 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25979 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25980 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25981 `default-process-coding-system'.
25982
25983 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25984
25985 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25986
25987 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25988 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25989
25990 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25991 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25992 `*SQL*'.
25993
25994 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25995 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25996 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25997 `sql-postgres-options'.
25998
25999 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26000 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26001
26002 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26003 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
26004 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26005 buffer.
26006
26007 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26008 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26009 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26010 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26011 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26012 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26013 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26014 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26015
26016 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26017 \\='(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26018
26019 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26020
26021 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26022
26023 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26024 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26025
26026 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26027 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26028 `*SQL*'.
26029
26030 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26031 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26032 defaults, if set.
26033
26034 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26035 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26036
26037 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26038 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26039 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26040 buffer.
26041
26042 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26043 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26044 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26045 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26046 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26047 `default-process-coding-system'.
26048
26049 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26050
26051 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26052
26053 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26054 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26055
26056 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26057 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26058 `*SQL*'.
26059
26060 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26061 automatic login.
26062
26063 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26064 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26065
26066 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26067 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26068 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26069 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26070
26071 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26072 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26073 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26074 buffer.
26075
26076 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26077 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26078 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26079 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26080 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26081 `default-process-coding-system'.
26082
26083 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26084
26085 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26086
26087 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26088 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26089
26090 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26091 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26092 `*SQL*'.
26093
26094 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26095 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26096 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26097 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26098 parameters.
26099
26100 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26101 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26102 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26103 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26104 an empty password.
26105
26106 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26107 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26108
26109 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26110 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26111 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26112 buffer.
26113
26114 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26115
26116 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26117
26118 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
26119 Run vsql as an inferior process.
26120
26121 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26122
26123 ;;;***
26124 \f
26125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (22150 28227 270072
26126 ;;;;;; 702000))
26127 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
26128 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
26129
26130 ;;;***
26131 \f
26132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26133 ;;;;;; (22150 28227 274072 702000))
26134 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26135
26136 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26137 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26138
26139 \(fn)" t nil)
26140
26141 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26142
26143 ;;;***
26144 \f
26145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (22150 28228
26146 ;;;;;; 22072 702000))
26147 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26148
26149 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26150 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26151 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26152 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26153 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26154 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26155 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26156 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26157 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26158 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26159 with any buffer
26160 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26161 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26162 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26163 GnuTLS requires a port number.
26164
26165 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26166
26167 ;;;***
26168 \f
26169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (22150 28229 22072 702000))
26170 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26171
26172 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26173 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26174 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
26175 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
26176 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26177 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26178
26179 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26180
26181 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26182
26183 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26184 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26185 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26186 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26187 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26188 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26189 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26190
26191 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26192
26193 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26194 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26195 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26196 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26197 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26198 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26199 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26200
26201 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26202
26203 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26204 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26205 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26206
26207 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26208
26209 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26210 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26211 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26212
26213 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26214
26215 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26216 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26217
26218 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26219
26220 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26221 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26222
26223 \(fn)" t nil)
26224
26225 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26226 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26227
26228 \(fn)" t nil)
26229
26230 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26231 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26232 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
26233 by command name.
26234 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26235
26236 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26237
26238 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26239 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26240 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26241 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26242 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26243 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26244
26245 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26246
26247 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26248 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
26249 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
26250 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
26251 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26252
26253 \\<strokes-mode-map>
26254 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26255 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26256 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26257 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26258
26259 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26260 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26261 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26262 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26263
26264 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26265
26266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26267
26268 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26269 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26270 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26271 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26272
26273 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26274
26275 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26276 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26277
26278 \(fn)" t nil)
26279
26280 ;;;***
26281 \f
26282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (22086 11930 130062
26283 ;;;;;; 731000))
26284 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26285
26286 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26287 Studlify-case the region.
26288
26289 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26290
26291 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26292 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26293
26294 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26295
26296 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26297 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26298
26299 \(fn)" t nil)
26300
26301 ;;;***
26302 \f
26303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (22150 28228
26304 ;;;;;; 930072 702000))
26305 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26306
26307 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
26308
26309 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26310 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26311 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26312 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26313 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26314
26315 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26316 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
26317 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26318 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26319
26320 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26321 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26322 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26323
26324 Nomenclature Subwords
26325 ===========================================================
26326 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26327 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26328 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26329
26330 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
26331 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
26332
26333 \\{subword-mode-map}
26334
26335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26336
26337 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26338 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26339 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26340 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26341 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26342 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26343
26344 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26345
26346 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26347 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26348 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26349 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26350 ARG is omitted or nil.
26351
26352 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26353 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26354 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26355
26356 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26357
26358 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26359 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26360 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26361 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26362 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26363
26364 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26365 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26366 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26367 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26368
26369 \\{superword-mode-map}
26370
26371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26372
26373 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26374 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26375 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26376 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26377 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26378 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26379
26380 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26381
26382 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26383 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26384 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26385 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26386 ARG is omitted or nil.
26387
26388 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26389 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26390 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26391
26392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26393
26394 ;;;***
26395 \f
26396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (22150 28228
26397 ;;;;;; 254072 702000))
26398 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26399
26400 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26401 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26402 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26403 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26404 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26405 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26406 original message but it does require a few things:
26407
26408 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26409
26410 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26411 reply buffer.
26412
26413 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26414 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26415 original message.
26416
26417 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26418
26419 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26420
26421 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26422 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26423 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26424
26425 \(fn)" nil nil)
26426
26427 ;;;***
26428 \f
26429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (22150 28229 26072 702000))
26430 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26431
26432 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26433
26434 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26435 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26436 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26437 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26438 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26439 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26440
26441 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26442
26443 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26444 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26445 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26446 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26447 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26448
26449 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26450 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26451 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26452
26453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26454
26455 ;;;***
26456 \f
26457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (22150 28229 26072 702000))
26458 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26459
26460 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26461 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26462 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26463 buffer.
26464
26465 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26466 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26467 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26468
26469 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26470
26471 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26472 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26473 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26474 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26475 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26476 buffer.
26477
26478 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26479 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26480 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26481
26482 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26483
26484 ;;;***
26485 \f
26486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (22150 28229 166072
26487 ;;;;;; 702000))
26488 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26489
26490 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26491 Insert an editable text table.
26492 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26493 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26494 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26495 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26496 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26497 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26498 delimiting them.
26499
26500 Examples:
26501
26502 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26503
26504 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26505 location of point.
26506
26507 -!-
26508
26509 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26510 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26511 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26512 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26513 first cell.
26514
26515 +-----+-----+-----+
26516 |-!- | | |
26517 +-----+-----+-----+
26518
26519 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26520
26521 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26522 width, which results as
26523
26524 +--------------+-----+-----+
26525 |-!- | | |
26526 +--------------+-----+-----+
26527
26528 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26529 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26530
26531 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26532 | | |-!- |
26533 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26534
26535 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26536 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26537 width information to `table-insert'.
26538
26539 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26540
26541 instead of
26542
26543 Cell width(s): 5
26544
26545 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26546 work all together.
26547
26548 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26549 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26550
26551 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26552 |-!- | | |
26553 | | | |
26554 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26555
26556 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26557
26558 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26559 |-!- | | |
26560 | | | |
26561 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26562 | | | |
26563 | | | |
26564 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26565
26566 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26567
26568 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26569 | | | |
26570 | | | |
26571 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26572 | | | |
26573 | | | |
26574 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26575 -!-
26576
26577 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26578 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26579 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26580
26581 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26582 | | | |
26583 | | | |
26584 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26585 | | | |
26586 | | | |
26587 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26588 |-!- | | |
26589 | | | |
26590 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26591
26592 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26593 results.
26594
26595 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26596 | | | |
26597 | | | |
26598 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26599 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26600 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26601 | | |expected results.-!- |
26602 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26603 | | | |
26604 | | | |
26605 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26606
26607 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26608
26609 \\{table-cell-map}
26610
26611 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26612
26613 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26614 Insert N table row(s).
26615 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26616 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26617 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26618 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26619
26620 \(fn N)" t nil)
26621
26622 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26623 Insert N table column(s).
26624 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26625 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26626 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26627 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26628
26629 \(fn N)" t nil)
26630
26631 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26632 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26633 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26634
26635 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26636
26637 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26638 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26639 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26640 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26641 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26642 all the table specific features.
26643
26644 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26645
26646 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26647
26648
26649 \(fn)" t nil)
26650
26651 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26652 Recognize all tables within region.
26653 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26654 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26655 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26656 specific features.
26657
26658 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26659
26660 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26661
26662
26663 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26664
26665 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26666 Recognize a table at point.
26667 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26668 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26669 the table specific features.
26670
26671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26672
26673 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26674
26675
26676 \(fn)" t nil)
26677
26678 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26679 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26680 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26681 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26682 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26683 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26684 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26685
26686 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26687
26688 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26689
26690
26691 \(fn)" t nil)
26692
26693 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26694 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26695 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26696 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26697 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26698 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26699 specified.
26700
26701 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26702
26703 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26704 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26705 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26706 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26707 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26708 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26709 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26710 table structure.
26711
26712 \(fn N)" t nil)
26713
26714 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26715 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26716 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26717 table's rectangle structure.
26718
26719 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26720
26721 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26722 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26723 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26724 table's rectangle structure.
26725
26726 \(fn N)" t nil)
26727
26728 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26729 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26730 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26731 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26732 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26733
26734 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26735
26736 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26737 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26738 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26739
26740 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26741 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26742 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26743 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26744 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26745 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26746 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26747
26748 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26749 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26750 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26751 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26752 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26753 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26754 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26755
26756 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26757 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26758 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26759 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26760 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26761 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26762 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26763 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26764
26765 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26766
26767 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26768 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26769 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26770 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26771
26772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26773
26774 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26775 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26776 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26777
26778 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26779
26780 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26781 Split current cell vertically.
26782 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26783
26784 \(fn)" t nil)
26785
26786 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26787 Split current cell horizontally.
26788 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26789
26790 \(fn)" t nil)
26791
26792 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26793 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26794 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26795
26796 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26797
26798 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26799 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26800 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
26801 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
26802
26803 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26804
26805 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26806 Justify cell contents.
26807 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
26808 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26809 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26810 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26811
26812 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26813
26814 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26815 Justify cells of a row.
26816 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26817 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26818
26819 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26820
26821 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26822 Justify cells of a column.
26823 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26824 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26825
26826 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26827
26828 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26829 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26830 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26831 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26832 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26833 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26834 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26835 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26836 run-time.
26837
26838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26839
26840 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26841 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26842 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26843 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26844 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26845 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26846 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26847 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26848 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26849 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26850 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26851
26852 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26853
26854 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26855 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26856 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26857 structure of the table. It must be either `html', `latex' or `cals'.
26858 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26859 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26860 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26861 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26862 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26863 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26864 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26865 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26866 untouched.
26867
26868 References used for this implementation:
26869
26870 HTML:
26871 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26872
26873 LaTeX:
26874 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26875
26876 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26877 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26878 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26879
26880 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26881
26882 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26883 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26884 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26885 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26886 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26887 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26888 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26889 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26890 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26891 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26892 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26893 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26894 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26895 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26896 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26897 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
26898 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26899
26900 Example:
26901
26902 (progn
26903 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26904 (table-forward-cell 15)
26905 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
26906 (table-forward-cell 16)
26907 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
26908 (table-forward-cell 1)
26909 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 \\='center))
26910
26911 (progn
26912 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26913 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 \\='right)
26914 (table-forward-cell 1)
26915 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 \\='left))
26916
26917 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26918
26919 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26920 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26921 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26922 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26923 consists from cells of same height.
26924
26925 \(fn N)" t nil)
26926
26927 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26928 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26929 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26930 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26931 column must consists from cells of same width.
26932
26933 \(fn N)" t nil)
26934
26935 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26936 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26937 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26938 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26939 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26940 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26941 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26942 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26943 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26944 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26945 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26946 is one of `left', `center' or `right', which specifies the cell
26947 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26948 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26949 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26950
26951
26952 Example 1:
26953
26954 1, 2, 3, 4
26955 5, 6, 7, 8
26956 , 9, 10
26957
26958 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26959 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26960 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26961 specified as 5.
26962
26963 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26964 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26965 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26966 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26967 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26968 | | 9 | 10 | |
26969 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26970
26971 Note:
26972
26973 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26974 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26975 of each row is optional.
26976
26977
26978 Example 2:
26979
26980 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26981 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26982 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26983 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26984 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26985
26986 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26987 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26988
26989 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26990 expression and raw delimiter regular
26991 expression, it parses the specified text
26992 area and extracts cell items from
26993 non-table text and then forms a table out
26994 of them.
26995
26996 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26997 creates a single cell table. The text in
26998 the specified region is placed in that
26999 cell.-*-
27000
27001 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27002 like this.
27003
27004 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27005 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27006 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27007 | |
27008 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27009 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27010 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27011 | area and extracts cell items from |
27012 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27013 | of them. |
27014 | |
27015 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27016 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27017 | the specified region is placed in that |
27018 | cell. |
27019 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27020
27021 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27022 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27023 independently.
27024
27025 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27026 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27027 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27028 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27029 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27030 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27031 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27032 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27033 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27034 | |of them. |
27035 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27036 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27037 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27038 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27039 | |cell. |
27040 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27041
27042 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27043 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27044 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27045
27046 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27047
27048 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27049 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27050 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
27051 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27052 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27053
27054 \(fn)" t nil)
27055
27056 ;;;***
27057 \f
27058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (22150 28229 26072 702000))
27059 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27060
27061 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27062 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27063
27064 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27065
27066 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27067 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27068
27069 \(fn)" t nil)
27070
27071 ;;;***
27072 \f
27073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (22150 28229 26072
27074 ;;;;;; 702000))
27075 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27076
27077 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27078 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27079 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27080 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27081 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27082 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27083 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27084
27085 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27086 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27087 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27088 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27089
27090 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27091 \\{tar-mode-map}
27092
27093 \(fn)" t nil)
27094
27095 ;;;***
27096 \f
27097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (22150 28228 934072
27098 ;;;;;; 702000))
27099 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27100
27101 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27102 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27103 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27104 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27105 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27106 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27107
27108 Variables controlling indentation style:
27109 `tcl-indent-level'
27110 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27111 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27112 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27113
27114 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27115 documentation for details):
27116 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27117 Controls action of TAB key.
27118 `tcl-auto-newline'
27119 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27120 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27121 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27122 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27123 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27124
27125 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27126 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27127 already exist.
27128
27129 \(fn)" t nil)
27130
27131 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27132 Run inferior Tcl process.
27133 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27134 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27135
27136 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27137
27138 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27139 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27140 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27141
27142 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27143
27144 ;;;***
27145 \f
27146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (22150 28228 406072
27147 ;;;;;; 702000))
27148 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27149
27150 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27151 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27152 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27153 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27154
27155 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27156 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27157 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27158 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27159 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27160
27161 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27162
27163 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27164 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27165 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27166 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27167
27168 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27169
27170 ;;;***
27171 \f
27172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (22150 28229 58072 702000))
27173 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27174
27175 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27176 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27177 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27178 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27179 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27180 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27181
27182 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27183
27184 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27185 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27186 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27187 commands to use in that buffer.
27188
27189 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27190
27191 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27192
27193 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27194 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27195
27196 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27197
27198 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27199 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27200 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27201 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27202 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27203 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27204 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27205 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27206 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27207 use in that buffer.
27208 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27209
27210 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27211
27212 ;;;***
27213 \f
27214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (22150
27215 ;;;;;; 28227 458072 702000))
27216 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27217
27218 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27219 Start coverage on function under point.
27220
27221 \(fn)" t nil)
27222
27223 ;;;***
27224 \f
27225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (22150 28228 682072
27226 ;;;;;; 702000))
27227 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27228 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27229
27230 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27231 Play the Tetris game.
27232 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27233 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27234 as to form complete rows.
27235
27236 tetris-mode keybindings:
27237 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27238 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27239 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27240 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27241 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27242 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27243 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27244 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27245 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27246
27247 \(fn)" t nil)
27248
27249 ;;;***
27250 \f
27251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (22150 28229
27252 ;;;;;; 186072 702000))
27253 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27254
27255 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27256 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27257
27258 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27259
27260 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27261 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27262 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27263 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27264 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27265
27266 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27267
27268 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27269 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27270 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27271 if it matches the first line of the file,
27272 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27273
27274 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27275
27276 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27277 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27278 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27279 if the variable is non-nil.")
27280
27281 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27282
27283 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27284 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27285
27286 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27287
27288 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27289 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27290 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27291 See the documentation of that variable.")
27292
27293 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27294
27295 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27296 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27297 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27298 See the documentation of that variable.")
27299
27300 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27301
27302 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27303 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27304 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27305 See the documentation of that variable.")
27306
27307 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27308
27309 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27310 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27311 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27312 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27313 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27314
27315 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27316
27317 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27318 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27319 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27320 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27321
27322 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27323
27324 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27325 User defined LaTeX block names.
27326 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27327
27328 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27329
27330 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27331 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27332 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27333 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27334
27335 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27336
27337 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27338 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27339 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27340 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27341
27342 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27343
27344 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27345 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27346 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27347 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27348
27349 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27350 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27351 for example,
27352
27353 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27354 \\='(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27355
27356 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27357 use.")
27358
27359 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27360
27361 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27362 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27363 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27364 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27365 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27366
27367 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27368
27369 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27370
27371 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27372 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27373 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27374
27375 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27376
27377 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27378 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27379 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27380 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27381 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27382
27383 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27384
27385 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27386 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27387
27388 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27389
27390 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27391 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27392
27393 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27394
27395 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27396 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27397 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27398 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27399 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27400 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27401 says which mode to use.
27402
27403 \(fn)" t nil)
27404
27405 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27406
27407 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27408
27409 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27410
27411 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27412 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27413 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27414 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27415 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27416
27417 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27418 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27419 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27420 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27421 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27422 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27423 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27424
27425 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27426 mismatched $'s or braces.
27427
27428 Special commands:
27429 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27430
27431 Mode variables:
27432 tex-run-command
27433 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27434 tex-directory
27435 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27436 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27437 tex-dvi-print-command
27438 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27439 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27440 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27441 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27442 tex-dvi-view-command
27443 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27444 tex-show-queue-command
27445 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27446 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27447
27448 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27449 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27450 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27451
27452 \(fn)" t nil)
27453
27454 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27455 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27456 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27457 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27458 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27459
27460 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27461 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27462 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27463 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27464 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27465 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27466 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27467
27468 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27469 mismatched $'s or braces.
27470
27471 Special commands:
27472 \\{latex-mode-map}
27473
27474 Mode variables:
27475 latex-run-command
27476 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27477 tex-directory
27478 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27479 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27480 tex-dvi-print-command
27481 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27482 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27483 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27484 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27485 tex-dvi-view-command
27486 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27487 tex-show-queue-command
27488 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27489 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27490
27491 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27492 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27493 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27494
27495 \(fn)" t nil)
27496
27497 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27498 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27499 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27500 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27501 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27502
27503 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27504 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27505 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27506 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27507 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27508 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27509 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27510
27511 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27512 mismatched $'s or braces.
27513
27514 Special commands:
27515 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27516
27517 Mode variables:
27518 slitex-run-command
27519 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27520 tex-directory
27521 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27522 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27523 tex-dvi-print-command
27524 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27525 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27526 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27527 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27528 tex-dvi-view-command
27529 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27530 tex-show-queue-command
27531 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27532 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27533
27534 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27535 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27536 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27537 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27538
27539 \(fn)" t nil)
27540
27541 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27542
27543
27544 \(fn)" nil nil)
27545
27546 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27547 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27548
27549 \(fn)" t nil)
27550
27551 ;;;***
27552 \f
27553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (22150 28229
27554 ;;;;;; 190072 702000))
27555 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27556
27557 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27558 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27559 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27560 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27561
27562 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27563 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27564 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27565
27566 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27567
27568 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27569 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27570 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27571 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27572 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27573
27574 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27575
27576 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27577 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27578 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27579 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27580
27581 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27582 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27583 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27584 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27585
27586 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27587 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27588
27589 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27590
27591 ;;;***
27592 \f
27593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (22150 28229
27594 ;;;;;; 194072 702000))
27595 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27596
27597 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27598 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27599
27600 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27601
27602 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27603 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27604
27605 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27606
27607 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27608 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27609
27610 It has these extra commands:
27611 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27612
27613 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27614 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27615 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27616 modified version of TeX input format.
27617
27618 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27619 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27620 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27621 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27622
27623 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27624 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27625 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27626 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27627 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27628 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27629 in the Texinfo file.
27630
27631 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27632 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27633 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27634 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27635 move forward past the closing brace.
27636
27637 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27638 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27639
27640 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27641 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27642 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27643
27644 Here are the functions:
27645
27646 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27647 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27648 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27649
27650 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27651 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27652 texinfo-master-menu
27653
27654 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27655
27656 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27657 which menu descriptions are indented.
27658
27659 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27660 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27661 in the region.
27662
27663 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27664 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27665 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27666 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27667
27668 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27669 be the first node in the file.
27670
27671 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27672 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27673
27674 \(fn)" t nil)
27675
27676 ;;;***
27677 \f
27678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (22150
27679 ;;;;;; 28228 198072 702000))
27680 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27681
27682 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27683 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27684 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27685 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27686
27687 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27688
27689 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27690 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27691
27692 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27693
27694 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27695 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27696
27697 \(fn)" t nil)
27698
27699 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27700
27701
27702 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27703
27704 ;;;***
27705 \f
27706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (22150 28229 198072
27707 ;;;;;; 702000))
27708 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27709
27710 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27711 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27712 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27713 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27714 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27715 `line', and `page'.
27716
27717 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27718
27719 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27720 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27721 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27722 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27723 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27724 `line', and `page'.
27725
27726 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27727 valid THING.
27728
27729 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27730 positions of the thing found.
27731
27732 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27733
27734 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27735 Return the THING at point.
27736 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27737 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27738 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27739 `line', `number', and `page'.
27740
27741 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27742 strip text properties from the return value.
27743
27744 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27745 a symbol as a valid THING.
27746
27747 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27748
27749 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27750 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27751
27752 \(fn)" nil nil)
27753
27754 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27755 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27756
27757 \(fn)" nil nil)
27758
27759 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27760 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27761
27762 \(fn)" nil nil)
27763
27764 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27765 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27766
27767 \(fn)" nil nil)
27768
27769 ;;;***
27770 \f
27771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (22150 28229 198072 702000))
27772 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27773
27774 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27775 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27776
27777 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27778
27779 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27780 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27781 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27782 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27783
27784 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27785
27786 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27787 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27788
27789 \(fn)" t nil)
27790
27791 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27792 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27793
27794 \(fn)" t nil)
27795
27796 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27797
27798 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27799 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27800
27801 \(fn)" t nil)
27802
27803 ;;;***
27804 \f
27805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" (22150 28227
27806 ;;;;;; 458072 702000))
27807 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
27808 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
27809
27810 ;;;***
27811 \f
27812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (22150
27813 ;;;;;; 28228 198072 702000))
27814 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27815
27816 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27817 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27818 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27819
27820 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27821
27822 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27823 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27824
27825 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27826
27827 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27828 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27829 The returned string has no composition information.
27830
27831 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27832
27833 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27834 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27835
27836 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27837
27838 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27839 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27840
27841 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27842
27843 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27844 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27845 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27846 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27847
27848 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27849
27850 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27851 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27852 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27853 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27854
27855 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27856
27857 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27858 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27859 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27860
27861 \(fn)" t nil)
27862
27863 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27864 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27865 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27866
27867 \(fn)" t nil)
27868
27869 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27870
27871
27872 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27873
27874 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27875
27876
27877 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27878
27879 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27880
27881
27882 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27883
27884 ;;;***
27885 \f
27886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (22150 28229
27887 ;;;;;; 198072 702000))
27888 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27889 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27890
27891 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27892 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27893 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27894 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27895 parameters.
27896 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27897 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27898 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27899
27900 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27901
27902 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27903 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27904 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27905 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27906 parameters.
27907 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27908 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27909 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27910
27911 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27912
27913 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
27914 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
27915
27916 If
27917 * character before point is a space character,
27918 * character before that has \"w\" character syntax (i.e. it's a word
27919 constituent),
27920 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
27921 characters) from before the space character, and
27922 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
27923 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
27924 return t.
27925
27926 Otherwise, if
27927 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
27928 * character before point is a space character, and
27929 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
27930 `tildify-space-string' variable,
27931 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
27932
27933 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
27934
27935 \(fn)" t nil)
27936
27937 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
27938 Adds electric behaviour to space character.
27939
27940 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
27941 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
27942 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
27943 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
27944
27945 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
27946 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
27947 variable will be set to the representation.
27948
27949 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27950
27951 ;;;***
27952 \f
27953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (22150 28229 202072 702000))
27954 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27955
27956 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27957 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27958
27959 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27960 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27961
27962 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27963 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27964 This display updates automatically every minute.
27965 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27966 are displayed as well.
27967 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27968
27969 \(fn)" t nil)
27970
27971 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27972 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27973 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27974 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27975 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27976 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27977
27978 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27979
27980 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27981 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27982 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27983 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27984 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27985
27986 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27987 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27988 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27989 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27990 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27991
27992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27993
27994 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27995 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27996 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27997 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27998
27999 \(fn)" t nil)
28000
28001 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28002 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28003 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28004 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28005
28006 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28007
28008 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28009 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28010
28011 \(fn)" t nil)
28012
28013 ;;;***
28014 \f
28015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (22150
28016 ;;;;;; 28227 82072 702000))
28017 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28018
28019 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28020 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28021 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28022
28023 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28024 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
28025 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28026 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
28027 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28028 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28029
28030 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28031 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
28032
28033 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28034
28035 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28036 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28037
28038 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28039
28040 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28041 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28042 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28043
28044 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28045
28046 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28047 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
28048 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
28049 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
28050
28051 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28052 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28053 DATE should be a date-time string.
28054
28055 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28056
28057 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28058 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28059 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28060
28061 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28062
28063 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28064 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28065
28066 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28067
28068 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28069 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28070
28071 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28072
28073 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28074 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28075 TIME should be a time value.
28076 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28077
28078 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28079
28080 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28081 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28082 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28083
28084 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28085
28086 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28087 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28088 The valid format specifiers are:
28089 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28090 %d is the number of days.
28091 %h is the number of hours.
28092 %m is the number of minutes.
28093 %s is the number of seconds.
28094 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28095 %% is a literal \"%\".
28096
28097 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28098 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28099
28100 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28101 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28102 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28103
28104 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28105 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28106 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28107
28108 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28109
28110 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28111
28112 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
28113 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
28114
28115 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
28116
28117 ;;;***
28118 \f
28119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (22150 28229 202072
28120 ;;;;;; 702000))
28121 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28122 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28123 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28124 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28125 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28126 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28127 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28128 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28129 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28130
28131 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28132 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28133 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28134 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
28135 (add-hook \\='before-save-hook \\='time-stamp)
28136 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28137 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28138 look like one of the following:
28139 Time-stamp: <>
28140 Time-stamp: \" \"
28141 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28142 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28143 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28144 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28145 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28146 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28147 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28148 the template.
28149
28150 \(fn)" t nil)
28151
28152 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28153 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28154 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28155
28156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28157
28158 ;;;***
28159 \f
28160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (22150
28161 ;;;;;; 28227 82072 702000))
28162 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28163 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28164
28165 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
28166 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
28167 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
28168 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28169 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28170 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
28171
28172 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
28173
28174 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
28175 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
28176 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28177 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
28178 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28179 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28180 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
28181 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
28182 display (non-nil means on).
28183
28184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28185
28186 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28187 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28188 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28189 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28190 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28191 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28192 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28193 this function is called within a day.
28194
28195 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28196 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28197 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28198 discover the name of the project.
28199
28200 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28201
28202 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28203 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28204 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28205 begun during the last time segment.
28206
28207 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28208 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28209 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28210 discover the reason.
28211
28212 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28213
28214 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28215 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28216 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28217 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28218 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28219
28220 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28221
28222 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28223 Change to working on a different project.
28224 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28225 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28226 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28227 working on.
28228
28229 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28230
28231 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28232 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28233 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28234
28235 \(fn)" nil nil)
28236
28237 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28238 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28239 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28240
28241 \(fn)" t nil)
28242
28243 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28244 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28245 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28246 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28247 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28248 \"relative to today\".
28249
28250 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28251
28252 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28253 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28254 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28255 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28256
28257 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28258
28259 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28260 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28261 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28262 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28263 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28264 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28265
28266 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28267
28268 ;;;***
28269 \f
28270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
28271 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 134072 702000))
28272 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28273
28274 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28275 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28276 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28277 the generated Quail package is saved.
28278
28279 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28280
28281 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28282 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28283 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28284 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28285 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28286 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28287 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28288
28289 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28290
28291 ;;;***
28292 \f
28293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (22150 28229 202072 702000))
28294 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28295 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28296 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28297
28298 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28299 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28300 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28301 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28302 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28303
28304 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
28305 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
28306 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
28307
28308 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28309
28310 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28311 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28312 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28313 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28314 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28315
28316 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28317
28318 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28319 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28320 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28321 in the menu in two ways:
28322 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28323 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28324 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28325
28326 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28327 keymap or an alist of alists.
28328 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28329 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28330
28331 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28332
28333 ;;;***
28334 \f
28335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (22150
28336 ;;;;;; 28227 138072 702000))
28337 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28338
28339 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28340 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
28341
28342 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
28343 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
28344 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
28345 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
28346 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28347 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28348 file was last visited.
28349
28350 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28351 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28352 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28353 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28354 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28355 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28356 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28357 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28358 for the first item.
28359
28360 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28361 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28362 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28363 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28364 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28365 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28366 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28367 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28368
28369 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28370 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28371 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28372 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28373 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28374
28375 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
28376 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
28377
28378 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28379
28380 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28381 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28382
28383 \\{todo-mode-map}
28384
28385 \(fn)" t nil)
28386
28387 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28388 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28389
28390 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28391
28392 \(fn)" t nil)
28393
28394 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28395 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28396
28397 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28398
28399 \(fn)" t nil)
28400
28401 ;;;***
28402 \f
28403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (22150 28229 202072
28404 ;;;;;; 702000))
28405 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28406
28407 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28408 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28409 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28410
28411 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28412
28413 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28414 Add an item to the tool bar.
28415 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28416 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28417 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28418 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28419
28420 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28421 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28422 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28423 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28424
28425 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28426 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28427
28428 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28429
28430 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28431 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28432 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28433 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28434 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28435 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28436
28437 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28438 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28439 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28440 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28441
28442 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28443
28444 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28445 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28446 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28447 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28448 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28449 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28450 properties to add to the binding.
28451
28452 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28453
28454 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28455 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28456
28457 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28458
28459 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28460 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28461 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28462 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28463 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28464 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28465 properties to add to the binding.
28466
28467 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28468 holds a keymap.
28469
28470 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28471
28472 ;;;***
28473 \f
28474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (22150 28227 458072
28475 ;;;;;; 702000))
28476 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28477
28478 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28479 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28480 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28481 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28482 to a tcp server on another machine.
28483
28484 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28485
28486 ;;;***
28487 \f
28488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (22150 28227
28489 ;;;;;; 458072 702000))
28490 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28491
28492 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28493 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28494
28495 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28496
28497 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28498 Helper function to get internal values.
28499 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28500
28501 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28502
28503 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28504 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28505 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28506 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28507
28508 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28509 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28510 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28511 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28512 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28513
28514 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28515 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28516 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28517 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28518
28519 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28520
28521 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28522
28523 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28524 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28525 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28526 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28527
28528 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28529
28530 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28531
28532 ;;;***
28533 \f
28534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (22150 28228 442072
28535 ;;;;;; 702000))
28536 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28537
28538 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28539 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28540 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28541
28542 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28543
28544 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28545 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28546
28547 It can have the following values:
28548
28549 `ftp' -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28550 `sep' -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28551
28552 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28553
28554 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28555 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28556 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28557 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28558
28559 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28560
28561 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28562 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28563 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28564 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28565
28566 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28567 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28568 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28569 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28570 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28571 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28572 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28573 files which are not really Tramp files.
28574
28575 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28576 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28577 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28578 updated after changing this variable.
28579
28580 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28581
28582 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28583 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28584 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28585 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28586
28587 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28588
28589 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28590 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28591 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28592 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28593
28594 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28595 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28596 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28597
28598 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28599 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28600 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28601 updated after changing this variable.
28602
28603 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28604
28605 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28606 Alist of completion handler functions.
28607 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28608 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28609 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28610
28611 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28612 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28613 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28614 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28615
28616 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28617 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28618 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28619
28620 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28621 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory "/")) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28622
28623 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28624 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28625
28626 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28627
28628 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28629
28630
28631 \(fn)" nil nil)
28632
28633 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28634 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28635
28636 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28637
28638 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28639 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28640
28641 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28642
28643 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28644 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28645
28646 \(fn)" t nil)
28647
28648 ;;;***
28649 \f
28650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (22150 28228
28651 ;;;;;; 410072 702000))
28652 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28653
28654 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28655
28656
28657 \(fn)" nil nil)
28658
28659 ;;;***
28660 \f
28661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trampver" "net/trampver.el" (22150 28228 442072
28662 ;;;;;; 702000))
28663 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/trampver.el
28664 (push (purecopy '(tramp 2 2 13 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28665
28666 ;;;***
28667 \f
28668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (22150 28229 206072
28669 ;;;;;; 702000))
28670 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28671
28672 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28673 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28674 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28675 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28676 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28677 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28678 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28679 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28680
28681 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28682 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28683 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28684
28685 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28686 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28687 resumed later.
28688
28689 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28690
28691 ;;;***
28692 \f
28693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (22086 11929
28694 ;;;;;; 906062 731000))
28695 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28696
28697 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28698
28699
28700 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28701
28702 ;;;***
28703 \f
28704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (22150
28705 ;;;;;; 28229 198072 702000))
28706 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28707 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28708 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28709 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28710
28711 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28712 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28713 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28714 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28715 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28716 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28717 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28718
28719 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28720
28721 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28722 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28723 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28724 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28725
28726 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28727
28728 \(fn)" t nil)
28729
28730 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28731 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28732 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28733 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28734 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28735 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28736 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28737
28738 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28739 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28740
28741 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28742 \\___/\\
28743 / \\
28744 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28745
28746 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28747
28748 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28749
28750 ;;;***
28751 \f
28752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (22150 28229 206072
28753 ;;;;;; 702000))
28754 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28755
28756 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28757 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28758 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28759 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28760 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28761 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28762
28763 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28764
28765 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28766 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28767 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28768
28769 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28770 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28771 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28772 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28773 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28774 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28775 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28776
28777 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28778 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28779
28780 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28781 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28782 reset the keystroke counter.
28783
28784 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28785 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28786 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28787 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28788
28789 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28790 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28791 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28792 `type-break-schedule' command.
28793
28794 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28795 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28796 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28797 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28798 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28799 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28800 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28801 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28802 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28803
28804 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28805 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28806 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28807 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28808 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28809
28810 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28811 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28812 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28813 approximate good values for this.
28814
28815 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28816 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28817
28818 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28819 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28820 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28821 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28822 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28823 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28824
28825 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28826 a typing break occur. They include:
28827
28828 `type-break-query-mode'
28829 `type-break-query-function'
28830 `type-break-query-interval'
28831
28832 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28833
28834 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28835 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28836 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28837 problems.
28838
28839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28840
28841 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28842 Take a typing break.
28843
28844 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28845 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28846
28847 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28848 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28849
28850 \(fn)" t nil)
28851
28852 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28853 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28854 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28855 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28856
28857 \(fn)" t nil)
28858
28859 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28860 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28861
28862 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28863 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28864 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28865 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28866 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28867 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28868 average typing speed.)
28869
28870 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28871 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28872 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28873 the computed maximum threshold.
28874
28875 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28876 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28877 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28878 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28879 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28880
28881 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28882
28883 ;;;***
28884 \f
28885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (22150 28228 258072 702000))
28886 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28887
28888 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28889 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28890 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28891 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28892 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28893
28894 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28895
28896 ;;;***
28897 \f
28898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28899 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 134072 702000))
28900 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28901
28902 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28903 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28904
28905 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28906
28907 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28908 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28909
28910 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28911
28912 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28913 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28914
28915 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28916
28917 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28918 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28919
28920 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28921
28922 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28923 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28924
28925 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28926
28927 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28928 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28929
28930 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28931
28932 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28933 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28934
28935 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28936
28937 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28938 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28939
28940 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28941
28942 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28943 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28944
28945 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28946
28947 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28948 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28949
28950 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28951
28952 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28953 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28954
28955 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28956
28957 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28958 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28959
28960 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28961
28962 ;;;***
28963 \f
28964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (22150
28965 ;;;;;; 28229 198072 702000))
28966 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28967
28968 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28969 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28970 Works by overstriking underscores.
28971 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28972 which specify the range to operate on.
28973
28974 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28975
28976 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28977 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28978 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28979 which specify the range to operate on.
28980
28981 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28982
28983 ;;;***
28984 \f
28985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (22150 28228 258072
28986 ;;;;;; 702000))
28987 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28988
28989 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28990 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28991 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28992 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28993 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28994 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28995
28996 \(fn)" nil nil)
28997
28998 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28999 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
29000 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
29001
29002 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29003
29004 ;;;***
29005 \f
29006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (22150 28227
29007 ;;;;;; 458072 702000))
29008 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29009
29010 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29011 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29012 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29013 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29014
29015 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29016
29017 ;;;***
29018 \f
29019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (22150 28229 234072 702000))
29020 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29021
29022 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29023 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29024 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
29025 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
29026 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
29027
29028 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29029 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29030 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29031 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
29032 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
29033 occurred. Each pair is one of:
29034
29035 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29036 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29037 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29038
29039 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29040 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29041 the callback is not called).
29042
29043 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29044 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29045 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29046 take effect.
29047
29048 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29049 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
29050 the server.
29051 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
29052 URL-encoded before it's used.
29053
29054 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29055
29056 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29057 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29058 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29059 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29060 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29061
29062 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29063
29064 ;;;***
29065 \f
29066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (22150 28229 210072
29067 ;;;;;; 702000))
29068 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29069
29070 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29071 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29072 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29073
29074 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29075 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29076 `url-generic-parse-url'
29077 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29078 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
29079 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29080 realm
29081 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29082 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
29083 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
29084 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29085 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29086 what type of auth to use
29087 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29088 if one cannot be found in the cache
29089
29090 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29091
29092 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29093 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29094
29095 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29096 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29097 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29098 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29099 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29100 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29101 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29102 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29103
29104 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29105
29106 ;;;***
29107 \f
29108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (22150 28229
29109 ;;;;;; 210072 702000))
29110 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29111
29112 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29113 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29114
29115 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29116
29117 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29118 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29119 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
29120
29121 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29122
29123 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29124 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29125
29126 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29127
29128 ;;;***
29129 \f
29130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (22150 28229 210072
29131 ;;;;;; 702000))
29132 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29133
29134 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29135
29136
29137 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29138
29139 ;;;***
29140 \f
29141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (22150 28229 214072
29142 ;;;;;; 702000))
29143 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29144
29145 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29146 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
29147 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
29148
29149 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29150
29151 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
29152 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
29153 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
29154 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
29155
29156 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
29157 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
29158 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
29159 though.
29160
29161 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
29162
29163 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
29164 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
29165 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
29166
29167 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
29168
29169 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29170
29171
29172 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29173
29174 ;;;***
29175 \f
29176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (22150 28229 214072
29177 ;;;;;; 702000))
29178 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29179
29180 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29181 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29182
29183 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29184
29185 ;;;***
29186 \f
29187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (22150 28229 218072
29188 ;;;;;; 702000))
29189 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29190
29191 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29192 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29193
29194 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29195
29196 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29197 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29198 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29199 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29200 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29201
29202 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
29203 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
29204
29205 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
29206
29207 ;;;***
29208 \f
29209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (22150
29210 ;;;;;; 28229 218072 702000))
29211 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29212
29213 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29214 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29215 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29216 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29217 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29218 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29219
29220 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29221
29222 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29223 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
29224 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
29225 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29226 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29227
29228 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29229
29230 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29231 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29232 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29233 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29234
29235 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29236
29237 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29238 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29239 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29240 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29241 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29242 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29243 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29244 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29245 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29246 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29247
29248 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29249
29250 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29251 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29252 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29253 accessible.
29254
29255 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29256
29257 (autoload 'url-insert-buffer-contents "url-handlers" "\
29258 Insert the contents of BUFFER into current buffer.
29259 This is like `url-insert', but also decodes the current buffer as
29260 if it had been inserted from a file named URL.
29261
29262 \(fn BUFFER URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29263
29264 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29265
29266
29267 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29268
29269 ;;;***
29270 \f
29271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (22150 28229 218072
29272 ;;;;;; 702000))
29273 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29274 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29275
29276 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29277 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29278 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29279 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29280 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29281
29282 ;;;***
29283 \f
29284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (22150 28229 222072
29285 ;;;;;; 702000))
29286 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29287
29288 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29289
29290
29291 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29292
29293 ;;;***
29294 \f
29295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (22150 28229 222072
29296 ;;;;;; 702000))
29297 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29298
29299 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29300 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29301 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29302 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29303 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29304
29305 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29306
29307 ;;;***
29308 \f
29309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (22150 28229
29310 ;;;;;; 222072 702000))
29311 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29312
29313 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29314
29315
29316 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29317
29318 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29319 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29320
29321 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29322
29323 ;;;***
29324 \f
29325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (22150 28229 222072
29326 ;;;;;; 702000))
29327 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29328
29329 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29330 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29331
29332 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29333
29334 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29335 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29336
29337 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29338
29339 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29340
29341
29342 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29343
29344 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29345
29346 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29347
29348 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29349
29350 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29351 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29352
29353 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29354
29355 ;;;***
29356 \f
29357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (22150 28229 222072
29358 ;;;;;; 702000))
29359 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29360
29361 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29362
29363
29364 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29365
29366 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29367
29368
29369 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29370
29371 ;;;***
29372 \f
29373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (22150 28229 222072
29374 ;;;;;; 702000))
29375 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29376
29377 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29378
29379
29380 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29381
29382 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29383
29384
29385 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29386
29387 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29388
29389
29390 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29391
29392 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29393
29394
29395 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29396
29397 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29398
29399
29400 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29401
29402 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29403
29404
29405 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29406
29407 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29408
29409
29410 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29411
29412 ;;;***
29413 \f
29414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (22150 28229
29415 ;;;;;; 222072 702000))
29416 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29417
29418 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29419 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29420
29421 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29422
29423 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29424 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29425 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29426
29427 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29428 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29429 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29430 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29431 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29432 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29433 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29434 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29435 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29436 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29437 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29438 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29439 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29440 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29441
29442 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29443 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29444 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29445
29446 Here is an example. The URL
29447
29448 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29449
29450 parses to
29451
29452 TYPE = \"foo\"
29453 USER = \"bob\"
29454 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29455 HOST = \"example.com\"
29456 PORTSPEC = 42
29457 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29458 TARGET = \"nose\"
29459 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29460 FULLNESS = t
29461
29462 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29463
29464 ;;;***
29465 \f
29466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (22150 28229
29467 ;;;;;; 222072 702000))
29468 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29469
29470 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29471 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29472
29473 \(fn)" t nil)
29474
29475 ;;;***
29476 \f
29477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (22150 28229
29478 ;;;;;; 226072 702000))
29479 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29480
29481 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29482 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29483 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29484 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29485 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29486 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29487
29488 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29489
29490 ;;;***
29491 \f
29492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (22150 28229
29493 ;;;;;; 226072 702000))
29494 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29495
29496 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29497 List of URL protocols the work is handled by Tramp.
29498 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29499
29500 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29501
29502 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29503 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29504 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29505 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29506
29507 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29508
29509 ;;;***
29510 \f
29511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (22150 28229 234072
29512 ;;;;;; 702000))
29513 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29514
29515 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29516 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29517 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29518
29519 If t, all messages will be logged.
29520 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29521 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29522
29523 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29524
29525 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29526
29527
29528 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29529
29530 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29531
29532
29533 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29534
29535 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29536 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29537 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29538 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29539 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29540 & ==> &amp;
29541 < ==> &lt;
29542 > ==> &gt;
29543 \" ==> &quot;
29544
29545 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29546
29547 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29548 Return a \"normalized\" version of URL.
29549 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29550
29551 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29552
29553 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29554 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29555 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29556
29557 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29558
29559 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29560 Return a date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29561
29562 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29563
29564 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29565 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29566
29567 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29568
29569 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29570 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29571
29572 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29573
29574 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29575
29576
29577 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29578
29579 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29580
29581
29582 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29583
29584 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29585
29586 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29587 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29588
29589 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29590
29591 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29592 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29593
29594 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29595
29596 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29597
29598
29599 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29600
29601 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29602 Build a query-string.
29603
29604 Given a QUERY in the form:
29605 ((key1 val1)
29606 (key2 val2)
29607 (key3 val1 val2)
29608 (key4)
29609 (key5 \"\"))
29610
29611 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29612
29613 This will return a string
29614 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29615 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29616 be used.
29617
29618 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29619
29620 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29621 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29622
29623 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29624
29625 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29626 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29627 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29628 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29629 forbidden in URL encoding.
29630
29631 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29632
29633 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29634 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29635 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29636 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29637 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29638 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29639
29640 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29641 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29642 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29643 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29644
29645 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29646
29647 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29648 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29649 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29650 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29651 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29652 should return it unchanged.
29653
29654 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29655
29656 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29657 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29658 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29659 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29660
29661 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29662
29663 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29664 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29665 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29666
29667 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29668
29669 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29670 View the current document's URL.
29671 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29672 the minibuffer.
29673
29674 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29675
29676 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29677
29678 ;;;***
29679 \f
29680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (22150 28229 234072
29681 ;;;;;; 702000))
29682 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29683
29684 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29685 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29686 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29687 do (signal \\='file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29688 to refrain from editing the file
29689 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29690 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29691 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29692 in any way you like.
29693
29694 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29695
29696 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29697 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29698 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29699 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal \\='file-supersession (file)),
29700 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29701
29702 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29703 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29704
29705 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29706
29707 ;;;***
29708 \f
29709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (22150 28228
29710 ;;;;;; 134072 702000))
29711 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29712
29713 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29714
29715
29716 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29717
29718 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29719
29720
29721 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29722
29723 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29724
29725
29726 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29727
29728 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29729
29730
29731 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29732
29733 ;;;***
29734 \f
29735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (22150 28228 26072 702000))
29736 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29737
29738 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29739 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29740
29741 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29742
29743 ;;;***
29744 \f
29745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (22150 28228
29746 ;;;;;; 258072 702000))
29747 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29748
29749 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29750 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29751 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29752 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29753
29754 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29755
29756 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29757 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29758 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29759
29760 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29761
29762 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29763 Uudecode region between START and END.
29764 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29765
29766 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29767
29768 ;;;***
29769 \f
29770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (22150 28229 306072 702000))
29771 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29772
29773 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29774 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29775 See `run-hooks'.")
29776
29777 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29778
29779 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29780 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29781 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29782
29783 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29784
29785 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29786 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29787 See `run-hooks'.")
29788
29789 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29790
29791 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
29792 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
29793
29794 If FILE is already registered, return the
29795 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
29796 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
29797 responsible for FILE is returned.
29798
29799 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29800
29801 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29802 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29803 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29804 same state. If not, signal an error.
29805
29806 For merging-based version control systems:
29807 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29808 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29809 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29810 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29811 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29812 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29813
29814 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29815 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29816 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29817 the file(s) for editing.
29818 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29819 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29820 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29821 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29822 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29823
29824 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29825
29826 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29827 Register into a version control system.
29828 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29829 Otherwise register the current file.
29830 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29831
29832 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29833 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29834 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29835 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29836 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29837 first backend that could register the file is used.
29838
29839 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29840
29841 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29842 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29843
29844 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29845
29846 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29847 Display diffs between file revisions.
29848 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29849 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29850 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29851
29852 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29853 saving the buffer.
29854
29855 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29856
29857 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29858 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29859 repository history using ediff.
29860
29861 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29862
29863 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29864 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29865 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29866 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29867 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29868
29869 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29870 saving the buffer.
29871
29872 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29873
29874 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29875 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29876 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29877 fileset with the working revision.
29878 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29879 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29880
29881 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29882 saving the buffer.
29883
29884 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29885
29886 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29887 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29888 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29889
29890 \(fn)" nil nil)
29891
29892 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29893 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29894 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29895 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29896
29897 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29898
29899 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29900 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29901 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29902 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29903
29904 \(fn)" t nil)
29905
29906 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29907 Perform a version control merge operation.
29908 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29909 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29910 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29911 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29912
29913 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29914 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29915 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29916 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29917 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29918 changes from the current branch.
29919
29920 \(fn)" t nil)
29921
29922 (autoload 'vc-message-unresolved-conflicts "vc" "\
29923 Display a message indicating unresolved conflicts in FILENAME.
29924
29925 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
29926
29927 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29928
29929 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29930 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29931 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29932 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29933 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29934 checked out in that new branch.
29935
29936 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29937
29938 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29939 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29940 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29941 named branch in the directory DIR.
29942 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
29943 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
29944 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
29945 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29946 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29947 allowed and simply skipped).
29948
29949 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29950
29951 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29952 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29953 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29954 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29955 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29956
29957 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29958 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29959
29960 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29961
29962 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29963 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29964 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29965 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29966 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29967
29968 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29969
29970 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29971 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29972 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29973
29974 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29975
29976 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29977 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29978 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29979
29980 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29981
29982 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
29983 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
29984
29985 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29986
29987 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29988 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29989 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29990 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29991
29992 \(fn)" t nil)
29993
29994 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29995
29996 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29997 Update the current fileset or branch.
29998 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29999 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
30000 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
30001 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt for the VCS
30002 command to run.
30003
30004 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
30005 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
30006 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
30007 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
30008 tip revision are merged into the working file.
30009
30010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30011
30012 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
30013
30014 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
30015 Push the current branch.
30016 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30017 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"push\"
30018 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
30019 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt for the
30020 VCS command to run.
30021
30022 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
30023 It also signals an error in a Bazaar bound branch.
30024
30025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30026
30027 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30028 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30029 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30030 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30031 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30032 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30033 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30034
30035 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30036
30037 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30038 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30039 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30040 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30041 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30042 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30043 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30044 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30045 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30046
30047 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30048
30049 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30050 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30051 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
30052 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30053
30054 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30055
30056 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30057 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30058 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
30059 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30060
30061 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30062
30063 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30064 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30065 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30066 directory.
30067
30068 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30069
30070 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30071 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30072 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30073
30074 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30075 log entries should be gathered.
30076
30077 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30078
30079 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30080 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30081
30082 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30083
30084 ;;;***
30085 \f
30086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (22150 28229
30087 ;;;;;; 286072 702000))
30088 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30089
30090 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30091 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30092
30093 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30094 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30095 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30096 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30097 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30098 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30099
30100 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30101 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30102 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30103 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30104 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30105 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30106 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30107 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30108
30109 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30110
30111 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30112
30113 Customization variables:
30114
30115 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30116 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30117 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30118 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30119 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
30120 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
30121
30122 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30123
30124 ;;;***
30125 \f
30126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (22150 28229 290072
30127 ;;;;;; 702000))
30128 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30129
30130 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30131 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30132
30133 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
30134 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
30135 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30136 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30137 (progn
30138 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
30139 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30140
30141 ;;;***
30142 \f
30143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (22150 28229 290072
30144 ;;;;;; 702000))
30145 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30146 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30147 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
30148 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30149 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30150 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
30151 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30152
30153 ;;;***
30154 \f
30155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (22150 28229 294072
30156 ;;;;;; 702000))
30157 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30158
30159 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30160 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30161 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30162 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30163 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30164
30165 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30166 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30167 The file lines appear later.
30168
30169 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30170 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30171
30172 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30173
30174 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30175
30176 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30177
30178 ;;;***
30179 \f
30180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (22150
30181 ;;;;;; 28229 294072 702000))
30182 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30183
30184 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30185 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30186 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30187 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30188 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30189 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30190 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30191 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30192 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30193 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30194 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30195 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30196 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30197 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30198 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30199
30200 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30201
30202 ;;;***
30203 \f
30204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (22150 28229 294072
30205 ;;;;;; 702000))
30206 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30207 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30208 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30209 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30210 (progn
30211 (load "vc-git" nil t)
30212 (vc-git-registered file))))
30213
30214 ;;;***
30215 \f
30216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (22150 28229 298072 702000))
30217 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30218 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30219 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30220 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30221 (progn
30222 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
30223 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30224
30225 ;;;***
30226 \f
30227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (22150 28229 298072
30228 ;;;;;; 702000))
30229 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30230
30231 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
30232 Name of the monotone directory.")
30233
30234 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
30235 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
30236 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30237 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30238 (progn
30239 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
30240 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30241
30242 ;;;***
30243 \f
30244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (22150 28229 302072
30245 ;;;;;; 702000))
30246 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30247
30248 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30249 Where to look for RCS master files.
30250 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30251
30252 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30253
30254 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30255
30256 ;;;***
30257 \f
30258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (22150 28229 302072
30259 ;;;;;; 702000))
30260 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30261
30262 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30263 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30264 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30265
30266 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30267
30268 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30269
30270 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
30271 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30272 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30273 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30274
30275 ;;;***
30276 \f
30277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (22150 28229 302072
30278 ;;;;;; 702000))
30279 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
30280
30281 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
30282 Where to look for SRC master files.
30283 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30284
30285 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
30286
30287 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
30288
30289 ;;;***
30290 \f
30291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (22150 28229 302072
30292 ;;;;;; 702000))
30293 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30294 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30295 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30296 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30297 "_svn")
30298 (t ".svn"))))
30299 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30300 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30301 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30302
30303 ;;;***
30304 \f
30305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (22150
30306 ;;;;;; 28228 938072 702000))
30307 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30308 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
30309 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30310
30311 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30312 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30313
30314 Usage:
30315 ------
30316
30317 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30318 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30319 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30320 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30321
30322 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30323 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30324 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30325 completions.
30326
30327 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30328 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30329
30330 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30331 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30332
30333 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30334 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30335 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30336
30337 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30338
30339
30340 Maintenance:
30341 ------------
30342
30343 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30344 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30345
30346 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30347
30348 Official distribution is at
30349 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30350
30351
30352 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30353 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30354
30355 Key bindings:
30356 -------------
30357
30358 \\{vera-mode-map}
30359
30360 \(fn)" t nil)
30361
30362 ;;;***
30363 \f
30364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30365 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 970072 702000))
30366 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30367
30368 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30369 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30370 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30371 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30372 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30373
30374 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30375
30376 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30377 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30378
30379 Supports highlighting.
30380
30381 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30382 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30383
30384 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30385
30386 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30387 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30388 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30389 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30390 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30391 on the left side of your screen.
30392 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30393 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30394 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30395 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30396 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30397 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30398 function keyword.
30399 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30400 Indentation of \\=`ifdef/\\=`endif blocks.
30401 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30402 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30403 if (a)
30404 begin
30405 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30406 Indentation for case statements.
30407 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30408 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30409 mark after an end.
30410 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30411 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30412 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30413 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30414 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30415 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30416 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30417 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30418 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30419 if (a)
30420 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30421 otherwise you get:
30422 if (a)
30423 begin
30424 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30425 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30426 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30427 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30428 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30429 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30430 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30431 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30432 comments in tight quarters.
30433 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `declarations')
30434 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30435
30436 Variables controlling other actions:
30437
30438 `verilog-linter' (default `surelint')
30439 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30440 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30441
30442 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30443
30444 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30445
30446 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30447 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30448 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30449
30450 Some other functions are:
30451
30452 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30453 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30454 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30455 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30456 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30457
30458 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30459 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30460 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30461 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30462
30463 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30464 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30465 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30466 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30467 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30468 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30469 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30470 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30471 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30472 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30473 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30474 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30475 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30476 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30477 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30478 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30479 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30480 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30481 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30482 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30483 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30484 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30485 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30486 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30487 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30488 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30489 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30490 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30491 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30492 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30493 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30494
30495 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30496 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30497
30498 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30499
30500 \(fn)" t nil)
30501
30502 ;;;***
30503 \f
30504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (22150
30505 ;;;;;; 28228 986072 702000))
30506 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30507
30508 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30509 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30510
30511 Usage:
30512 ------
30513
30514 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30515 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30516 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30517 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30518 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30519 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30520 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30521 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30522 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30523
30524 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30525 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30526 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30527 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30528
30529 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30530 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30531 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30532 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30533 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30534
30535 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30536 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30537
30538
30539 HEADER INSERTION:
30540 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30541 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30542 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30543
30544
30545 STUTTERING:
30546 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30547 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30548 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30549 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30550
30551 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30552 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30553 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30554 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30555 == --> \" == \" \\='\\=' --> \\\"
30556
30557
30558 WORD COMPLETION:
30559 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30560 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30561 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30562 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30563
30564 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30565 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30566 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30567 (e.g., type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30568 beginning with \"std\").
30569
30570 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30571 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30572 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30573 stop.
30574
30575
30576 COMMENTS:
30577 `--' puts a single comment.
30578 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30579 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30580 with a comment in between.
30581 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30582 out following lines.
30583 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30584 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30585 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30586 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30587
30588 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30589 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30590 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30591 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30592 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30593 non-nil.
30594
30595 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30596 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30597 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30598 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30599 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30600 multi-line comments.
30601
30602
30603 INDENTATION:
30604 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30605 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30606 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30607 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30608 the entire region.
30609
30610 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30611 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30612 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30613 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30614
30615 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30616 tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow the conversion of spaces to
30617 tabs and vice versa.
30618
30619 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30620 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30621
30622 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30623 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30624 line.
30625
30626
30627 ALIGNMENT:
30628 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30629 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30630 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30631 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30632 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30633 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30634 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30635 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30636
30637 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30638 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30639 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30640 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30641 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30642 is non-nil.
30643
30644 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30645 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30646 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30647
30648 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30649 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30650
30651
30652 CODE FILLING:
30653 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30654 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30655 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30656 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30657 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30658 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30659
30660
30661 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30662 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30663 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30664 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30665 command:
30666
30667 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30668
30669
30670 PORT TRANSLATION:
30671 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30672 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30673 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30674 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30675 internal signal initializations (menu).
30676
30677 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30678 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30679 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30680
30681 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30682 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30683 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30684 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30685 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30686 in subsequent paste operations.)
30687
30688 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30689 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30690 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30691
30692
30693 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30694 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30695 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30696 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30697 association list with formals).
30698
30699
30700 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30701 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30702 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30703 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30704 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30705 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30706 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30707 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30708 `vhdl-testbench'.
30709
30710
30711 KEY BINDINGS:
30712 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30713
30714
30715 VHDL MENU:
30716 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30717
30718
30719 FILE BROWSER:
30720 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30721 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30722 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30723
30724 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30725 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30726
30727
30728 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30729 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30730 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30731 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30732
30733 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30734 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30735 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30736
30737 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30738 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30739 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30740 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30741
30742 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30743 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30744 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30745 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30746 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30747
30748 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30749 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30750 required by secondary units.
30751
30752
30753 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30754 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30755 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30756 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30757 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30758 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30759 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30760 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30761 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30762 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30763 inputs to this component -> input port created
30764 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30765 outputs from this component -> output port created
30766 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30767 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30768
30769 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30770 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30771 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30772 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30773 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30774
30775 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30776 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30777
30778 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30779 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30780 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30781 component instantiation is also supported (option
30782 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30783
30784 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30785 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30786 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30787 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30788 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30789 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30790 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30791 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30792 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30793 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30794 generating the configuration.
30795
30796 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30797 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30798 configurations in speedbar.
30799
30800 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30801
30802
30803 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30804 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30805 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30806 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30807 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30808 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30809 information. New compilers can be added.
30810
30811 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30812 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30813
30814
30815 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30816 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30817 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30818 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30819 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30820
30821 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30822 command:
30823
30824 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30825 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30826 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30827
30828 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30829 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30830 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30831 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30832 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30833 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30834 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30835 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30836 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30837
30838 Limitations:
30839 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30840 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30841 not (yet) supported.
30842 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30843 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30844 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30845
30846
30847 PROJECTS:
30848 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30849 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30850 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30851 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30852 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30853 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30854 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30855 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30856
30857 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30858 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30859 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30860 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30861 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30862 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30863 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30864 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30865 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30866 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30867 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30868
30869
30870 SPECIAL MENUES:
30871 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30872 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30873 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30874 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30875 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30876 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30877 current directory for VHDL source files.
30878
30879
30880 VHDL STANDARDS:
30881 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30882 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30883
30884
30885 KEYWORD CASE:
30886 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30887 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30888 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30889 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30890 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30891 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30892 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30893 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30894
30895
30896 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30897 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30898 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30899 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30900 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30901 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30902 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30903
30904 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30905 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30906 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30907 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30908 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30909 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30910
30911 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30912 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30913 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30914 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30915 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30916 visually.
30917
30918 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30919 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30920 highlighted if written in lower case.
30921
30922 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30923 highlighted using a different background color if option
30924 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30925
30926 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30927 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`\\[customize-group]'). For
30928 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30929 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30930 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30931
30932
30933 USER MODELS:
30934 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30935 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30936 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30937
30938
30939 HIDE/SHOW:
30940 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30941 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30942 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30943 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30944 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30945
30946
30947 CODE UPDATING:
30948 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30949 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30950 Limitations:
30951 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30952 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30953 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30954 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30955 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30956 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30957 (used to obtain the port names).
30958 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30959 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30960 sensitivity lists.
30961
30962
30963 CODE FIXING:
30964 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30965 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30966
30967
30968 PRINTING:
30969 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30970 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30971 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30972 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30973 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30974 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30975 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30976 printers.
30977
30978
30979 OPTIONS:
30980 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30981 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30982 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30983 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30984 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30985
30986 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30987 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `\\[customize-option]'
30988 (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30989 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30990 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30991 INSTALL file).
30992
30993 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30994 what other useful user options there are (`\\[vhdl-customize]' or menu)!
30995
30996
30997 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30998 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30999 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31000 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31001
31002 (push \\='(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\\\='\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
31003
31004
31005 HINTS:
31006 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31007 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31008
31009 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31010
31011 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31012
31013 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31014
31015
31016 RELEASE NOTES:
31017 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31018
31019
31020 Maintenance:
31021 ------------
31022
31023 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
31024 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31025
31026 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31027
31028 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31029 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31030 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31031 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31032
31033 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31034 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
31035 where the latest version can be found.
31036
31037
31038 Known problems:
31039 ---------------
31040
31041 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31042 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31043 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
31044 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
31045
31046
31047 The VHDL Mode Authors
31048 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31049
31050 Key bindings:
31051 -------------
31052
31053 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
31054
31055 \(fn)" t nil)
31056
31057 ;;;***
31058 \f
31059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (22150
31060 ;;;;;; 28228 198072 702000))
31061 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31062
31063 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31064 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31065
31066 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31067
31068 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31069 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31070 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31071 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31072
31073 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31074
31075 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31076 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31077
31078 \(fn)" t nil)
31079
31080 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31081 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31082 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31083 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31084
31085 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31086
31087 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31088 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31089
31090 \(fn)" t nil)
31091
31092 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31093
31094
31095 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31096
31097 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31098
31099
31100 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31101
31102 ;;;***
31103 \f
31104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (22150 28229 322072 702000))
31105 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31106
31107 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31108 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31109 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31110
31111 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31112
31113 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31114 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31115 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31116 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31117
31118 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31119
31120 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31121 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31122
31123 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31124
31125 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31126 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31127 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31128 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31129 moving around in the buffer.
31130 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31131 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31132
31133 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31134
31135 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31136
31137 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31138 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31139 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31140 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31141
31142 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31143 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31144 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31145 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31146 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31147
31148 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31149
31150 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31151
31152 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31153 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31154 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31155 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31156 buffer.
31157
31158 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31159 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31160 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31161 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31162 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31163
31164 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31165
31166 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31167
31168 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31169 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31170 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31171 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31172 moving around in the buffer.
31173 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31174 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31175
31176 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31177
31178 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31179 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31180 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31181
31182 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31183 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31184 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31185 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31186
31187 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31188 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31189 own View-like bindings.
31190
31191 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31192
31193 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31194 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31195 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31196 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31197 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31198 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31199 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31200
31201 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31202
31203 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31204
31205 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31206 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31207 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31208
31209 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31210 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31211 own View-like bindings.
31212
31213 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31214
31215 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31216 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31217 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31218 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31219 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31220 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31221 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31222
31223 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31224
31225 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31226
31227 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31228 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31229 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31230
31231 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31232 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31233 own View-like bindings.
31234
31235 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31236
31237 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31238 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31239 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31240 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31241 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31242
31243 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31244 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31245 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31246 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31247
31248 \\<view-mode-map>
31249
31250 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31251 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
31252 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31253 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31254 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31255 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31256 to a repeat count of one.
31257
31258 H, h, ? This message.
31259 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31260 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31261 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31262 > move to the end of buffer.
31263 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31264 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31265 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31266 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31267 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31268 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31269 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31270 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31271 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31272 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31273 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31274 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31275 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31276 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31277 Use this to view a changing file.
31278 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31279 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31280 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31281 . set the mark.
31282 x exchanges point and mark.
31283 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31284 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31285 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31286 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31287 ' go to position saved in character register.
31288 s do forward incremental search.
31289 r do reverse incremental search.
31290 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31291 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31292 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31293 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31294 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31295 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31296 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31297 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31298 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31299 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31300 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31301 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31302 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31303 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31304 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31305 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31306 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31307
31308 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31309 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31310 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31311 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31312 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31313 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31314 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31315 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31316 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31317
31318 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31319
31320 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31321
31322 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31323 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31324 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31325 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31326 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31327 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31328 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31329 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31330 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31331
31332 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31333
31334 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31335
31336 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31337 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31338 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31339 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31340 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31341 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31342
31343 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31344 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31345 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31346
31347 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31348
31349 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31350
31351 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31352
31353 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31354 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31355
31356 \(fn)" t nil)
31357
31358 ;;;***
31359 \f
31360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (22150 28227 478072
31361 ;;;;;; 702000))
31362 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31363 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31364
31365 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31366 Toggle Viper on/off.
31367 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31368
31369 \(fn)" t nil)
31370
31371 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31372 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31373
31374 \(fn)" t nil)
31375
31376 ;;;***
31377 \f
31378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (22150
31379 ;;;;;; 28227 458072 702000))
31380 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31381
31382 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31383 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31384 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31385 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31386 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31387 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31388 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31389 the beginning of the warning.")
31390
31391 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31392 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31393 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31394 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31395 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31396 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31397 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31398 also call that function before the next warning.")
31399
31400 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31401 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31402
31403 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31404 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31405 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31406 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31407
31408 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31409 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31410 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31411 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31412 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31413 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31414
31415 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31416 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31417 Default is :warning.
31418
31419 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31420 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31421 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31422 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31423 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31424 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31425
31426 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31427 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31428 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31429
31430 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31431
31432 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31433 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31434
31435 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31436
31437 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31438 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31439 \\<special-mode-map>
31440 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31441 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31442
31443 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31444 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31445 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31446 can be whatever you like.)
31447
31448 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31449 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31450
31451 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31452 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31453 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31454 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31455 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31456
31457 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31458
31459 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31460 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31461 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31462 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31463 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31464
31465 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31466
31467 ;;;***
31468 \f
31469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (22150 28229 322072 702000))
31470 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31471 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31472
31473 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31474 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31475 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31476 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31477 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31478 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31479 directories to reflect your edits.
31480
31481 See `wdired-mode'.
31482
31483 \(fn)" t nil)
31484
31485 ;;;***
31486 \f
31487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (22150 28228 442072
31488 ;;;;;; 702000))
31489 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31490
31491 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31492 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31493
31494 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31495 hotlist.
31496
31497 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31498 <nwv@acm.org>.
31499
31500 \(fn)" t nil)
31501
31502 ;;;***
31503 \f
31504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (22150
31505 ;;;;;; 28228 986072 702000))
31506 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31507 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31508 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31509
31510 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31511
31512 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31513 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31514 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31515 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31516 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31517 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31518
31519 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31520
31521 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31522 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31523 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31524 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31525 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31526
31527 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31528 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31529 in certain major modes.
31530
31531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31532
31533 ;;;***
31534 \f
31535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (22150 28229 326072
31536 ;;;;;; 702000))
31537 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31538 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31539
31540 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31541 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31542 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31543 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31544 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31545
31546 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31547 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31548
31549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31550
31551 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31552 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31553 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31554 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31555 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31556
31557 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31558 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31559 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31560 use `whitespace-mode'.
31561
31562 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31563
31564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31565
31566 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31567 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31568 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31569 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31570 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31571 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31572
31573 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31574
31575 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31576 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31577 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31578 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31579 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31580
31581 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31582 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31583
31584 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31585
31586 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31587 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31588 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31589 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31590 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31591 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31592
31593 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31594
31595 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31596 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31597 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31598 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31599 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31600
31601 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31602 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31603 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31604 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31605
31606 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31607
31608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31609
31610 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31611 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31612
31613 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31614 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31615
31616 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31617 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31618
31619 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31620
31621 CHAR MEANING
31622 (VIA FACES)
31623 f toggle face visualization
31624 t toggle TAB visualization
31625 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31626 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31627 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31628 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31629 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31630 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31631 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31632 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31633 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31634 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31635 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31636 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31637 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31638 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31639 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31640 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31641
31642 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31643 T toggle TAB visualization
31644 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31645 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31646
31647 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31648 ? display brief help
31649
31650 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31651 The valid symbols are:
31652
31653 face toggle face visualization
31654 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31655 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31656 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31657 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31658 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31659 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31660 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31661 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31662 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31663 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31664 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31665 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31666 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31667 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31668 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31669 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31670 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31671
31672 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31673 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31674 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31675
31676 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31677
31678 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31679
31680 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31681
31682 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31683 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31684
31685 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31686 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31687
31688 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31689 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31690
31691 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31692
31693 CHAR MEANING
31694 (VIA FACES)
31695 f toggle face visualization
31696 t toggle TAB visualization
31697 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31698 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31699 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31700 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31701 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31702 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31703 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31704 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31705 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31706 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31707 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31708 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31709 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31710 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31711 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31712 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31713
31714 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31715 T toggle TAB visualization
31716 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31717 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31718
31719 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31720 ? display brief help
31721
31722 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31723 The valid symbols are:
31724
31725 face toggle face visualization
31726 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31727 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31728 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31729 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31730 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31731 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31732 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31733 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31734 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31735 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31736 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31737 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31738 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31739 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31740 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31741 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31742 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31743
31744 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31745 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31746 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31747
31748 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31749
31750 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31751
31752 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31753
31754 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31755 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31756
31757 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31758 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31759 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31760 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31761 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31762
31763 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31764
31765 The problems cleaned up are:
31766
31767 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31768 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31769 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31770 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31771
31772 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31773 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31774 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31775 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31776 SPACEs.
31777 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31778 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31779 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31780 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31781
31782 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31783 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31784 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31785 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31786 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31787 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31788 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31789 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31790
31791 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31792 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31793 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31794
31795 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31796 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31797 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31798 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31799 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31800 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31801 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31802 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31803
31804 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31805 documentation.
31806
31807 \(fn)" t nil)
31808
31809 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31810 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31811
31812 The problems cleaned up are:
31813
31814 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31815 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31816 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31817 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31818 SPACEs.
31819 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31820 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31821 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31822 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31823
31824 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31825 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31826 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31827 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31828 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31829 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31830 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31831 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31832
31833 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31834 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31835 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31836
31837 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31838 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31839 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31840 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31841 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31842 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31843 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31844 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31845
31846 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31847 documentation.
31848
31849 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31850
31851 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31852 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31853
31854 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31855
31856 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31857
31858 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31859 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31860
31861 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31862 non-nil.
31863
31864 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31865 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31866 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31867
31868 empty
31869 trailing
31870 indentation
31871 space-before-tab
31872 space-after-tab
31873
31874 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31875 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31876 report problems.
31877
31878 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31879
31880 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31881 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31882 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31883 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31884 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31885 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31886 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31887
31888 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31889 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31890 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31891 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31892 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31893 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31894 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31895
31896 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31897 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31898 cleaning up these problems.
31899
31900 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31901
31902 ;;;***
31903 \f
31904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (22150 28229 326072
31905 ;;;;;; 702000))
31906 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31907
31908 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31909 Browse the widget under point.
31910
31911 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31912
31913 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31914 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31915
31916 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31917
31918 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31919 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31920
31921 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31922
31923 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31924 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31925 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31926 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31927 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31928
31929 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31930
31931 ;;;***
31932 \f
31933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (22150 28229 330072
31934 ;;;;;; 702000))
31935 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31936
31937 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31938 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31939
31940 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31941
31942 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31943 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31944 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31945
31946 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31947
31948 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31949 Create widget of TYPE.
31950 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31951
31952 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31953
31954 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31955 Delete WIDGET.
31956
31957 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31958
31959 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31960 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31961
31962 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31963
31964 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31965 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31966 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31967 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31968
31969 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31970 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31971
31972 \(fn)" nil nil)
31973
31974 ;;;***
31975 \f
31976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (22150 28229 330072
31977 ;;;;;; 702000))
31978 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31979
31980 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31981 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31982 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31983 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31984 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31985 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31986 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31987
31988 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31989
31990 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31991 Select the window above the current one.
31992 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31993 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31994 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31995 negative ARG) of the current window.
31996 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31997
31998 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31999
32000 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32001 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32002 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32003 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32004 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32005 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32006 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32007
32008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32009
32010 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32011 Select the window below the current one.
32012 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32013 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32014 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32015 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32016 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32017
32018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32019
32020 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32021 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32022 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32023 Default MODIFIER is `shift'.
32024
32025 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32026
32027 ;;;***
32028 \f
32029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (22150 28229 354072 702000))
32030 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32031
32032 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32033 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
32034 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32035 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32036 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32037 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
32038
32039 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32040
32041 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32042 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
32043 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
32044 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32045 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
32046 \\{winner-mode-map}
32047
32048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32049
32050 ;;;***
32051 \f
32052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (22150 28229 374072 702000))
32053 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32054 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
32055
32056 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32057 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32058 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32059 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32060 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32061
32062 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32063
32064 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32065 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32066 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32067 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32068 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32069 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32070 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32071 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32072
32073 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32074 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32075
32076 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32077
32078 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32079 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32080
32081 \(fn)" t nil)
32082
32083 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32084 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32085 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32086 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32087 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32088 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32089 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32090 `woman' command for further details.
32091
32092 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32093
32094 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
32095 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
32096
32097 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
32098
32099 ;;;***
32100 \f
32101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (22150 28229 378072 702000))
32102 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32103
32104 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32105 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32106 Return the top node with all its children.
32107 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32108
32109 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32110 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32111 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32112
32113 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32114
32115 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32116 namespace to URIs instead.
32117
32118 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32119 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32120
32121 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32122
32123 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32124
32125 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32126
32127 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32128 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32129 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
32130 not contain well-formed XML.
32131
32132 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
32133 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
32134 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32135 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
32136 element of the list.
32137 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32138 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32139 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32140
32141 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32142
32143 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32144 namespace to URIs instead.
32145
32146 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32147 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32148
32149 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32150
32151 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32152
32153 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32154
32155 ;;;***
32156 \f
32157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (22150 28228 462072
32158 ;;;;;; 702000))
32159 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32160
32161 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32162 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32163 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32164 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32165 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32166 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32167 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32168 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32169 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32170 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32171
32172 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32173
32174 ;;;***
32175 \f
32176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (22150 28228 986072
32177 ;;;;;; 702000))
32178 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
32179
32180 (autoload 'xref-find-backend "xref" "\
32181
32182
32183 \(fn)" nil nil)
32184
32185 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
32186 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
32187
32188 \(fn)" t nil)
32189
32190 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
32191 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
32192
32193 \(fn)" nil nil)
32194
32195 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
32196 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
32197 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
32198 prompt for it.
32199
32200 If the backend has sufficient information to determine a unique
32201 definition for IDENTIFIER, it returns only that definition. If
32202 there are multiple possible definitions, it returns all of them.
32203
32204 If the backend returns one definition, jump to it; otherwise,
32205 display the list in a buffer.
32206
32207 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32208
32209 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
32210 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
32211
32212 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32213
32214 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
32215 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
32216
32217 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32218
32219 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
32220 Find references to the identifier at point.
32221 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
32222
32223 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32224
32225 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
32226 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
32227 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
32228
32229 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
32230 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
32231 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
32232 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
32233 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
32234 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
32235 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
32236
32237 ;;;***
32238 \f
32239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (22150 28229 378072
32240 ;;;;;; 702000))
32241 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32242
32243 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32244 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32245 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32246 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32247 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32248 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32249
32250 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32251
32252 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32253 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32254 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32255 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32256 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32257
32258 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32259 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32260 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32261 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32262 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32263 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32264
32265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32266
32267 ;;;***
32268 \f
32269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (22150 28228 26072 702000))
32270 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32271
32272 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32273 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32274
32275 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32276
32277 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32278 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32279
32280 \(fn)" nil nil)
32281
32282 ;;;***
32283 \f
32284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (22150 28228 682072 702000))
32285 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32286
32287 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32288 Zone out, completely.
32289
32290 \(fn)" t nil)
32291
32292 ;;;***
32293 \f
32294 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32295 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32296 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32297 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32298 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32299 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32300 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32301 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32302 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32303 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32304 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32305 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32306 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32307 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32308 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32309 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32310 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32311 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32312 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32313 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32314 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32315 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
32316 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32317 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
32318 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
32319 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
32320 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
32321 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
32322 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
32323 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
32324 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
32325 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
32326 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
32327 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
32328 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
32329 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
32330 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32331 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32332 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32333 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32334 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32335 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32336 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32337 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32338 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32339 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32340 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32341 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32342 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32343 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32344 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32345 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32346 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32347 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32348 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32349 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32350 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32351 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32352 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32353 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32354 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32355 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
32356 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
32357 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32358 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32359 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32360 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32361 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32362 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32363 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32364 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dom.el" "dos-fns.el"
32365 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
32366 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
32367 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
32368 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el"
32369 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32370 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32371 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/generator.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32372 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32373 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
32374 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
32375 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32376 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32377 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
32378 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
32379 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
32380 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
32381 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
32382 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
32383 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32384 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32385 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
32386 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
32387 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el"
32388 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
32389 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el"
32390 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
32391 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el"
32392 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
32393 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32394 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32395 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32396 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32397 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32398 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
32399 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32400 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
32401 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
32402 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
32403 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
32404 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
32405 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
32406 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
32407 ;;;;;; "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32408 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32409 ;;;;;; "international/charscript.el" "international/fontset.el"
32410 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32411 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
32412 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
32413 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
32414 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
32415 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
32416 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
32417 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
32418 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
32419 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
32420 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/programmer-dvorak.el"
32421 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el"
32422 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sgml-input.el" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el"
32423 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/tamil-dvorak.el" "leim/quail/thai.el"
32424 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el"
32425 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32426 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32427 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32428 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32429 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32430 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32431 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32432 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32433 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32434 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32435 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32436 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32437 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32438 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el"
32439 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/nsm.el"
32440 ;;;;;; "net/rfc2104.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el"
32441 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el"
32442 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el"
32443 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
32444 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
32445 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32446 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32447 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32448 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32449 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32450 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32451 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "obarray.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el"
32452 ;;;;;; "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el"
32453 ;;;;;; "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el"
32454 ;;;;;; "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el"
32455 ;;;;;; "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el"
32456 ;;;;;; "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el"
32457 ;;;;;; "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32458 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
32459 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32460 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32461 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32462 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32463 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32464 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
32465 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
32466 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
32467 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
32468 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
32469 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
32470 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32471 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32472 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32473 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32474 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
32475 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
32476 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
32477 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
32478 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32479 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32480 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32481 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32482 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32483 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32484 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32485 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32486 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32487 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32488 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32489 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
32490 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
32491 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
32492 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el"
32493 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
32494 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
32495 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32496 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32497 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32498 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32499 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el"
32500 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32501 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (22150 28575 326072 702000))
32502
32503 ;;;***
32504 \f
32505 (provide 'loaddefs)
32506 ;; Local Variables:
32507 ;; version-control: never
32508 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32509 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32510 ;; coding: utf-8
32511 ;; End:
32512 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here